Table of Contents

 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q
 
     
þ
  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from:            to           
 
Commission File Number 001-33761
 
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  20-8999751
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
120 West 45th Street,
New York, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)
  10036
(Zip Code)
 
(212) 355-1600
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)
 
Not Applicable
(Former name, former address, and former fiscal year; if changed since last report)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  o      Accelerated filer  o      Non-accelerated filer  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes  o      No  þ
 
At December 5, 2007, 6,111,118 shares of the Class A Common Stock ($.01 par value per share) of the Registrant were outstanding. At December 5, 2007, 57,937,910 shares of the Class B Common Stock ($0.000001 par value per share) of the Registrant were outstanding.
 


 

PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
FORM 10-Q
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
        Page
 
  PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
  Consolidated Financial Statements of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries     2  
    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited)     2  
    Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007     3  
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 and 2007.     4  
    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity (unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006..     5  
    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity (unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007     5  
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     6  
             
    Financial Statements of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.       21  
    Statements of Financial Condition at May 10, 2007 and September 30, 2007 (unaudited)     21  
    Statement of Operations (unaudited) for the Period May 10, 2007 (capitalization) through September 30, 2007     22  
    Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Period May 10, 2007 (capitalization) through September 30, 2007     23  
    Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity (unaudited) for the Period May 10, 2007 (capitalization) through September 30, 2007     24  
    Notes to Financial Statements (unaudited)     25  
             
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries     26  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     38  
  Controls and Procedures     39  
Item 4T.
  Controls and Procedures     40  
       
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION        
  Legal Proceedings     40  
  Risk Factors     41  
  Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds     52  
  Defaults Upon Senior Securities     52  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     52  
  Other Information     52  
  Exhibits     53  
    54  
  EX-3.1: AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
  EX-3.2: AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
  EX-4.3: RESALE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
  EX-4.4: CLASS B STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT
  EX-10.1: AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT
  EX-10.2: TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
  EX-10.3: PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
  EX-10.4: PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC AMENDED AND RESTATED BONUS PLAN
  EX-10.5: PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
  EX-10.8: EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT: PZENA
  EX-10.9: EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT: GOETZ
  EX-10.10: AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT: KRISHNA
  EX-10.11: AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT: LIPSEY
  EX-10.12: INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT: PZENA
  EX-10.13: INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT: GALBRAITH
  EX-10.14: INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT: GREENBLATT
  EX-10.15: INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT: MEYEROWICH
  EX-10.16: INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT: ULLMAN
  EX-21.1: LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
  EX-31.1: CERTIFICATION
  EX-31.2: CERTIFICATION
  EX-32.1: CERTIFICATION


i


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
On October 30, 2007, Pzena Investment Management, Inc. consummated an initial public offering of 6,100,000 shares of its Class A common stock in which it received net proceeds of approximately $99.1 million that it used to purchase 6,100,000 membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, representing 9.5% of the then outstanding membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC. Concurrently with the consummation of this initial public offering, (i) the operating agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC was amended and restated such that, among other things, Pzena Investment Management, Inc. became the sole managing member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and (ii) related reorganization transactions were consummated. Accordingly, as of and subsequent to October 30, 2007, (i) Pzena Investment Management, Inc. will consolidate the financial results of Pzena Investment Management, LLC with its own and reflect the remaining 90.5% membership interest in Pzena Investment Management, LLC as a non-controlling interest in its consolidated financial statements, and (ii) Pzena Investment Management, Inc.’s income will be generated by its 9.5% economic interest in Pzena Investment Management, LLC’s net income. Therefore, this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q presents the following financial statements:
 
(1) the consolidated financial statements of Pzena Investment Management, LLC as of December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007; and
 
(2) the financial statements of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. as of May 10, 2007 (capitalization) and September 30, 2007 and for the period May 10, 2007 (capitalization) through September 30, 2007.
 
“We,” “us,” “our,” and the “company” refer to: (i) Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Pzena Investment Management, LLC and all of its subsidiaries, following the consummation of the above-referenced initial public offering, amendment and restatement of the operating agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and related reorganization transactions on October 30, 2007, and (ii) to Pzena Investment Management, LLC and all of its subsidiaries prior to the consummation of these transactions. “Our operating company” refers to Pzena Investment Management, LLC.


ii


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations, or forecasts, of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, intentions, assumptions and other statements that are not historical facts. Words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “ongoing,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project” or similar words or phrases, or the negatives of those words or phrases, may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking.
 
Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected or implied by the forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the factors described in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in Part II of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. We undertake no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events after the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the SEC after the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
 
Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:
 
  •  our anticipated future results of operations and operating cash flows;
 
  •  our business strategies and investment policies;
 
  •  our financing plans and the availability of short-term borrowing;
 
  •  our competitive position and the effects of competition on our business;
 
  •  potential growth opportunities available to us;
 
  •  the recruitment and retention of our employees;
 
  •  our expected levels of compensation for our employees;
 
  •  our potential operating performance, achievements, efficiency and cost reduction efforts;
 
  •  our expected tax rate;
 
  •  changes in interest rates;
 
  •  our expectation with respect to the economy, capital markets, the market for asset management services and other industry trends;
 
  •  the benefits to our business resulting from the effects of the reorganization we consummated on October 30, 2007; and
 
  •  the impact of future legislation and regulation, and changes in existing legislation and regulation, on our business.
 
Our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-143660) and the subsequent reports that we file with the SEC, accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, identify additional factors that can affect forward-looking statements.


iii


Table of Contents

 
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Item 1.    Financial Statements
 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(in thousands)
 
                 
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2007  
          (unaudited)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and Cash Equivalents
  $ 30,920     $ 30,091  
Restricted Cash
    2,014       2,074  
Due from Broker
    882       30  
Advisory Fees Receivable
    25,216       26,430  
Investments In Marketable Securities, at Fair Value
    23,247       30,224  
Receivable From Related Parties
    602       349  
Other Receivables
    1,016       1,179  
Investments In Affiliates
    3,613       3,610  
Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
    360       2,604  
Property and Equipment, Net of Accumulated Depreciation of $1,044 and $1,302, Respectively
    1,876       3,144  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 89,746     $ 99,735  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
Liabilities:
               
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
  $ 4,082     $ 19,190  
Securities Sold Short, at Fair Value
    876       944  
Due to Broker
    2,774       34  
Compensatory Units Subject to Mandatory Redemption
    263,980        
Long Term Debt
          60,000  
Other Liabilities
    1,048       1,198  
                 
Subtotal
    272,760       81,366  
Capital Units Subject to Mandatory Redemption
    533,553        
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES
    806,313       81,366  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies
               
Minority and Non-controlling Interests
    13,399       17,617  
Excess of Liabilities over Assets
    (729,966 )      
Members’ Equity:
               
Members’ Capital (64,037,910 units issued and outstanding at September 30, 2007)
          765,299  
Retained Deficit
          (764,547 )
                 
TOTAL MEMBERS’ EQUITY
    (729,966 )     752  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
  $ 89,746     $ 99,735  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


2


Table of Contents

Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, unaudited)
 
                                 
    For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
 
REVENUE
  $  29,388     $  40,217     $ 81,198     $ 112,355  
                                 
EXPENSES
                               
Compensation and Benefits Expense
    18,490       8,807       56,868       121,213  
General and Administrative Expenses
    1,723       2,958       5,291       7,587  
                                 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
    20,213       11,765       62,159       128,800  
                                 
Operating Income/(Loss)
    9,175       28,452       19,039       (16,445 )
                                 
                                 
Interest Income/(Expense), Net     136       (409 )     451       156  
Dividend Income, Net
    183       187       413       458  
Realized and Unrealized Gain/(Loss), Net on Marketable Securities and Securities Sold Short
    1,455       (1,218 )     2,250       (263 )
Equity in Earnings/(Loss) of Affiliates
    553       (148 )     374       (3 )
Other
    (57 )     (33 )     (196 )     (8 )
                                 
Total Other Income/(Loss)
    2,270       (1,621 )     3,292       340  
                                 
                                 
INCOME/(LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY AND NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS     11,445       26,831       22,331       (16,105 )
Provision for Income Taxes
    1,058       1,269       3,072       3,876  
Minority and Non-Controlling Interests
    720       (711 )     1,323       (74 )
                                 
Income/(Loss) Before Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units
    9,667       26,273       17,936       (19,907 )
Less: Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units
    11,314             46,751       16,575  
                                 
NET INCOME/(LOSS)
  $ (1,647 )   $ 26,273     $  (28,815 )   $ (36,482 )
                                 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


3


Table of Contents

Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands, unaudited)
 
                                 
    For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                               
Net Income/(Loss)
  $   (1,647 )   $   26,273     $  (28,815 )   $  (36,482 )
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income/(Loss) to Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
                               
Depreciation
    76       109       212       267  
Non-Cash Compensation
    6,396             12,990       82,887  
Non-Cash Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units
    6,218             13,868       (2,420 )
Realized and Unrealized (Gain)/Loss, Net on Marketable Securities and Securities Sold Short
    (1,455 )     1,219       (2,250 )     264  
Minority and Non-Controlling Interests
    720       (711 )     1,323       (74 )
Equity in (Earnings)/Loss of Affiliates and Investment Partnerships
    (553 )     148       (374 )     3  
Deferred Income Taxes
    108       (48 )     213       (42 )
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities:
                               
Advisory Fees Receivable
    (2,721 )     (377 )     (3,971 )     (1,214 )
Due From Broker
    (421 )     114       519       852  
Restricted Cash
    116       (23 )     95       (60 )
Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
    (56 )     (1,086 )     1,201       (2,238 )
Due to Broker
    153       (42 )     153       (2,740 )
Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities
    2,995       6,082       13,338       14,332  
Purchases of Marketable Securities and Securities Sold Short
    (4,858 )     (10,704 )     (12,318 )     (20,209 )
Proceeds From Sale of Marketable Securities and Securities Sold Short
    3,254       3,608       10,467       13,051  
                                 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
    8,325       24,562       6,651       46,177  
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                               
Investments in Affiliates
                (5,625 )      
Investments in Investment Partnerships
                5,460        
Receivable from Related Parties
    66       7       171       83  
Purchases of Property and Equipment
    (73 )     (81 )     (164 )     (1,535 )
                                 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
    (7 )     (74 )     (158 )     (1,452 )
                                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                               
Contributions From Members
                      3,609  
Distributions to Members
          (68,546 )           (113,455 )
Debt Proceeds
          60,000             60,000  
Contributions From Affiliates
    1,101       9,750       2,368       11,971  
Distributions to Affiliates
          (5,612 )     (1,036 )     (7,679 )
                                 
Net Cash Provided By/(Used in) Financing Activities
    1,101       (4,408 )     1,332       (45,554 )
                                 
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
  $ 9,419     $ 20,080     $ 7,825     $ (829 )
                                 
                                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of Period
  $ 3,817     $ 10,011     $ 4,969     $ 30,920  
Effect of Initial Consolidation of Affiliates
                442          
                                 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — Beginning of Period (Adjusted)
    3,817       10,011       5,411       30,920  
Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    9,419       20,080       7,825       (829 )
                                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of Period
  $ 13,236     $ 30,091     $ 13,236     $ 30,091  
                                 
Supplementary Cash Flow Information:
                               
Interest Paid
  $ 5,111     $ 61     $ 32,899     $ 19,056  
                                 
Income Taxes Paid
  $ 620     $ 1,388     $ 2,060     $ 4,038  
                                 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


4


Table of Contents

Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND 2007
(in thousands, except for unit amounts)
(unaudited)
 
                                         
                      Excess of
       
    Capital
    Members’
    Retained
    Liabilities
       
    Units     Capital     Deficit     Over Assets     Total  
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
        —     $       —     $       —     $  (19,669 )   $  (19,669 )
Net Income Before Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units
                            17,936       17,936  
Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units
                            (46,751 )     (46,751 )
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2006
        $     $     $ (48,484 )   $ (48,484 )
                                         
 
                                         
                      Excess of
       
    Capital
    Members’
    Retained
    Liabilities
       
    Units     Capital     Deficit     Over Assets     Total  
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
        $     $     $ (729,966 )   $ (729,966 )
Net Income Prior to Amendment of Operating Agreement on March 31, 2007
                            (88,075 )     (88,075 )
Amortization of Deferred Compensation Prior to Amendment of Operating Agreement on March 31, 2007
                            1,901       1,901  
Reclassification of Liabilities to Capital Units
    63,778,720       875,096       (816,140 )     816,140       875,096  
Net Income Subsequent to Amendment of Operating Agreement on March 31, 2007
                    51,593               51,593  
Amortization of Deferred Compensation Subsequent to Amendment of Operating Agreement on March 31, 2007
            49                       49  
Unit forfeiture
    (7,500 )                              
Option Exercise
    266,690       3,609                       3,609  
Distributions to Members
            (113,455 )                     (113,455 )
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2007
    64,037,910     $  765,299     $ (764,547 )   $     $ 752  
                                         
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


5


Table of Contents

Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
 
Note 1 — Organization
 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC, together with its subsidiaries (the “Company”), is an investment adviser which is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and is headquartered in New York, New York. The Company currently manages assets in ten value-oriented investment strategies across a wide range of market capitalizations in both U.S. and international capital markets.
 
The Company has consolidated the results of operations and financial condition of the following private investment partnerships as of and for the three and nine-months ended September 30, 2007:
 
             
        Ownership at
 
Entity  
Type of Entity (Date of Formation)
  September 30, 2007  
 
Pzena Large Cap Value Fund
  Massachusetts Trust (11/1/02)     99.6 %
Pzena Large Cap Value Fund II
  Massachusetts Trust (8/1/2006)     99.9 %
Pzena International Value Service
  Delaware Limited Liability Company (12/22/2003)     0.0 %
Pzena Global Value Service
  Delaware Limited Liability Company (12/22/2003)     0.0 %
Pzena Emerging Markets Value Service
  Delaware Limited Liability Company (12/28/2006)     89.9 %
Pzena Mega Cap Value Fund
  Massachusetts Trust (2/23/2007)     99.9 %
 
Pursuant to its Operating Agreement, the Company will continue until December 31, 2026, unless a terminating event, as defined in the Operating Agreement, occurs prior to this date. Members are not liable for repayment, satisfaction or discharge of any debts, liabilities or obligations of the Company, except to the extent of their capital accounts.
 
Concurrent with the initial public offering of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. on October 30, 2007, the Company’s operating agreement was amended and restated such that, among other things, Pzena Investment Management, Inc. became the sole managing member of the Company as of that date. These transactions are described in Note 13.
 
Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation:
 
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related SEC rules and regulations. The Company’s policy is to consolidate all majority-owned subsidiaries in which it has a controlling financial interest and variable interest entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The Company also consolidates non-variable-interest entities in which it acts as the general partner or managing member. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the results of operations and financial condition of the Pzena Large Cap Value Fund, the Pzena Large Cap Value Fund II, the Pzena Emerging Markets Value Service, the Pzena Investment Management Select Fund, LP and the Pzena Mega Cap Value Fund as of, and from, the dates of their formation. Pzena Investment Management Select Fund, LP was consolidated through January 23, 2007, the date of its liquidation. Pursuant to the guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 04-5, Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights (EITF 04-5), the results of operations of the Pzena International Value Service and the Pzena Global Value Service have been consolidated effective January 1, 2006. All of these entities represent private investment partnerships over which the Company exercises control. Minority and non-


6


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
controlling interests recorded on the consolidated financial statements of the Company includes the non-controlling interests of the outside investors in each of these entities.
 
The Company acts as the investment manager for four trusts and one offshore investment company, each of which are considered variable-interest entities. Each of these entities are vehicles through which the Company offers its Global Value and/or International Value strategies and each commenced operations in 2006. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of any of these entities. Correspondingly, their results of operations and financial condition are not consolidated by the Company. The total net assets of these variable-interest entities were approximately $1,031.0 million at September 30, 2007. The Company is not exposed to losses as a result of its involvement with these entities because it has no direct investment in them.
 
Investments in private investment partnerships in which the Company has a minority interest and exercises significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. Such investments are reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition as investments in affiliates and are recorded at the amount of capital reported by the respective private investment partnerships. Such capital accounts reflect the contributions paid to, distributions received from, and the equity earnings of, the private investment partnerships. The earnings of these private investment partnerships are included in equity in earnings of affiliates in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Prior to March 31, 2007, the Company’s membership units were categorized as either Compensatory or Capital. Because both types of units had features of both debt and equity, the Company accounted for them pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (FAS 123(R)), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity (FAS 150), as described further below.
 
Compensatory Units consisted of a series of annual Profits Only Interest and Class C Profits Interest awards made between 2002 and 2006 that were granted to employees and members for services rendered. Through March 31, 2007, the distributions associated with these units, and the subsequent incremental increase or decrease in their redemption value, were accounted for as part of compensation expense on the consolidated statement of operations, as further discussed below. The cumulative liability for redeeming these units at December 31, 2006 is shown in the consolidated statement of financial condition as compensatory units subject to mandatory redemption.
 
Capital Units included units issued to founders and those purchased by certain employees. Through March 31, 2007, the distributions associated with these units, and the subsequent incremental increase or decrease in their redemption value, were accounted for as part of interest in mandatorily redeemable units on the consolidated statements of operations. The cumulative liability for redeeming these units at December 31, 2006 is shown in the consolidated statements of financial condition as capital units subject to mandatory redemption.
 
Effective March 31, 2007, the Company amended its Operating Agreement to remove all mandatory redemption provisions. As all of its membership units thereafter had only equity characteristics, neither distributions nor subsequent incremental changes to their value were charged against income from the effective date of the amendment.
 
Management’s Use of Estimates:
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Fair Values of Financial Instruments:
 
The carrying amount of all financial instruments in the consolidated statements of financial condition, including marketable securities, approximate their fair values.


7


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Revenue Recognition:
 
Revenue, comprised of advisory fee income, is recognized over the period in which investment management services are provided. Advisory fee income includes management fees that are calculated based on percentages of assets under management, generally billed quarterly, either in arrears or advance, depending on their contractual terms. Advisory fee income also includes incentive fees that may be earned by the Company depending on the investment return of the assets under management. Incentive fee arrangements generally entitle the Company to participate, on a fixed-percentage basis, in any returns generated in excess of an agreed-upon benchmark. The Company’s participation percentage in such return differentials is then multiplied by assets under management to determine incentive fees. Returns are calculated on an annualized basis over the contract’s measurement period, which may extend up to three years. Incentive fees are generally payable annually. Pursuant to the preferred accounting method under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue D-96, Accounting for Management Fees Based on a Formula (EITF D-96), such incentive fee income is recorded at the conclusion of the contractual performance period when all contingencies are resolved.
 
Unit-based Compensation:
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for its unit-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of APB 25, and related interpretations. On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FAS 123(R), using the modified prospective method, which requires the recognition of the cost of equity-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the award. The adoption of FAS 123(R) did not have a material effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.
 
Until March 31, 2007, compensation expense included the distributions made on Compensatory Units outstanding, as well as the incremental increases or decreases in the redemption values of these units subsequent to their grant date over their vesting period. Distributions are generally paid on the Company’s income before non-cash compensation charges. Prior to December 31, 2006, Compensatory Unit redemption values were determined using a formula-based price, based on the member’s pro rata share of net fee revenue (as defined in the Operating Agreement) for the four completed fiscal quarters immediately preceding redemption. This portion of the redemption amount was exclusive of any associated accumulated undistributed earnings, which was also required to be paid to members upon redemption. Effective December 31, 2006, these units’ redemption features were changed from a formula-based plan to a fair-value based plan. As such, the Company recorded a one-time increase in compensation expense related to that modification.
 
The Operating Agreement was amended as of March 31, 2007 to eliminate the Company’s obligation to redeem units under any circumstance. Since all Compensatory Units thereafter had only equity characteristics, neither distributions, nor subsequent incremental changes to these units’ value, were charged against income subsequent to March 31, 2007. In addition, as of March 31, 2007 the Company accelerated the vesting of all Compensatory Units then subject to vesting. The Company recorded a one-time charge which was associated with this acceleration as of March 31, 2007.
 
Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units:
 
Until March 31, 2007, interest on mandatorily redeemable units included distributions made on Capital Units outstanding, as well as the incremental increases or decreases in the redemption values of these units. Distributions are generally paid on the Company’s income before non-cash compensation charges. Prior to January 1, 2005, Capital Units were redeemable at book value. Accordingly, incremental increases or decreases to book value in those periods were included as a component of interest on mandatorily redeemable units.


8


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Effective January 1, 2005, the Operating Agreement was amended to require that Capital Units be redeemed on the death of a member at a formula-based price based on the member’s pro rata share of net fee revenue (as defined in the Operating Agreement) for the four completed fiscal quarters immediately preceding the member’s death. This portion of the redemption amount was exclusive of any accumulated undistributed earnings associated with such units, which were also required to be paid to the member’s estate. Accordingly, as of this date, any subsequent incremental increases or decreases to this formula-based price, as well as any change in undistributed earnings, were included as a component of interest on mandatorily redeemable units.
 
Effective December 31, 2006, these units’ redemption features were changed from a formula-based plan to a fair-value based plan. As such, the Company recorded a one-time increase in interest on mandatorily redeemable units related to that modification.
 
Effective March 31, 2007, the Operating Agreement was amended to eliminate the Company’s obligation to redeem units under any circumstance. Since all Capital Units thereafter had only equity characteristics, neither distributions, nor subsequent incremental changes to these unit’s value, were charged against income subsequent to the effective date of the amendment.
 
Compensatory Units Subject to Mandatory Redemption:
 
Until the amendment of its Operating Agreement on March 31, 2007, the Company recorded a net liability for its Compensatory Units equal to the accumulated redemption value as of the balance sheet date of all such outstanding units. This liability also included any undistributed earnings attributable to such units.
 
Prior to December 31, 2006, vested Compensatory Units were required to be redeemed on the death of a member at a formula-based price based on the member’s pro rata share of net fee revenue (as defined in the Operating Agreement) for the four completed fiscal quarters immediately preceding the member’s death. Effective December 31, 2006, these units’ redemption provisions were changed from a formula-based plan to a fair-value based plan. As such, the Company recorded a one-time increase in the liability related to that modification.
 
Effective March 31, 2007, the Company amended its Operating Agreement to remove all mandatory redemption provisions. As of that date, the liability associated with these units was reclassified as equity. Further, as of March 31, 2007, the Company accelerated the vesting of all compensatory units then subject to vesting.
 
Capital Units Subject to Mandatory Redemption:
 
Until the amendment of its Operating Agreement on March 31, 2007, the Company recorded a net liability for its Capital Units equal to the accumulated redemption value as of the balance sheet date of all such outstanding units. This liability also included any undistributed earnings attributable to such units.
 
Prior to January 1, 2005, Capital Units were redeemable at book value. Effective January 1, 2005, the terms of the Company’s Operating Agreement were amended to require that Capital Units be redeemed on the death of a member at a formula-based price determined based on the member’s pro rata share of net fee revenue (as defined in the Operating Agreement) for the four completed fiscal quarters immediately preceding the member’s death. Effective December 31, 2006, these units’ redemption provisions were changed from a formula-based plan to a fair-value based plan. As such, the Company recorded a one-time increase in the liability related to that modification.
 
Effective March 31, 2007, the Company amended its Operating Agreement to remove all mandatory redemption provisions. As of that date, the liability associated with these units was reclassified as equity.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash:
 
The Company considers all highly-liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.


9


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Interest on cash and cash equivalents is recorded as interest income on the consolidated statements of operations.
 
The Company was required to maintain compensating balances of $2.0 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively, as collateral for letters of credit issued by a third party in lieu of a cash security deposit, as required by the Company’s lease for its New York office space. Such amounts are included in restricted cash on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
Due From Broker:
 
Due from broker consists primarily of cash balances and amounts receivable for unsettled securities transactions held at the clearing brokers of the Company’s consolidated investment partnerships.
 
Due To Broker:
 
Due to broker consists primarily of amounts payable for unsettled securities transactions initiated by the clearing brokers of the Company’s consolidated investment partnerships.
 
Investments in Securities:
 
Investments in marketable securities and securities sold short represent primarily the securities held by the Company’s consolidated investment partnerships. All such securities are classified as trading securities and are recorded at fair value, with net realized and unrealized gains and losses reported in earnings in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Securities Valuation:
 
Investments in marketable equity securities and securities sold short which are traded on a national securities exchange (or reported on the NASDAQ national market) are carried at fair value based on the last reported sales price on the valuation date. If no reported sales occurred on the valuation date, investments in securities are valued at the bid price and securities sold short are valued at the ask price. Securities transactions are recorded on the trade date.
 
The net realized gain or loss on sales of securities is determined on a specific identification basis and is included in realized and unrealized gain (loss), net on marketable securities and securities sold short in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk:
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and advisory fees receivable. The Company maintains its cash, temporary cash and restricted cash investments in bank deposit and other accounts whose balances, at times, exceed Federally insured limits.
 
The concentration of credit risk with respect to advisory fees receivable is generally limited, due to the short payment terms extended to clients by the Company. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its advisory fees receivable and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts, if necessary, based on a history of past write-offs and collections and current credit conditions. For the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, approximately 20.7% and 19.3%, respectively, of the Company’s advisory fees were generated from an advisory agreement with one client. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, fees generated from this agreement comprised 19.8% and 21.6%, respectively, of the Company’s total advisory fees. At December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been deemed necessary.


10


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Property and Equipment:
 
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, which range from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvements or the remaining lease term.
 
Business Segments:
 
The Company views its operations as comprising one operating segment.
 
Income Taxes:
 
The Company is a limited liability company that has elected to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes. The Company has not made provision for federal or state income taxes because it is the personal responsibility of each of the Company’s members to separately report their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income or loss. Similarly, the income of the Company’s consolidated investment partnerships is not subject to income taxes, as it is allocated to each partnership’s individual partners. The Company has made provision for New York City Unincorporated Business Tax. The Company is a cash basis taxpayer.
 
The Company accounts for the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax pursuant to the asset and liability method, which requires deferred income tax assets and liabilities to be recorded for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The income tax provision, or credit, is the tax payable or refundable for the period, plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
Foreign Currency:
 
Investment securities and other assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollar amounts at the date of valuation. Purchases and sales of investment securities and income and expense items denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollar amounts on the respective dates of such transactions.
 
The Company does not isolate that portion of the results of its operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments from the fluctuations arising from changes in market prices of securities held. Such fluctuations are included in the net realized and unrealized gain/(loss), net on marketable securities and securities sold short.
 
Reported net realized foreign exchange gains or losses arise from sales of foreign currencies, currency gains or losses realized between the trade and settlement dates on securities transactions, and the difference between the amounts of dividends, interest, and foreign withholding taxes recorded on the Company’s books and the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the amounts actually received or paid. Net unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses arise from changes in the fair values of assets and liabilities, other than investments in securities at fiscal period end, resulting from changes in exchange rates.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements:
 
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribed the minimum recognition threshold a tax position must meet in connection with accounting for uncertainties in income tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, by an entity before being measured and recognized in the financial


11


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
statements. The Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. The impact of the adoption of this standard was not material.
 
In September 2006, the FASB released Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157). FAS 157 establishes an authoritative definition of fair value, sets out a framework for measuring fair value, and requires additional disclosures about fair-value measurements. The application of FAS 157 is required for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of this standard on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
 
In June 2007, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position No. 07-1, Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies (“SOP 07-1”). SOP 07-1 clarifies the definition of an investment company and whether the specialized accounting model of an investment company may be retained by a parent company in consolidation or by an investor in the application of the equity method of accounting. SOP 07-1 will be effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of SOP 07-1 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits an entity to elect to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of SFAS 159 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Note 3 — Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment, net, are comprised of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Computer Hardware
  $ 682     $ 789  
Computer Software
    141       144  
Furniture and Fixtures
    775       1,156  
Office Equipment
    189       243  
Leasehold Improvements
    1,133       2,114  
                 
Total
    2,920       4,446  
Less: Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization
    (1,044 )     (1,302 )
                 
Total
  $ 1,876     $ 3,144  
                 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense, included in general and administrative expenses, totaled $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Such expenses totaled $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Note 4 — Related Party Transactions
 
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company earned $2.1 million and $5.6 million, respectively, in investment advisory fees from unconsolidated entities in which it has an ownership interest and for which it acts as the investment manager. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006, such advisory fees totaled $0.8 million and $1.4 million, respectively.


12


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
At December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, the Company had advanced $0.1 million to an international investment company for organization and start-up costs, which are included in receivable from related parties on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company is the sponsor and investment manager of this entity.
 
At December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, receivable from related parties included $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of loans to employees. Certain of these loans are in the form of forgivable promissory notes which are amortized through compensation expense pursuant to their terms.
 
Employees of the Company who are considered accredited investors have the ability to open separately-managed accounts, or invest in certain of the Company’s consolidated investment partnerships, without being assessed advisory fees. Investments by employees in separately-managed accounts are permitted only at the discretion of the Executive Committee, but are generally not subject to the same minimum investment levels that are required of outside investors. Some of the investment advisory fees that are waived on separately managed accounts for employees are for strategies that typically have account minimums, which vary by strategy, but typically average approximately $50,000 per account per year. The impact of this benefit is not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for any period presented.
 
Note 5 — Investments in Affiliates
 
The Company holds investments in, and acts as manager of, an unconsolidated investment partnership which is accounted for under the equity method. Summary financial information related to this entity is as follows:
 
                 
    PAI Hedged Value Fund, LLC  
    December 31,
    September 30,
 
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Investments, at Fair Value
  $   12,277     $   13,106  
Total Liabilities
    (12 )     (18 )
                 
Net Assets
  $ 12,265     $ 13,088  
                 
Equity Held by the Company
  $ 3,613     $ 3,610  
                 
Ownership Percentage
    29%       28%  
 
                 
    PAI Hedged Value Fund, LLC
 
    The Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net Investment Income
  $ 31     $ 10  
Net Realized and Unrealized Income (Loss)
    991       (547 )
                 
Net Income (Loss)
  $ 1,022     $ (537 )
                 
Company’s Equity in Earnings/(Loss)
  $ 553     $ (148 )
                 
 


13


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
                 
    PAI Hedged Value Fund, LLC
 
    The Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Net Investment Income
  $        20     $         1  
Net Realized and Unrealized Income (Loss)
    673       (49 )
                 
Net Income (Loss)
  $ 693     $ (48 )
                 
Company’s Equity in Earnings/(Loss)
  $ 374     $ (3 )
                 
 
Note 6 — Commitments and Contingencies
 
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that include indemnities in favor of third parties, such as engagement letters with advisors and consultants. In certain cases, the Company may have recourse against third parties with respect to these indemnities. The Company maintains insurance policies that may provide coverage against certain claims under these indemnities. FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (FIN 45), providing accounting and disclosure requirements for certain guarantees. The Company has had no claims or payments pursuant to these agreements, and it believes the likelihood of a claim being made is remote. Utilizing the methodology in FIN 45, the Company’s estimate of the value of such guarantees is de minimis, and, therefore, an accrual has not been made in the consolidated financial statements.
 
In the normal course of business, the Company may also be subject to various legal proceedings from time to time. Currently, there are no such proceedings pending against the Company.
 
The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable operating lease agreement which expires on October 31, 2015. The Company reflects lease expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis. In early 2007, the Company agreed to lease additional office space at the Company’s headquarters at 120 West 45th Street, New York, New York. The Company took possession of this space on March 1, 2007. The new lease is co-terminus with the Company’s existing lease.
 
Lease expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 were $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Such expenses totaled $0.9 million and $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Note 7 — Retirement Plan
 
The Company maintains a defined contribution pension plan which covers substantially all members and employees. The Company may make contributions to the plan at the discretion of management. Under the terms of the plan, all such contributions vest immediately. Company contributions for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 were $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Such contributions totaled $0.8 million and $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
 
Note 8 — Compensation
 
As discussed further in Note 12, the Company issued Compensatory Units to employees and members which had redemption features that required them to be classified as liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Prior to March 31, 2007, distributions on the Compensatory Units outstanding, and changes in these units’ redemption values, were recorded as compensation expense. Effective December 31, 2006, the terms of these units’ redemption features were changed from a formula-based plan to a fair-value based plan.

14


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
As of March 31, 2007, the effective date of the amendment to the Operating Agreement to eliminate the Company’s obligation to redeem units under any circumstance, the unit-based compensation awards previously categorized as liabilities were reclassified as equity. Further, as of March 31, 2007, the Company accelerated the vesting of all Compensatory Units then subject to vesting. Subsequent to this date, distributions on these units are not considered a component of compensation expense and are instead recorded as a direct reduction of members’ capital.
 
Compensation and benefits expense to employees and members is comprised of the following:
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash Compensation and Benefits
  $   8,802     $   8,807  
Distributions on Compensatory Units
    3,292        
Change in Redemption Value of Compensatory Units
    6,396        
Other Non-Cash Compensation
           
                 
Total Compensation and Benefits Expense
  $ 18,490     $ 8,807  
                 
 
                 
    For the Nine Months
 
    Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Cash Compensation and Benefits
  $  26,020     $ 26,239  
Distributions on Compensatory Units
    17,858       12,087  
Change in Redemption Value of Compensatory Units
    12,990       15,969  
Acceleration of Vesting of Compensatory Units
          64,968  
Other Non-Cash Compensation
          1,950  
                 
Total Compensation and Benefits Expense
  $ 56,868     $ 121,213  
                 
 
Note 9 — Long Term Debt and Credit Facility
 
On July 23, 2007, the Company entered into a $60.0 million, three-year term loan agreement, the proceeds of which were used to finance a one-time distribution to current members. The principal amount borrowed bears interest at a variable rate based, at the Company’s option, on (1) the one, two, three, six, nine or twelve-month LIBOR Market Index Rate plus 1.00%, or (2) the higher of the lender’s prime rate and the Federal Funds Rate. The principal amount is payable in full at the end of the three-year term, with no penalty for prepayment. For the year ended July 23, 2008, the interest rate in effect will be 6.41%, which is equal to the twelve-month LIBOR rate in effect at the time of the closing of the agreement of 5.41% plus 1.00%. Approximately $0.1 million in debt issuance costs were incurred associated with this loan. Such costs have been recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets and will be amortized over the term of the loan as a component of other income on the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Also on July 23, 2007, the Company obtained a $20.0 million revolving credit facility, which will expire on July 23, 2010, in order to finance its short term working capital needs. This facility carries a commitment fee of 0.2% on any unused amounts. As of and for the period ended September 30, 2007, no balance was outstanding against the facility.


15


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Note 10 — Income Taxes
 
The provision for New York City Unincorporated Business Tax is comprised of the following:
 
                 
    The Three Months
 
    Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Current
  $ 950     $ 1,317  
Deferred
    108       (48 )
                 
Total
  $ 1,058     $ 1,269  
                 
 
                 
    The Nine Months
 
    Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Current
  $ 2,859     $ 3,918  
Deferred
    213       (42 )
                 
Total
  $ 3,072     $ 3,876  
                 
 
Deferred tax liabilities of $1.0 million and $0.9 million are included in other liabilities at December 31, 2006 and September 30, 2007, respectively. Deferred tax liabilities are primarily the result of the Company’s use of the cash basis of accounting for income taxes.
 
The income tax provision differs from the expense that would result from applying the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax rate to income before income taxes. The primary difference results from members’ compensation, which is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
Note 11 — Investments in Marketable Securities
 
Marketable securities and securities sold short consisted of the following at December 31, 2006:
 
                         
          Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gain/(Loss)     Fair Value  
    (in thousands)  
 
Equities
  $  20,828     $   2,419     $  23,247  
                         
 
                         
          Unrealized
       
    Proceeds     (Gain)/Loss     Fair Value  
    (in thousands)  
 
Equity Securities Sold Short
  $      681     $      195     $      876  
                         
 
Marketable securities consisted of the following at September 30, 2007:
 
                         
          Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gain/(Loss)     Fair Value  
    (in thousands)  
 
Equities
  $  29,186     $   1,038     $  30,224  
                         
 


16


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
                         
          Unrealized
       
    Proceeds     (Gain)/Loss     Fair Value  
    (in thousands)  
 
Equity Securities Sold Short
  $      941     $       3     $      944  
                         
 
Note 12 — Members’ Equity Interests
 
Prior to December 31, 2006, ownership interests in the Company were comprised of Capital Units (Class A Voting Units and Class B Non-Voting Units), and various series of Profits-Only Interests and Class C Profits Interests. With the exception of the Class B Non-Voting Units, all units were entitled to vote. All of the Profits-Only Interests and Class C Profits Interests were granted to employees and members as unit-based compensation. Profits-Only Interests vested ratably over a three-year period, while the Class C Profits Interests cliff vested at the conclusion of their three-year term. Profits and losses were allocated on a pro rata basis according to the terms of the Operating Agreement. Effective January 1, 2005, the Operating Agreement was amended to require that all Capital Units be repurchased in the event of the holder’s death or, if applicable, termination of employment, at a formula-based price, determined by the holder’s pro rata share of net fee revenue (as defined in the Operating Agreement) for the four completed fiscal quarters immediately preceding the holder’s death or, if applicable, the holder’s termination of employment. Profits-Only Interests and Class C Profits Interests had similar repurchase provisions effective from their respective dates of grant. These redemption amounts were exclusive of any accumulated undistributed earnings associated with such units, which were also required to be paid to the holder’s estate. Prior to this amendment, all Capital Units were required to be repurchased at their book value at the time of the unitholder’s death. These redemption features caused all of the Company’s units to be classified as liabilities as of the effective date of FAS 150 with respect to the Company, which was July 1, 2003.
 
Prior to March 31, 2007, distributions made with respect to Compensatory Units were classified as compensation expense. Incremental changes to these units’ redemption values subsequent to the grant date were also included as a component of compensation expense at each reporting period. For the Company’s non-compensatory units (Capital Units), distributions and incremental changes in the net liability associated with these units’ redemption values have been recorded as components of interest on mandatorily redeemable units in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods prior to March 31, 2007.
 
Upon a sale of the Company, proceeds were to be allocated first to the holders of Capital Units, and then to the holders of Profits-Only Interests and Class C Profits Interests based on their pro rata share of the incremental increase in assigned value of the Company above the point at which the respective units were issued.
 
On December 31, 2006, the Company initiated a capital restructuring, wherein all of the outstanding Compensatory Units and Capital Units were exchanged for new units on a percentage basis determined by the outstanding units’ relative fair values. These new units all retained the same earnings sharing and voting rights, but participate in the potential liquidation of the Company on a pro rata basis. The Company and unitholders each had fair-value put and call provisions, subject to certain restrictions, that allowed for redemption only for vested units that have been held longer than six months. New units exchanged for units previously issued retained their original liability classification. Of the total $696.3 million increase in value arising from the change from a formula-based redemption plan to a fair-value plan, approximately $232.5 million was associated with compensatory unit awards and charged to compensation expense on December 31, 2006. The remaining $463.8 million was recorded as a component of interest on mandatorily redeemable units for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
The Operating Agreement was amended as of March 31, 2007 to eliminate the Company’s obligation to redeem units under any circumstance. As a result, all units that were categorized as liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements were reclassified as equity as of March 31, 2007. Subsequent to this date, distributions paid on unit-based compensation and incremental changes to these units’ value are not considered a component of compensation expense and are instead recorded as a direct reduction of undistributed earnings. As of

17


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
March 31, 2007, the Company accelerated the vesting of all Compensatory Units then subject to vesting. The one-time charge associated with this acceleration, approximately $65.0 million, was recorded on March 31, 2007.
 
Capital Units, all subject to mandatory redemption upon the death of the holders, consisted of:
 
         
    As of
 
    December 31,
 
    2006  
    (in thousands)  
 
Members Capital (39,891,000 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006)
  $ 18,383  
Undistributed Loss Attributable to Capital Units
    (214,796 )
Excess of Redemption Amount Over Capital and Undistributed Loss
    729,966  
         
Total
  $ 533,553  
         
 
Compensation expense associated with the Company’s Compensatory Units, consisting of Profits-Only Interests and Class C Profits Interests, is comprised of the following:
 
                 
    For the Three Months
 
    Ended September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Distributions on Compensatory Units
  $ 3,292     $     —  
Change in Redemption Value of Compensatory Units
    6,396        
Acceleration of Vesting of Compensatory Units
           
                 
Total Unit-Based Compensation Expense
  $ 9,688     $  
                 
 
                 
    For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2006     2007  
    (in thousands)  
 
Distributions on Compensatory Units
  $ 17,858     $ 12,087  
Change in Redemption Value of Compensatory Units
    12,990       15,969  
Acceleration of Vesting of Compensatory Units
          64,968  
                 
Total Unit-Based Compensation Expense
  $ 30,848     $ 93,024  
                 
 
In 2007, the Company granted 129,000 options to purchase Capital Units to certain employees and members pursuant to the Pzena Investment Management, LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. These options vest ratably over a four-year period and were issued at a strike price of $13.53, which was equal to the assessed fair market value per unit at the time of award issuance. The Company determined that the total grant-date fair value of these options was approximately $2.0 million, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
 
         
Weighted-average Time Until Exercise:
    7 years  
Volatility:
    30%  
Risk Free Rate:
    5.22%  
Dividend Yield:
    4.87%  
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company recognized approximately $2.0 million in other non-cash compensation expense associated with the accelerated amortization of the grant-date fair value of these options.


18


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of the option activity for the nine months ended September 30, 2007:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Options
    Exercise
 
    Outstanding     Price  
 
Balance at January 1, 2007
        $  
Options Granted
    645,000       13.53  
Options Cancelled
    (20,000 )     (13.53 )
Options Exercised
    (266,690 )     (13.53 )
                 
Balance at September 30, 2007
    358,310       13.53  
                 
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options issued in 2007 was $13.53.
 
Except as otherwise provided by law, the liability of a member of the Company is limited to the amount of its capital account. A member may transfer or assign all, or any part of, its membership interest to any other party (a “Transferee”). A Transferee of such membership interest shall not become a member unless its membership in the Company is unanimously approved by the then existing member(s) in writing. Any Transferee admitted as a member shall succeed to the capital account or portion thereof transferred or assigned, as if no such transfer or assignment had occurred.
 
On February 13, 2007, the Company accelerated the vesting of 285,000 of the 315,500 Class A Voting Units that were granted on January 1, 2007 pursuant to its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and repurchased them from a departing employee. The charge associated with this acceleration was approximately $3.8 million and has been included in compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
 
In 2003, the Company issued immediately vested options to purchase Capital Units to a member, exercisable at various prices and expiring in September 2013. In each of January 2004, 2005 and 2006, the terms of the grant were amended to adjust for the dilutive effect of the issuance of additional members’ equity interests. The Company accounted for these options using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB 25. No compensation cost associated with these grants and their subsequent modifications has been reflected in net income, as all such options had exercise prices in excess of fair market value on the date of grant or modification. If the Company had recorded compensation cost for these options based on the fair value of the options on the date of grant consistent with FAS 123(R), the impact on the Company’s net income would not have been material.
 
On January 1, 2006, the Company effected a 600-for-1 unit split. On July 17, 2007, the Company effected an additional 5-for-1 unit split. All unit and per unit amounts have been adjusted to reflect these splits.
 
Note 13 — Subsequent Events
 
On October 30, 2007, Pzena Investment Management, Inc. consummated an initial public offering of 6,100,000 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for net proceeds of approximately $99.1 million, after payment of underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses. These net proceeds were used to purchase 6,100,000 membership units of the Company, representing 9.5% of the then outstanding membership units of the Company, from two outside investors and one former employee of the Company. Concurrently with the consummation of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.’s initial public offering, the operating agreement of the Company was amended and restated such that, among other things, Pzena Investment Management, Inc. became the sole managing member of the Company. The acquisition of the Company’s membership interests by Pzena Investment Management, Inc. will be treated as a reorganization of entities under common control pursuant to the guidance set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board Technical Bulletin No. 85-5, Issues Relating to Accounting for Business Combinations (“FTB 85-5”). Accordingly, the net assets assumed by Pzena Investment Management, Inc. through the offering will be reported at the Company’s historical cost basis. As a result of these transactions, as of and subsequent to October 30, 2007, (i) Pzena Investment Management, Inc. will consolidate the financial results of the Company with its own and reflect the 90.5% membership interest in the


19


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) — (Continued)
 
Company it does not own as a non-controlling interest in its consolidated financial statements, and (ii) Pzena Investment Management, Inc.’s income will be generated by its 9.5% economic interest in the Company’s net income.
 
In connection with the reorganization and initial public offering, the Company made a distribution of approximately $18.5 million on October 19, 2007, which represented all of the remaining undistributed earnings generated through the consummation of the transactions, less any amounts required to fund working capital needs.
 
On November 21, 2007, a putative class action lawsuit was commenced in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and Richard S. Pzena, its chief executive officer, seeking remedies under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The complaint alleges that the registration statement and prospectus relating to the initial public offering of the Class A common stock of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. contained materially misleading statements and otherwise failed to disclose a pattern of net redemptions in the John Hancock Classic Value Fund for which the Company acts as sub-investment advisor (which is a portion of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.’s Large Cap Value investment strategy). The plaintiff seeks to represent a class of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired Class A common stock in the initial public offering and seeks damages in an unspecified amount. Pzena Investment Management, Inc. believes that the allegations and claims against it and its chief executive officer are without merit and it intends to contest these claims vigorously.


20


Table of Contents

 
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
                 
    May 10,
       
    2007
    September 30,
 
    (capitalization)     2007  
          (unaudited)  
 
ASSETS
               
Cash
  $ 100     $ 100  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 100     $ 100  
                 
                 
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
               
Common Stock ($0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 6 shares issued and outstanding)
  $ 0     $ 0  
Additional Paid-in Capital
    100       100  
Retained Earnings
           
                 
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
  $ 100     $ 100  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


21


Table of Contents

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATION
(unaudited)
 
                 
        For the Period
    For the Three Months
  May 10, 2007 (capitalization)
    Ended September 30, 2007   through September 30, 2007
 
REVENUE
  $      —     $      —  
EXPENSES
           
                 
NET INCOME
  $     $  
                 
Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share
  $     $  
Weighted Average Shares Used in Basic and Diluted Net Income Per Share
    6       6  
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


22


Table of Contents

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
 
                 
        For the Period
    For the Three Months
  May 10, 2007 (capitalization)
    Ended September 30, 2007   through September 30, 2007
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
               
Net Income
  $   —     $   —  
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities
           
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities
           
                 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
           
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
               
Investing Activities
           
                 
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities
           
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Financing Activities
           
                 
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
           
                 
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
  $     $  
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of Period
  $ 100     $ 100  
Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
           
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of Period
  $ 100     $ 100  
                 
Supplementary Cash Flow Information:
               
Interest Paid
  $     $  
                 
Income Taxes Paid
  $     $  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


23


Table of Contents

Pzena Investment Management, Inc.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM MAY 10, 2007 (CAPITALIZATION)
THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2007
(unaudited)
 
                                         
                Additional
             
    Shares
    Common
    Paid-in
    Retained
       
    Outstanding     Stock     Capital     Earnings     Total  
 
Balance at May 10, 2007
             6     $        0     $      100     $      —     $      100  
Net Income
                             
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2007
    6     $ 0     $ 100           $ 100  
                                         
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements


24


Table of Contents

 
Notes to Financial Statements of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (unaudited)
 
1.   Organization and Purpose
 
Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on May 8, 2007. On May 10, 2007, the Company issued 100 shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Old Common Stock”), for $100 to Richard S. Pzena, the sole director of the Company as of that date.
 
The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a publicly-traded company. For this reason, the Company did not have any operations for the period from May 10, 2007 through September 30, 2007.
 
2.   Subsequent Events
 
On October 5, 2007, the Company effected a 100-for-6 reverse stock split of all shares of its Old Common Stock then outstanding. All share amounts have been adjusted to reflect this split. As of the effectiveness of the amendment and restatement of the Company’s certificate of incorporation on October 30, 2007, each share of the Old Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to effectiveness was reclassified as one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) and the Company was authorized to issue up to 750,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
 
On October 30, 2007, the Company also consummated an initial public offering of 6,100,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock, for net proceeds of approximately $99.1 million, after payment of underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses. These net proceeds were used to purchase 6,100,000 membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, representing 9.5% of the then outstanding membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, from two outside investors and one former employee of Pzena Investment Management, LLC. Concurrently with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, the operating agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC was amended and restated such that, among other things, (i) the Company became the sole managing member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, (ii) the 6,100,00 membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC that the Company acquired were reclassified as Class A Units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, (iii) an additional 11,118 Class A Units were issued to the Company in respect of its issuance of 11,112 shares of Class A Common Stock to certain directors of the Company on October 30, 2007, and its contribution of the $100 the Company received in exchange for its issuance of six shares of Class A Common Stock on May 10, 2007, and (iv) the holders of the remaining 90.5% of the outstanding membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC were reclassified as Class B Units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC. The acquisition of the Pzena Investment Management, LLC membership interests by the Company will be treated as a reorganization of entities under common control pursuant to the guidance set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board Technical Bulletin No. 85-5, Issues Relating to Accounting for Business Combinations (“FTB 85-5”). Accordingly, the net assets assumed by the Company through the offering will be reported at Pzena Investment Management, LLC’s historical cost basis. As a result of these transactions, as of and subsequent to October 30, 2007, (i) the Company will consolidate the financial results of Pzena Investment Management, LLC with its own and reflect the 90.5% membership interest in Pzena Investment Management, LLC it does not own as a non-controlling interest in its consolidated financial statements, and (ii) the Company’s income will be generated by its 9.5% economic interest in Pzena Investment Management, LLC’s net income.
 
On November 21, 2007, a putative class action lawsuit was commenced in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and Richard S. Pzena, its chief executive officer, seeking remedies under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The complaint alleges that the registration statement and prospectus relating to the initial public offering of the Class A Common Stock contained materially misleading statements and otherwise failed to disclose a pattern of net redemptions in the John Hancock Classic Value Fund for which the Company acts as sub-investment advisor (which is a portion of the Company’s Large Cap Value investment strategy). The plaintiff seeks to represent a class of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired Class A Common Stock in the initial public offering and seeks damages in an unspecified amount. The Company believes that the allegations and claims against it and its chief executive officer are without merit. The Company intends to contest these claims vigorously.


25


Table of Contents

 
Item 2.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries
 
Overview
 
We are an investment management firm that utilizes a classic value investment approach in each of our investment strategies. We currently manage assets in ten value-oriented investment strategies across a wide range of market capitalizations in both U.S. and international capital markets. From December 31, 2002 to September 30, 2007, our assets under management, or AUM grew from $3.1 billion to $28.9 billion, representing a compound annual growth rate of 60%. As of September 30, 2007, we managed separate accounts on behalf of over 375 institutions and high net worth individuals and acted as sub-investment adviser for twelve SEC-registered mutual funds and ten offshore funds.
 
The results of operations discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are the historical consolidated results of operations of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, our operating company as of the consummation of the reorganization of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and the concurrent initial public offering of our Class A common stock on October 30, 2007. Pursuant to this reorganization, we became the sole managing member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC. As such, we now control its business and affairs and, therefore, consolidate its financial results with ours. In light of our employees’ and other investors’ collective 90.5% membership interest in our operating company, we reflect their interests as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, subsequent to October 30, 2007, our income will be generated by our 9.5% economic interest in our operating company’s net income, and similarly, outstanding shares of our Class A common stock will represent 9.5% of the outstanding membership units of our operating company.
 
Revenue
 
We generate revenue from management fees and incentive fees, which we collectively refer to as our advisory fees, by managing assets on behalf of separate accounts and acting as a sub-investment adviser for mutual funds and certain other investment funds. Our advisory fee income is recognized over the period in which investment management services are provided. Pursuant to the preferred accounting method under Emerging Issues Task Force Issue D-96, Accounting for Management Fees Based on a Formula (EITF D-96), income from incentive fees is recorded at the conclusion of the contractual performance period when all contingencies are resolved.
 
Our advisory fees are primarily driven by the level of our AUM. Our AUM increases or decreases with the net inflows or outflows of funds into our various investment strategies and with the investment performance thereon. In order to increase our AUM and expand our business, we must develop and market investment strategies that suit the investment needs of our target clients and provide attractive returns over the long term. The value and composition of our AUM, and our ability to continue to attract clients, will depend on a variety of factors including, among other things:
 
  •  our ability to educate our target clients about our classic value investment strategies and provide them with exceptional client service;
 
  •  the relative investment performance of our investment strategies, as compared to competing products and market indices;
 
  •  competitive conditions in the investment management and broader financial services sectors;
 
  •  investor sentiment and confidence; and
 
  •  our decision to close strategies when we deem it to be in the best interests of our clients.
 
For our separately-managed accounts, we are paid fees according to a schedule which varies by investment strategy. The substantial majority of these accounts pay us management fees pursuant to a schedule in which the rate we earn on the AUM declines as the amount of AUM increases, subject to a minimum fee to manage each account. Certain of these clients pay us fees according to the performance of their accounts relative to certain agreed-upon


26


Table of Contents

benchmarks, which results in a slightly lower base fee, but allows us to earn higher fees if the relevant investment strategy outperforms the agreed-upon benchmark.
 
Pursuant to our sub-investment advisory agreements, we are generally paid a management fee according to a schedule, in which the rate we earn on the AUM declines as the amount of AUM increases. Certain of these funds pay us fixed rate management fees. Due to the substantially larger account size of certain of these accounts, the average advisory fees we earn on them are lower than the advisory fees we earn on our separately-managed accounts.
 
The majority of advisory fees we earn on separately-managed accounts are based on the value of AUM at a specific date on a quarterly basis, either in arrears or advance. Advisory fees on certain of our separately-managed accounts, and with respect to most of the mutual funds that we sub-advise, are calculated based on the average of the monthly or daily market value. Advisory fees are also adjusted for any cash flows into or out of a portfolio, where the cash flow represents greater than 10% of the value of the portfolio. While a specific group of accounts may use the same fee rate, the method used to calculate the fee according to the fee rate schedule may differ as described above.
 
Our advisory fees may fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the following:
 
  •  changes in AUM due to appreciation or depreciation of our investment portfolios, and the levels of the contribution and withdrawal of assets by new and existing clients;
 
  •  distribution of AUM among our investment strategies, which have different fee schedules;
 
  •  distribution of AUM between separately-managed accounts and sub-advised funds, for which we generally earn lower overall advisory fees; and
 
  •  the level of our performance with respect to accounts on which we are paid incentive fees.
 
Expenses
 
Our expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits expenses, as well as general and administrative expenses. These expenses may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including the following:
 
  •  variations in the level of total compensation expense due to, among other things, bonuses, awards of equity to our employees and members of our operating company, changes in our employee count and mix, and competitive factors; and
 
  •  expenses, such as rent, professional service fees and data-related costs, incurred, as necessary, to run our business.
 
Compensation and Benefits Expense
 
Our largest expense is compensation and benefits, which includes the salaries, bonuses, equity-based compensation and related benefits and payroll costs attributable to our members and employees. All compensation and benefits packages, including those of our executive officers, are benchmarked against relevant industry and geographic peer groups in order to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, a general rise in compensation and benefits expense commensurate with growth in headcount and with the need to maintain competitive compensation levels.


27


Table of Contents

The table included in the section below describes the components of our compensation expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007:
 
                                 
    For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For The Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
    (in thousands)
    (in thousands)
 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Cash Compensation and Benefits
  $ 8,802     $ 8,807     $ 26,020     $ 26,239  
Distributions on Compensatory Units
    3,292             17,858       12,087  
Change in Redemption Value of Compensatory Units
    6,396             12,990       15,969  
Acceleration of Vesting of Compensatory Units
                      64,968  
Other Non-Cash Compensation
                      1,950  
                                 
Total Compensation and Benefits Expense
  $ 18,490     $ 8,807     $ 56,868     $ 121,213  
                                 
 
Historically, we granted profits-only interests in our operating company to selected employees. These profits-only interests entitled the holder to a share of the future distributions of our operating company. Pursuant to the terms of the operating agreement of our operating company prior to December 31, 2006, the holders of these profits-only interests had the right to require us to redeem their profits-only interests upon their termination of employment, or death, at a formula value equal to their pro rata share of our net investment advisory fee revenues for the four completed fiscal quarters preceding their termination, or death, as applicable. We have accounted for the distributions on profits-only interests, as well as the annual increase in their redemption value, in our operating company’s financial statements as compensation expense. On December 31, 2006, all then outstanding profits-only interests in our operating company were exchanged for capital units and our operating company’s operating agreement was amended to, among other things, change the formula pursuant to which it would be required to redeem the previously granted profits-only interests, subsequently exchanged for capital units, to one based on the fair market value of our firm. The change in the redemption value required us to a take a one-time compensation charge of $232.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2006, which was recorded as compensation expense, with respect to the capital units deemed compensatory. Our operating company’s operating agreement was further amended as of March 31, 2007 to eliminate its obligation to redeem units under any circumstance. As all of its membership units thereafter had only equity characteristics, neither distributions nor subsequent incremental changes to their value were charged against income from the date of the amendment. As of March 31, 2007, we accelerated the vesting of all compensatory units then subject to vesting. The one-time charge associated with this acceleration, approximately $65.0 million, was recorded on March 31, 2007.
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted the PIM LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which we have issued restricted capital units, and options to acquire capital units, in our operating company, both of which were to vest ratably over a four-year period. We used a fair-value method in recording the compensation expense associated with the granting of these restricted capital units, and options to acquire capital units, to new and existing members under the PIM LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Under this method, compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award and is recognized over the award’s vesting period. The fair value for the capital units will be determined by reference to the market price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant, since these units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The fair value for the options to acquire capital units will be determined by using an appropriate option pricing model on the grant date.
 
On January 1, 2007, we instituted a deferred compensation plan, in which employees who earn in excess of $600,000 per year are required to defer a portion of their compensation in excess of this amount. These deferred amounts may be invested, at the employee’s discretion, in certain of our investment strategies, restricted capital units of our operating company, or money market funds. All of these deferred amounts vest ratably over a four-year period and, therefore, will be reflected in our expenses over this period. Accordingly, our 2007 cash compensation expense will be lower than it would have been had we not instituted a deferred compensation plan. For the four-year period beginning in 2008, we expect the non-cash portion of our compensation expense associated with this


28


Table of Contents

deferred compensation plan to increase each successive year as these and subsequently deferred amounts are amortized through income.
 
General and Administrative Expenses
 
General and administrative expenses include professional and outside services fees, office expenses, depreciation and the costs associated with operating and maintaining our research, trading and portfolio accounting systems. Our occupancy-related costs and professional services expenses, in particular, generally increase or decrease in relative proportion to the number of employees retained by us and the overall size and scale of our business operations.
 
Following our offering on October 30, 2007, we expect that we will incur additional expenses as a result of becoming a public company for, among other things, director and officer insurance, director fees, SEC reporting and compliance (including Sarbanes-Oxley compliance), transfer agent fees, professional fees and other similar expenses. These additional expenses will reduce our net income.
 
Other Income
 
Other income is derived primarily from interest income generated on our excess cash balances and investment income arising from our investments in various private investment vehicles that we employ to incubate new strategies. We expect the interest and investment components of other income, in the aggregate, to fluctuate based on market conditions, the success of our investment strategies and our dividend policy.
 
Minority and Non-Controlling Interests
 
We have historically consolidated the results of operations of the private investment partnerships over which we exercise a controlling influence. After our reorganization, we are the sole managing member of our operating company and now control its business and affairs and, therefore, consolidate its financial results with ours. In light of our employees’ and outside investors’ 90.5% interest in our operating company immediately after the consummation of our reorganization, we will reflect their membership interests as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, subsequent to October 30, 2007, our income will be generated from our 9.5% economic interest in our operating company’s net income, and similarly, outstanding shares of our Class A common stock will represent 9.5% of the outstanding membership units of our operating company.
 
Provision for Income Tax
 
While our operating company has historically not been subject to U.S. federal and certain state income taxes, it has been subject to the New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (UBT). As a result of our reorganization, we are now subject to taxes applicable to C-corporations. We expect our effective tax rate, and the absolute dollar amount of our tax expense, to increase as a result of our reorganization.
 
Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units
 
Capital units in our operating company include capital units issued to our founders and those purchased by certain of our employees. These capital units entitle the holder to a share of the distributions of our operating company.
 
We have adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity, or FAS 150. FAS 150 establishes classification and measurement standards for three types of free-standing financial instruments that have characteristics of both liabilities and equity. Instruments within the scope of FAS 150 must be classified as liabilities in our consolidated financial statements and be reported at settlement date value. FAS 150 was effective for us as of July 1, 2003. Prior to January 1, 2005, capital units in our operating company were mandatorily redeemable at book value. Effective January 1, 2005, the operating agreement of our operating company was amended to require that capital units be mandatorily redeemed upon a holder’s death based on such holder’s pro rata share of our operating company’s net fee revenue (as defined in the operating agreement) for the four completed fiscal quarters immediately preceding


29


Table of Contents

the holder’s death. These redemption amounts were exclusive of any accumulated undistributed earnings associated with these capital units, which were required to be paid additionally to the holder’s estate. Pursuant to FAS 150, distributions on capital units, and incremental changes in the net liability associated with their redemption value, were recorded as a component of interest on mandatorily redeemable units in our consolidated statements of operations beginning in 2003.
 
On December 31, 2006, the operating agreement of our operating company was amended to, among other things, change the formula pursuant to which we would be required to redeem the capital units to one based on the fair market valuation of our firm. The restated terms of redemption required us to a take a charge of $463.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2006, which was included in interest on mandatorily redeemable units. The operating agreement of our operating company was further amended as of March 31, 2007, such that our operating company will no longer be required to redeem any capital units for cash upon any member’s death or, if applicable, their termination of employment. Accordingly, beginning with our financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2007, we no longer have any expense for interest on mandatorily redeemable units.
 
Operating Results
 
Revenues
 
Our revenues from advisory fees earned on our separately-managed accounts and our sub-advised accounts for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 are described below:
 
                         
    Separately-
    Sub-
       
    Managed
    Advised
       
Revenue
  Accounts (1)     Accounts     Total  
          (in millions)
       
          (unaudited)        
 
For the Three Months Ended:
                       
September 30, 2006
  $ 20.2     $ 9.2     $ 29.4  
September 30, 2007
    26.6       13.6       40.2  
For the Nine Months Ended:
                       
September 30, 2006
  $ 57.2     $ 24.0     $ 81.2  
September 30, 2007
    75.6       36.8       112.4  
 
The growth of our AUM in our separately-managed accounts and our sub-advised accounts from December 31, 2006 to September 30, 2007 is described below:
 
                         
    Separately-
    Sub-
       
    Managed
    Advised
       
Assets Under Management
  Accounts (1)     Accounts     Total  
          (in billions)
       
          (unaudited)        
 
As of December 31, 2006
  $ 14.6     $ 12.8     $ 27.3  
Net Inflows
    1.5       0.2       1.7  
Appreciation
    (0.1 )     0.0       (0.1 )
                         
As of September 30, 2007
  $ 16.0     $ 13.0     $ 28.9  
                         
 
 
(1) During the periods presented, all performance-based advisory fees were earned on our separately-managed accounts.


30


Table of Contents

 
As of September 30, 2007, our approximately $28.9 billion of AUM were invested in ten value-oriented investment strategies which represent distinct capitalization segments of the U.S. and international markets. The following table describes the allocation of our approximately $28.9 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2007 among our seven largest investment strategies and the aggregate of our other investment strategies:
 
         
Investment Strategy
  AUM  
    (in billions)
 
    (unaudited)  
Large Cap Value
  $ 17.3  
Value Service
    5.8  
Global Value
    2.9  
Small Cap Value
    1.1  
Mid Cap Value
    0.6  
International Value
    0.6  
All Cap Value
    0.4  
Other
    0.2  
         
Total
  $ 28.9  
         
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Three Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Our total revenue increased $10.8 million, or 36.8%, to $40.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007, from $29.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was driven primarily by an increase in AUM, which increased $3.9 billion, or 15.8%, to $28.9 billion at September 30, 2007 from $24.9 billion at September 30, 2006. Contributing to the growth in AUM was $2.6 billion in net inflows and $1.4 billion in appreciation. Our weighted average fee increased to 0.547% for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from 0.514% for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The weighted average fee increased in large part due to a favorable shift in client mix in both separately-managed and sub-advised assets. In particular, we experienced an increase in the AUM of our non-U.S. investment strategies, which carry higher average fees than our U.S. investment strategies. At September 30, 2007, our non-U.S. investment strategies accounted for 11.8% of our AUM, as compared to 4.3% at September 30, 2006. Separately-managed assets grew 18.5% year-over-year and had weighted average fees of 0.663% and 0.643% for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Sub-advised AUM grew 12.5% year-over-year and had weighted average fees of 0.408% and 0.357% for the three months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At September 30, 2007, separately-managed AUM accounted for 55.0% of our total AUM, as compared to 54.0% at September 30, 2006.
 
Most of the year-over-year growth in our AUM was in our International Value and Global Value investment strategies, in which AUM increased by $2.3 billion, to $3.4 billion, at September 30, 2007 from $1.1 billion at September 30, 2006.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Our total revenue for the nine months ending September 30, 2007 was $112.4 million, an increase of $31.2 million, or 38.4%, from $81.2 million for the nine months ending September 30, 2006. This increase was driven primarily by growth in our AUM, which increased by $3.9 billion, or 15.8%, to $28.9 billion at September 30, 2007 from $24.9 billion at September 30, 2006. Contributing to the growth in AUM was $2.6 billion of net inflows and $1.4 billion of appreciation. Our weighted average fees fell to 0.515% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, from 0.522% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, due in large part to the timing of the net cash flows into our sub-advised assets. Since these sub-advised assets have lower weighted average fees than our separately-managed assets, these net cash flows more than overcame the favorable shift in client mix noted above. Separately-managed assets grew 18.5% year-over-year and had weighted average fees of 0.643% and 0.643% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Sub-advised AUM grew 12.5% year-over-year and had weighted average fees of 0.365% and 0.360% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At September 30, 2007, separately-managed AUM accounted for 55.0% of our AUM, as compared to 54.0% at September 30, 2006.


31


Table of Contents

Most of the year-over-year growth in our AUM was in our International Value and Global Value investment strategies, in which AUM increased by $2.3 billion, to $3.4 billion, at September 30, 2007 from $1.1 billion at September 30, 2006. During the nine months ended September 30, 2007, our AUM increased by $1.6 billion, or 5.9%, to $28.9 billion at September 30, 2007 from $27.3 billion at December 31, 2006. The increase was due to net inflows of $1.7 billion and market depreciation of $0.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Our non-U.S. investment strategies contributed $2.1 billion to AUM growth, increasing to $3.4 billion at September 30, 2007 from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2006. As of September 30, 2007, our non-U.S. investment strategies accounted for 11.8% of our total AUM.
 
Operating Expenses
 
Our operating expenses are driven primarily by our compensation costs. The table included below describes the components of our compensation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007. Much of the variability in our compensation costs have been driven by distributions made on our compensatory units outstanding and the incremental increases or decreases in their redemption value subsequent to their grant date. As of March 31, 2007, these items are no longer reflected in compensation expense.
 
                                 
    For the Three Months Ended September 30,     For the Nine Months Ended September  
    2006     2007     2006     2007  
    (in thousands)
    (in thousands)
 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
 
Cash Compensation and Benefits
  $     8,802     $     8,807     $   26,020     $   26,239  
Distributions on Compensatory Units
    3,292             17,858       12,087  
Change in Redemption Value of Compensatory Units
    6,396             12,990       15,969  
Acceleration of Vesting of Compensatory Units
                      64,968  
Other Non-Cash Compensation
                      1,950  
                                 
Total Compensation and Benefits Expense
  $ 18,490     $ 8,807     $ 56,868     $ 121,213  
                                 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Three Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Total operating expenses decreased by $8.4 million, or 41.8%, to $11.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from $20.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in compensation and benefits expense resulting from the amendment of the operating agreement, on March 31, 2007, that removed all mandatory redemption provisions related to our membership units.
 
Compensation and benefits expense decreased by $9.7 million to $8.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from $18.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This decrease was primarily attributable to $9.7 million in unit-based compensation charges incurred in the three months ended September 30, 2006, while no such charges were recorded for the three months ended September 30, 2007.
 
General and administrative expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 76.5%, to $3.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from $1.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was mainly attributable to a $0.7 million increase in professional and outside services fees associated with our reorganization, and a $0.2 million increase associated with more significant expenditures for information systems upgrades and data system enhancements commensurate with our growth. General office and facility related expenses also increased by $0.3 million in the three months ended September 30, 2007 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2006, primarily as a result of an increase in headcount and the lease of additional office space in 2007.


32


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Total operating expenses increased by $66.6 million to $128.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 from $62.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to increased compensation and benefits expense.
 
Compensation and benefits expense increased by $64.3 million to $121.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 from $56.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to the $65.0 million one-time charge associated with the acceleration, as of March 31, 2007, of the vesting of all compensatory units then subject to vesting, coupled with a $3.0 million increase in the redemption value of compensatory membership units outstanding and a $5.8 million decrease in the distributions made to employees with respect to these units in the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The balance of the increase was primarily attributable to a $2.0 million increase in other non-cash compensation associated with the acceleration of vesting of all option grants as of March 31, 2007, as well as costs associated with the hiring of additional employees across all functional areas of the company during the twelve months ended September 30, 2007. Our employee count increased from 66 at September 30, 2006 to 78 at September 30, 2007.
 
General and administrative expenses increased by $2.3 million, or 43.4%, to $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 from $5.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was mainly attributable to a $1.2 million increase in professional and outside services fees associated with our reorganization, and a $0.5 million increase associated with more significant expenditures for information systems upgrades and data system enhancements commensurate with our growth. General office and facility related expenses also increased by $0.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2006, primarily as a result of an increase in headcount and the lease of additional office space in 2007.
 
Other Income (Loss)
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Three Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Other income (loss) decreased by $3.9 million to a loss of $1.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from income of $2.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. The primary reasons for this decrease were the less favorable investment performance of the private investment vehicles we manage and the increase in interest expense associated with the $60.0 million, three-year term loan agreement we entered into in the third quarter of 2007.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Other income decreased by $3.0 million to $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 from $3.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The primary reason for this decrease was the less favorable investment performance of the private investment vehicles we manage and the increase in interest expense associated with the $60.0 million, three-year term loan agreement we entered into in the third quarter of 2007.
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Three Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
The provision for income taxes increased by $0.2 million, or 18.1%, to $1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from $1.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006, due to an increase in taxable income. Our effective tax rate for the three months ending September 30, 2007 was approximately 4.6%. A comparison of this effective tax rate to the effective tax rate for the three months ending September 30, 2006 is not meaningful due to expenses related to our units, which are not deductible for tax purposes.


33


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
The provision for income taxes increased by $0.8 million, or 25.8%, to $3.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 from $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, due to an increase in taxable income. Our effective tax rate for the nine months ending September 30, 2007 was not meaningful, nor is a comparison of it to our effective tax rate for the nine months ending September 30, 2006, due to expenses related to our units, which are not deductible for tax purposes.
 
Minority and Non-Controlling Interests
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Three Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Minority and non-controlling interests decreased from $0.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006 to $(0.7) million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. This decrease was almost entirely attributable to less favorable investment performance of the private investment vehicles we manage.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Minority and non-controlling interests decreased from $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 to $0.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 due to less favorable investment performance of the private investment vehicles we manage, as noted above.
 
Interest on Mandatorily Redeemable Units
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Three Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Interest on mandatorily redeemable units decreased by $11.3 million to zero for the three months ended September 30, 2007 from $11.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006. This decrease was entirely attributable to the accounting consequences of the amendment of the operating agreement of our operating company, on March 31, 2007, to remove all mandatory redemption provisions related to our membership units. The removal of these provisions caused our membership units to be classified as equity, and neither distributions nor subsequent changes to these units’ value were charged to income following the amendment.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 versus Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006
 
Interest on mandatorily redeemable units decreased by $30.2 million to $16.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 from $46.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The decrease was due primarily to the amendment of the operating agreement of our operating company as of March 31, 2007, as noted above.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Historically, the working capital needs of our business have primarily been met through cash generated by our operations. We expect that our cash and liquidity requirements in the next twelve months, and over the long term, will be met primarily through cash generated by our operations and, to a lesser extent, from borrowings under our current revolving credit facility described below. On July 23, 2007, our operating company borrowed $60.0 million pursuant to a three-year term loan facility, the proceeds of which were used to finance a special one-time distribution to the members of our operating company as of that date. Concurrently, our operating company also obtained a $20.0 million revolving credit facility, which will expire on July 23, 2010, to finance our short-term working capital needs.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement providing for the three-year term loan and revolving credit facility described above, our operating company is required to maintain AUM (as defined in the credit agreement) of at least $20 billion at all times during the term thereof. In addition, one of the lenders’ conditions to the execution of the credit agreement, and a covenant of us during the term of the credit agreement, is that our consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) for the four fiscal quarter period ended March 31, 2007, and as of the end of any subsequent consecutive four fiscal quarter period during the term of the credit agreement, may not be less than


34


Table of Contents

$60 million. As of September 30, 2007, our AUM and our consolidated EBITDA were each in excess of the required minimum amounts for these AUM and consolidated EBITDA covenants.
 
We expect to fund the working capital needs of our business in the next twelve months, and over the long term, primarily through cash generated from operations, as well as from potential borrowings under the revolving credit facility described above. We currently expect that the development of new investment strategies will continue to require significant funding, but not in excess of $25 million per year. We expect to fund this development from cash generated from operations.
 
Prior to its reorganization on October 30, 2007, Pzena Investment Management, LLC made a distribution to its existing members representing all of the remaining undistributed earnings generated through the date of our reorganization, less any amounts required to fund its working capital needs.
 
We anticipate that distributions to the members of our operating company, which consists of 23 of our current employees, two outside investors and us, will continue to be a material use of our cash resources and will vary in amount and timing based on our operating results and dividend policy. We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of membership interests in our operating company. As a result, we depend upon distributions from our operating company to pay any dividends to our Class A stockholders. We expect to cause our operating company to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover dividends, if any, declared by us. Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity. Although we expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all, if, among other things, we do not have the cash necessary to pay our intended dividends. To the extent we do not have cash on hand sufficient to pay dividends, we may decide not to pay dividends. By paying cash dividends rather than investing that cash in our future growth, we risk slowing that pace of our growth, or not having a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or unanticipated capital expenditures, should the need arise.
 
Our purchase of membership units of our operating company concurrently with our initial public offering, and the future exchanges by holders of Class B units of our operating company for shares of our Class A common stock (pursuant to the exchange rights provided for in our operating company’s operating agreement), are expected to result in increases in our share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of our operating company at the time of our acquisition and these future exchanges, which will increase the tax depreciation and amortization deductions that otherwise would not have been available to us. These increases in tax basis and tax depreciation and amortization deductions are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the current members of our operating company, the one member of our company immediately prior to our initial public offering who sold all of their membership units to us in connection with our initial public offering and any future holders of Class B units, that will require us to pay them 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we actually realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, or a change in control, as described in the tax receivable agreement) as a result of the increases in tax basis described above and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. Assuming that there are no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize the full tax benefit of the increased depreciation and amortization of our assets, we expect that future payments under the tax receivable agreement in respect of our initial purchase of membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC will aggregate $57.7 million and range from approximately $2.6 million to $6.5 million per year over the next 15 years. Future payments under the tax receivable agreement in respect of subsequent exchanges will be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial.
 
Cash Flows
 
For the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, operating activities provided $8.3 million and $24.6 million, respectively. Operating activities provided $6.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and provided $46.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. In both comparative periods, this change is due primarily to the fact that beginning on March 31, 2007, the effective date of an amendment to the operating agreement of our operating company to eliminate its obligation to redeem a member’s units therein under any circumstance, as well as the acceleration of the vesting of all compensatory units then subject to vesting,


35


Table of Contents

distributions on all membership units are classified as financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. As a result of this reclassification, net cash provided by operating activities has increased, and net cash provided by financing activities has decreased, beginning on March 31, 2007. Beginning on March 31, 2007, the effective date of an amendment to the operating agreement of our operating company to eliminate its obligation to redeem a member’s units therein under any circumstance, as well as the acceleration of the vesting of all compensatory units then subject to vesting, we expect distributions on all membership units to be classified as financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. As a result, we expect net cash provided by operating activities to increase, and net cash provided by financing activities to decrease, as a result of this reclassification beginning on March 31, 2007.
 
Investing activities consist primarily of investments in affiliates and other investment partnerships, as well as capital expenditures. For the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, investing activities used $0.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, investing activities used $0.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively. This change was driven primarily by capital expenditures associated with the build out of additional space in our New York office. We anticipate that the funding requirements necessary to develop new strategies will continue to be a significant use of our cash resources as we grow and expand our product offerings.
 
Financing activities consist primarily of contributions from members and contributions from, and distributions to, minority and non-controlling interests. For the three months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, financing activities provided $1.1 million and used $4.4 million, respectively. Financing activities provided $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and used $45.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. For both comparative periods, the increase in cash used in financing activities is due primarily to the fact that the amendment to the operating agreement of our operating company, as explained above, reclassifies distributions on all membership units as financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. In addition, a decrease of net cash provided by financing activities arose as a result of a decrease in net cash flows from minority and non-controlling interests in the nine months ended September 30, 2007, primarily due to the liquidation of the Pzena Investment Management Select Fund, L.P. during the three months ended March 31, 2007. We anticipate that distributions to the members of our operating company will continue to be a material use of our cash resources, and will vary in amount and timing based on our operating results and dividend policy.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances, our results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 
Accounting policies are an integral part of our financial statements. A thorough understanding of these accounting policies is essential when reviewing our reported results of operations and our financial condition. Management believes that the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below involve additional management judgment due to the sensitivity of the methods and assumptions used.
 
Unit-based Compensation
 
On January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (FAS 123(R)), which requires the recognition of the cost of equity-based compensation based on the fair value of the award as of its grant date. Prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R), we accounted for our unit-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and related interpretations. The adoption of FAS 123(R) did not have a material effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Company.


36


Table of Contents

Pursuant to FAS 123(R), we recognize compensation expense associated with the granting of equity-based compensation based on the fair value of the award as of its grant date if it is classified as an equity instrument, and on the changes in settlement amount for awards that are classified as liabilities. Prior to March 31, 2007, our compensatory membership unit-based awards had repurchase features that required us to classify them as liabilities. Accordingly, distributions paid on these membership units are classified as compensation expense. In addition, changes to their redemption values subsequent to their grant dates have been included in compensation expense. On December 31, 2006, we exchanged all then outstanding profits-only interests into new units and amended the operating agreement of our operating company to, among other things, change the formula pursuant to which we would be required to redeem the previously granted profits-only interests, subsequently exchanged for membership units, to one based on the fair market valuation of our firm. The restated terms of redemption required us to a take a one-time compensation charge of $232.5 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006, which was recorded as compensation expense, with respect to the membership units deemed compensatory. As of March 31, 2007, we accelerated the vesting of all compensatory units then subject to vesting. The one-time charge associated with this acceleration, approximately $65.0 million, was recorded on March 31, 2007. Our operating agreement was further amended as of March 31, 2007, such that our operating company will no longer be required to redeem any membership units for cash upon a member’s termination or death. Accordingly, beginning with our interim financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2007, we are no longer be required to include in compensation expense the distributions in respect of these membership units or the change in their redemption value.
 
Consolidation
 
Our policy is to consolidate all majority-owned subsidiaries in which we have a controlling financial interest and variable-interest entities where we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. We also consolidate non-variable-interest entities in which we act as the general partner or managing member. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
Investments in private investment partnerships in which we have a minority interest and exercise significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. Such investments are reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition as investments in affiliates and are recorded at the amount of capital reported by the respective private investment partnerships. Such capital accounts reflect the contributions paid to, distributions received from, and the equity earnings of, the private investment partnerships. The earnings of these private investment partnerships are included in equity in earnings of affiliates in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Income Taxes
 
Historically, and for all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements, we have operated as a limited liability company and have elected to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes. No provision has been made for federal or state income taxes because it is the personal responsibility of the individual members to separately report their proportionate share of our taxable income or loss. A provision has been made for the UBT. Prior to October 30, 2007, we were a cash basis taxpayer.
 
We account for the UBT pursuant to the asset and liability method, which requires deferred income tax assets and liabilities to be recorded for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The income tax provision or credit is the tax payable or refundable for the period, plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, evaluating our tax positions and establishing deferred tax assets and liabilities. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. If our estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, a further charge to earnings would result.


37


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN 48. FIN 48 prescribed the minimum recognition threshold a tax position must meet in connection with accounting for uncertainties in income tax positions taken or expected to be taken by an entity before being measured and recognized in the financial statements. We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. The impact of the adoption of this standard was not material.
 
In September 2006, the FASB released Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or FAS 157. FAS 157 establishes an authoritative definition of fair value, sets out a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair-value measurements. The application of FAS 157 is required for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Management is in the process of assessing the impact of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2007, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position No. 07-1, Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide Investment Companies and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in Investment Companies, or SOP 07-1. SOP 07-1 clarifies the definition of an investment company and whether the specialized accounting model of an investment company may be retained by a parent company in consolidation or by an investor in the application of the equity method of accounting. SOP 07-1 will be effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of SOP 07-1 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or SFAS 159. SFAS 159 permits an entity to elect to measure certain financial instruments and certain other items at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of SFAS 159 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Market Risk
 
Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as investment adviser for the separate accounts we manage and the funds for which we act as sub-investment adviser. All of our revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007 was derived from advisory fees, which are typically based on the market value of AUM. Accordingly, a decline in the prices of securities would cause our revenue and income to decline due to a decrease in the value of the assets we manage. In addition, such a decline could cause our clients to withdraw their funds in favor of investments offering higher returns or lower risk, which would cause our revenue and income to decline further.
 
We are also subject to market risk due to a decline in the prices of our investments in affiliates and the value of the holdings of our consolidated subsidiaries, both of which consist primarily of marketable securities. At September 30, 2007, the fair value of these assets was $29.3 million. Assuming a 10% increase or decrease, the fair value would increase or decrease by $2.9 million at September 30, 2007.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The $60.0 million that our operating company borrowed pursuant to a three-year term loan on July 23, 2007, and any amounts that our operating company borrows under the $20.0 million revolving credit facility it also obtained on that date, will accrue interest at variable rates. Interest rate changes may therefore affect the amount of our interest payments, future earnings and cash flows. Based on the consolidated debt obligations that we have, we estimate that the related interest expense payable would increase by $0.6 million on an annual basis, in the event interest rates were to increase by one percentage point.


38


Table of Contents

 
Item 4.    Controls and Procedures
 
During the course of their review of our consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2007, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act as of September 30, 2007. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of September 30, 2007, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
The changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting are described below.
 
We are not yet required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or to make an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, our independent auditors have not been engaged to express, nor have they expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in May 2007, in connection with their audits of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 for the purpose of including such financial statements in our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-1436660), and related prospectus, for our initial public offering, they informed us that they identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting for complex and non-routine transactions, as well as inadequate internal review. The material weaknesses relate to errors in our accounting for stock-based compensation, liabilities associated with our existing membership units, and the consolidation of investment partnerships in our consolidated financial statements. The errors occurred as a result of not having sufficient access to accounting resources with technical accounting expertise to analyze complex and non-routine transactions, as well as inadequate internal review. We corrected these errors and believe that the audited and the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included in the registration statement, and related prospectus, for our initial public offering, and the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements presented in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, reflect the proper treatment for the complex and non-routine transactions identified by our independent auditors.
 
In order to improve the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in general, and to remedy the material weaknesses identified by our management and our independent auditors, we have undertaken the measures described below.
 
  •  We have increased the staffing in our accounting and finance department in order to enhance its technical expertise, oversight ability, and review and analytical procedures. We appointed Wayne A. Palladino as our Chief Financial Officer, who has 12 years of public company reporting experience, in May 2007. In the third quarter of 2007, we also hired a Director of Internal Controls and Compliance with over eight years of relevant experience at a major accounting firm and a major diversified financial institution combined. We are continuing to strengthen the staffing in our accounting and finance department.
 
  •  We engaged a consulting firm to assist us in strengthening our period-end internal controls over financial reporting, including the design of additional reviews for our accounting department to utilize in preparing the information presented in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
 
  •  We engaged a major public accounting firm to advise us on complex and non-routine accounting transactions.
 
  •  In the third quarter, we also enhanced monitoring controls in our accounting and finance department, including additional reviews by finance staff, implementation of review and approval procedures for complex and non-routine transactions, and independent review by our Director of Internal Controls and Compliance.


39


Table of Contents

 
  •  In the third quarter, we also updated our policies and procedures regarding accounting for stock-based compensation in order to ensure that they are consistently accounted for in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on a going forward basis.
 
  •  We have established procedures to evaluate whether investment partnerships should be consolidated in our financial statements.
 
As a result of the additional review procedures we implemented, we detected errors in the recording of stock-based compensation for the three months ended June 30, 2006 that affected the presentation of our consolidated financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2006 in our preliminary prospectus, dated October 9, 2007, for our initial public offering. Upon identification of these errors, we restated our financial statements for this period to correct these errors and included them in a free writing prospectus dated October 22, 2007 and the final prospectus dated October 24, 2007, for our initial public offering.
 
Item 4T.    Controls and Procedures
 
Not applicable.


40


Table of Contents

 
PART II.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 1.    Legal Proceedings
 
In the normal course of business, we may be subject to various legal and administrative proceedings. Throughout the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, there were no legal proceedings pending or threatened against us.
 
On November 21, 2007, a putative class action lawsuit was commenced in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against us and Richard S. Pzena, our chief executive officer, seeking remedies under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The complaint alleges that the registration statement and prospectus relating to the initial public offering of our Class A common stock contained materially misleading statements and otherwise failed to disclose a pattern of net redemptions in the John Hancock Classic Value Fund for which we act as sub-investment advisor (which is a portion of our Large Cap Value investment strategy). The plaintiff seeks to represent a class of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired Class A common stock in our initial public offering and seeks damages in an unspecified amount. We believe that the allegations and claims against us and our chief executive officer are without merit and we intend to contest these claims vigorously.


41


Table of Contents

 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
We face a variety of significant and diverse risks, many of which are inherent in our business. Described below are certain risks that we currently believe could materially affect us. Other risks and uncertainties that we do not presently consider to be material or of which we are not presently aware may become important factors that affect us in the future. The occurrence of any of the risks discussed below could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We depend on Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, A. Rama Krishna and William L. Lipsey and the loss of the services of any of them could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
The success of our business depends on the participation of Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, A. Rama Krishna and William L. Lipsey, whom we collectively refer to as our managing principals. Their professional reputations, expertise in investing and relationships with our clients and within the investing community in the U.S. and abroad, are critical elements to executing our business strategy and attracting and retaining clients. Accordingly, the retention of our managing principals is crucial to our future success. There is no guarantee that they will not resign, join our competitors or form a competing company. The terms of the amended and restated operating agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC restrict each of Messrs. Pzena, Goetz and Lipsey from competing with us or soliciting our clients or other employees during the term of their employment with us and for three years thereafter. Under the terms of his current employment agreement, Mr. Krishna has agreed not to compete with us for a period of 18 months following (i) his notice of resignation, which must be given six months prior to the termination of his employment with us pursuant to this agreement, or (ii) the date of any other termination of his employment with us. The penalty for their breach of these restrictive covenants will be the forfeiture of a number of Class B units held by the managing principal that is equal to 50% of the number of membership units collectively held by the managing principal and his permitted transferees as of the earlier of the date of his breach or the termination of his employment, unless our board of directors, in its sole discretion, determines otherwise. Although we would also seek specific performance of these restrictive covenants, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in obtaining this relief. Further, after this post-employment restrictive period, we will not be able to prohibit them from competing with us or soliciting our clients or employees. If any of our managing principals were to join a competitor or form a competing company, some of our current clients or other prominent members of the investing community could choose to invest with that competitor rather than us. Furthermore, we do not intend to carry any “key man” insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of our managing principals. The loss of the services of any of our managing principals could have a material adverse effect on our business and could impact our future performance.
 
If our investment strategies perform poorly, we could lose clients or suffer a decline in asset under management which would impair our earnings.
 
The performance of our investment strategies is one of the most important factors in retaining clients and AUM and competing for new business. If our investment strategies perform poorly, it could impair our earnings because:
 
  •  our existing clients might withdraw their funds from our investment strategies, which would cause the level of our advisory fees to decline;
 
  •  the level of the performance-based fees paid by certain of our clients, which provides us with a percentage of returns if our investment strategies outperform certain agreed upon benchmarks, would decline;
 
  •  third-party financial intermediaries, advisers or consultants may rate our investment products poorly, which may lead our existing clients to withdraw funds from our investment strategies or to the reduction of asset inflows from these third parties or their clients; or
 
  •  the mutual funds and other investment funds that we sub-advise may decide not to renew or to terminate the agreements pursuant to which we sub-advise them and we may not be able to replace these relationships.


42


Table of Contents

 
Our sub-investment advisory relationships with mutual funds advised by John Hancock Advisers represent a significant source of our revenues, and the termination of these relationships would impair our revenues and earnings.
 
We currently act as a sub-investment adviser to the John Hancock Classic Value Fund, the John Hancock Classic Value Fund II, the John Hancock International Classic Value Fund and the John Hancock Classic Value Mega Cap Fund, each of which are SEC-registered mutual funds advised by John Hancock Advisers. Our sub-investment advisory relationships with these four mutual funds represented, in the aggregate, 29.9% of our AUM at September 30, 2007. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and 2007, approximately, 8%, 14%, 20%, 20% and 22%, respectively, of our total revenue was generated from these relationships. Our sub-investment advisory agreement with the John Hancock Classic Value Fund represented all, or substantially all, of this revenue during these periods. There can be no assurance that our agreements with respect to any of these four mutual funds will remain in place. In addition, these agreements would terminate automatically in the event that the investment management agreement between John Hancock Advisers and each individual fund is assigned or terminated. Such a termination of our sub-investment advisory agreements would significantly reduce our revenues and we may not be able to establish relationships with other mutual funds’ investment advisers and/or significant institutional separate accounts in order to replace the lost revenues.
 
Because our clients can reduce the amount of assets we manage for them, or terminate our agreements with them, on short notice, we may experience unexpected declines in revenue and profitability.
 
Our investment advisory and sub-investment advisory agreements are generally terminable upon short notice. Our sub-investment advisory agreements with twelve SEC-registered mutual funds, such as the four mutual funds advised by John Hancock Advisers, each have an initial two-year term and are subject to annual renewal by the fund’s board of directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the Investment Company Act. Five of these twelve sub-investment advisory agreements are beyond their initial two-year term, including the agreement for the John Hancock Classic Value Fund. Institutional and individual clients, and the funds with which we have sub-investment advisory agreements, can terminate their relationships with us, or reduce the aggregate amount of AUM, for a number of reasons, including investment performance, changes in prevailing interest rates, and financial market performance, or to shift their funds to competitors who may charge lower advisory fee rates, or for no stated reason. Poor performance relative to that of other investment management firms tends to result in decreased investments in our investment strategies, increased withdrawals from our investment strategies and the loss of institutional or individual accounts or sub-investment advisory relationships. In addition, the ability to terminate relationships may allow clients to renegotiate for lower fees paid for asset management services. If our investment advisory agreements are terminated, or our clients reduce the amount of assets under our management, either of which may occur on short notice, we may experience unexpected declines in revenue and profitability.
 
Difficult market conditions can adversely affect our business by reducing the market value of the assets we manage or causing our clients to withdraw funds.
 
Our business would be expected to generate lower revenue in a declining stock market or general economic downturn. Under our advisory fee arrangements, the fees we receive typically are based on the market value of our AUM. Accordingly, a decline in the prices of securities held in our clients’ portfolios would be expected to cause our revenue and net income to decline by:
 
  •  causing the value of our AUM to decline, which would result in lower advisory fees, or
 
  •  causing some of our clients to withdraw funds from our investment strategies in favor of investments they perceive as offering greater opportunity or lower risk, which also would result in lower advisory fees.
 
If our revenue declines without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced. Accordingly, difficult market conditions could materially adversely affect our results of operations.


43


Table of Contents

 
Our ability to retain our senior investment professionals and attract additional qualified investment professionals is critical to our success.
 
Our success depends on our ability to retain the senior members of our investment team and to recruit additional qualified investment professionals. However, we may not be successful in our efforts to retain them, as the market for investment professionals is extremely competitive. Our portfolio managers possess substantial experience and expertise in investing and, in particular, our classic value investment approach, which requires significant qualitative judgments as to the future earnings power of currently underperforming businesses. Our portfolio managers also have significant relationships with our clients. Accordingly, the loss of any one of our senior investment professionals could limit our ability to successfully execute our classic value investment approach and, therefore, sustain the performance of our investment strategies, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
The substantial growth of our business in the past five years may be difficult to sustain as it may place significant demands on our resources and employees and may increase our expenses.
 
Our AUM have grown from approximately $3.1 billion as of December 31, 2002 to $28.9 billion as of September 30, 2007. This substantial growth in our business has placed, and if it continues, will continue to place, significant demands on our infrastructure, our investment team and other employees, and may increase our expenses. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the investment management market, as well as due to legal and regulatory developments.
 
The future growth of our business will depend, among other things, on our ability to maintain an infrastructure and staffing levels sufficient to address its growth and may require us to incur significant additional expenses and commit additional senior management and operational resources. We may face significant challenges in maintaining adequate financial and operational controls, implementing new or updated information and financial systems and procedures and training, managing and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our business on a timely and cost-effective basis. In addition, our efforts to retain or attract qualified investment professionals may result in significant additional expenses. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our growing business effectively or that we will be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.
 
The investment management business is intensely competitive.
 
Competition in the investment management business is based on a variety of factors, including:
 
  •  investment performance;
 
  •  investor perception of an investment manager’s drive, focus and alignment of interest with them;
 
  •  quality of service provided to, and duration of relationships with, clients;
 
  •  business reputation; and
 
  •  level of fees charged for services.
 
We compete in all aspects of our business with a large number of investment management firms, commercial banks, broker-dealers, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Our competitive risks are heightened by the fact that some of our competitors may invest according to different investment styles or in alternative asset classes which the markets may perceive as more attractive than our investment approach in the public equity markets. If we are unable to compete effectively, our earnings and revenues could be reduced, and our business could be materially adversely affected.
 
Reductions in business sourced through third-party distribution channels, or their poor reviews of us or our products, could materially reduce our revenue and ability to attract new clients.
 
New accounts sourced through consultant-led searches have been a large driver of the growth of our AUM in each of the past five years and are expected to be a major component of our future growth. In addition, we have established relationships with certain mutual fund providers, most significantly John Hancock Advisers, who have offered us opportunities to access new market segments through sub-investment advisory roles. We have also accessed the high-net-worth segment of the investing community through relationships with well respected wealth


44


Table of Contents

advisers who utilize our investment strategies in investment programs they construct for their clients. If we fail to successfully maintain these third-party distribution and sub-investment advisory relationships, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, many of these parties review and evaluate our products and our organization. Poor reviews or evaluations of either the particular product or of us may result in client withdrawals or may impact our ability to attract new assets through such intermediaries.
 
A change of control of us could result in termination of our sub-investment advisory and investment advisory agreements.
 
Pursuant to the Investment Company Act, each of the sub-investment advisory agreements for the SEC-registered mutual funds that we sub-advise automatically terminates upon its deemed “assignment” and a fund’s board and shareholders must approve a new agreement in order for us to continue to act as its sub-investment adviser. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the Investment Advisers Act, each of our investment advisory agreements for the separate accounts we manage may not be “assigned” without the consent of the client. A sale of a controlling block of our voting securities and certain other transactions would be deemed an “assignment” pursuant to both the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act. Such an assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that the holders of the Class B units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC exchange enough of their Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock such that they no longer own a controlling interest in us. If such a deemed assignment occurs, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary consents from clients whose funds are managed pursuant to separate accounts or the necessary approvals from the boards and shareholders of the SEC-registered funds that we sub-advise. An assignment, actual or constructive, would trigger these termination and consent provisions and, unless the necessary approvals and consents are obtained, could adversely affect our ability to continue managing client accounts, resulting in the loss of AUM and a corresponding loss of revenue.
 
Our failure to comply with guidelines set by our clients could result in damage awards against us and a loss of AUM, either of which would cause our earnings to decline or affect our ability to remain in business.
 
As an investment adviser, we have a fiduciary duty to our clients. When clients retain us to manage assets on their behalf, they may specify certain guidelines regarding investment allocation and strategy that we are required to observe in the management of their portfolios. Our failure to comply with these guidelines and other limitations could result in losses to a client account that the client could seek to recover from us and could result in the client withdrawing its assets from our management or terminating our investment advisory agreement with them. Any of these events could cause our earnings to decline or affect our ability to remain in business.
 
Extensive regulation of our business limits our activities and exposes us to the potential for significant penalties, including fines or limitations on our ability to conduct our business.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation of our investment management business and operations. As a registered investment adviser, the SEC oversees our activities pursuant to its regulatory authority under the Investment Advisers Act. In addition, we must comply with certain requirements under the Investment Company Act with respect to the SEC-registered funds for which we act as sub-investment adviser. We are also subject to regulation by the Department of Labor under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA. Each of the regulatory bodies with jurisdiction over us has regulatory powers dealing with many aspects of financial services, including the authority to grant, and in specific circumstances to cancel, permissions to carry on particular businesses. A failure to comply with the obligations imposed by the Investment Advisers Act on investment advisers, including record-keeping, advertising and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities, could result in investigations, sanctions and reputational damage. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, censure, suspensions of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation of our registration as an investment adviser. Even if a sanction imposed against us or our personnel is small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity arising from the imposition of sanctions against us by regulators could harm our reputation, result in withdrawal by our clients from our investment strategies and impede our ability to retain clients and develop new client relationships, which may reduce our revenues.


45


Table of Contents

 
We face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities, including extended investigation and surveillance activity, adoption of costly or restrictive new regulations and judicial or administrative proceedings that may result in substantial penalties. Among other things, we could be fined or be prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect customers and other third parties who deal with us, and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities, including through net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements.
 
In addition, the regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to modifications and further regulation. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients also may adversely affect our business, and our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to constantly monitor and react to these changes. For investment management firms in general, there have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that focus on the mutual fund industry. These inquiries already have resulted in increased scrutiny in the industry and new rules and regulations for mutual funds and their investment managers. This regulatory scrutiny may limit our ability to engage in certain activities.
 
Specific regulatory changes also may have a direct impact on our revenue. In addition to regulatory scrutiny and potential fines and sanctions, regulators continue to examine different aspects of the asset management industry. New regulation regarding the annual approval process for mutual fund sub-investment advisory agreements may result in the reduction of fees or possible terminations of these agreements. These regulatory changes and other proposed or potential changes may result in a reduction of revenue associated with these activities.
 
Operational risks may disrupt our business, result in losses or limit our growth.
 
We rely heavily on our financial, accounting, trading, compliance and other data processing systems. Any failure or interruption of these systems, whether caused by fire, other natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, act of terrorism or war or otherwise, could result in a disruption of our business, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage, and thus materially adversely affect our business. Although we have back-up systems in place, our back-up procedures and capabilities in the event of a failure or interruption may not be adequate. The inability of our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions also could constrain our ability to expand our businesses. In recent years, we have substantially upgraded and expanded the capabilities of our data processing systems and other operating technology, and we expect that we will need to continue to upgrade and expand these capabilities in the future to avoid disruption of, or constraints on, our operations.
 
Furthermore, we depend on our headquarters in New York City for the continued operation of our business. A disaster or a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business, or directly affecting our headquarters, may have a material adverse impact on our ability to continue to operate our business without interruption. Although we have disaster recovery programs in place, there can be no assurance that these will be sufficient to mitigate the harm that may result from such a disaster or disruption. In addition, insurance and other safeguards might only partially reimburse us for our losses.
 
The investment management industry faces substantial litigation risks which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us.
 
We depend to a large extent on our relationships with our clients and our reputation for integrity and high-caliber professional services to attract and retain clients. As a result, if a client is not satisfied with our services, such dissatisfaction may be more damaging to our business than to other types of businesses. We make investment decisions on behalf of our clients which could result in substantial losses to them. In order for our classic value investment strategies to yield attractive returns, we expect to have to hold securities for multi-year periods and, therefore, our investment strategies may not perform well in the short term. If our clients suffer significant losses, or are otherwise dissatisfied with our services, we could be subject to the risk of legal liabilities or actions alleging negligent misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty or breach of contract. These risks are often difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. We may incur significant legal expenses in defending against litigation. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us.


46


Table of Contents

 
In May 2007, our management and our independent auditors identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements and our management’s inability to report that our internal controls are effective for 2008 and thereafter, as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, either of which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information or our Class A common stock to lose value.
 
We are not yet required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or to make an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, our independent auditors have not been engaged to express, nor have they expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in May 2007, in connection with their audits of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 for the purpose of including such financial statements in our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-1436660), and related prospectus, for our initial public offering, they informed us that they identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting for complex and non-routine transactions, as well as inadequate internal review. The material weaknesses relate to errors in our accounting for stock-based compensation, liabilities associated with our existing membership units, and the consolidation of investment partnerships in our consolidated financial statements. The errors occurred as a result of not having sufficient access to accounting resources with technical accounting expertise to analyze complex and non-routine transactions, as well as inadequate internal review. We corrected these errors and believe that the audited and the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included in the registration statement, and related prospectus, for our initial public offering, and the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements presented in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, reflect the proper treatment for the complex and non-routine transactions identified by our independent auditors.
 
In order to improve the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for complex and non-routine transactions, we have taken the following remedial measures:
 
  •  We appointed Wayne A. Palladino, who has twelve years of public company reporting experience, as our chief financial officer.
 
  •  We engaged a major public accounting firm to advise us on the accounting for complex and non-routine transactions.
 
  •  We engaged an external compliance consulting firm to advise us on improving our internal controls and systems in general, and in order to become compliant with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
In addition, we have strengthened, and continue to strengthen, our internal accounting and finance staff to satisfy our financial reporting obligations as a public company.
 
The existence of material weaknesses in internal control over financing reporting is an indication that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a future period. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls requires us to continually expend significant resources in order to establish and maintain a system of internal controls that satisfies our financial reporting obligations as a public company. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will have effective internal control over our financial reporting, or that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be discovered, in the future. If we fail to maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide required financial information in a timely and reliable manner, or otherwise comply with the standards applicable to us as a public company, and our management may not be able to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective for the year ending December 31, 2008, as would be required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or thereafter. If our management is not able to do so, our independent auditors would not be able to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Matters impacting our internal control over financial reporting may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC, or violations of the NYSE listing rules. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our consolidated financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements is also likely to suffer if our independent auditors report any


47


Table of Contents

additional material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This could lead to a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.
 
Fulfilling our public company financial reporting and other regulatory obligations will be expensive and time consuming.
 
As a public company, we are required to implement specific corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements and complex accounting rules under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as the rules of the NYSE. Compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and accounting compliance costs and place significant additional demands on our accounting and finance staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems. As described above, we will need to hire additional accounting and finance staff with appropriate public company financial reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge, which will increase our compensation expense.
 
As described above, our management will be required to conduct an annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and include a report on our internal controls in our annual reports on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, we will be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to and report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Under current rules, we will be subject to these requirements beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2008. We will incur incremental costs in order to improve our internal control over financial reporting and comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including increased auditing and legal fees and costs associated with hiring additional accounting, internal audit, information technology, compliance and administrative staff.
 
The historical consolidated financial information included in this report is not necessarily indicative of our future financial results after the reorganization consummated on October 30, 2007 and as a public company.
 
The historical consolidated financial information included in this report may not be indicative of our future financial results after the reorganization consummated on October 30, 2007 and as a public company. Our AUM have increased almost tenfold in the past five years. However, a number of the investment strategies which resulted in this significant growth, including our Large Cap Value strategy, had been closed both to new investors and to additional funds. Although we have recently re-opened the Large Cap Value, Value Service, Small Cap Value, Mid Cap Value and All Cap Value strategies, we may close these strategies again at any time. We do not expect our AUM or revenue to grow at the same rate as they have grown in the past five years. In addition, the historical consolidated financial information included in this report does not reflect the added costs that we expect to incur as a public company or the changes that will occur in our capital structure and operations in connection with our reorganization. For example, because we operated through a limited liability company prior to the consummation of our initial public offering on October 30, 2007 and paid little or no taxes on our profits, our historical consolidated financial information does not reflect the tax impact of our adoption of a corporate holding company structure.
 
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Subsidiaries” and the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
An increase in our borrowing costs may adversely affect our earnings and liquidity.
 
On July 23, 2007, our operating company borrowed $60.0 million pursuant to a three-year term loan facility, the proceeds of which were used to finance a special one-time distribution to the members of our operating company as of that date. Concurrently, our operating company also obtained a $20.0 million revolving credit facility, which will expire on July 23, 2010, to finance our short-term working capital needs. As these facilities mature, we will be required to either refinance them by entering into new facilities, which could result in higher borrowing costs, or issuing equity, which would dilute existing shareholders. Our operating company could also repay them by using cash on hand or cash from the sale of our assets. No assurance can be given that we or our operating company will be able to enter into new facilities, or issue equity in the future, on attractive terms, or at all.
 
These facilities consist of floating-rate obligations based on the London Interbank Offering Rate, or LIBOR, and the interest expense we incur will vary with changes in the applicable LIBOR reference rate. As a result, an increase in short-term interest rates will increase our interest costs, which may adversely affect our earnings and liquidity.


48


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Investment Strategies
 
Our results of operations depend on the performance of our investment strategies. Poor performance of our investment strategies will reduce or minimize the value of our assets under management on which our advisory fees are based. As advisory fees comprise all of our operating revenues, poor performance of our investment strategies will have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. In addition, poor performance will make it difficult for us to retain or attract clients and to grow our business. The performance of our strategies is subject to some or all of the following risks.
 
Our classic value investments in concentrated portfolios subjects the performance of our investment strategies to the risk that the companies in which we invest may not achieve the level of earnings recovery that we initially expect, or at all.
 
We generally invest in companies after they have experienced a shortfall in their historic earnings, due to an adverse business development, management error, accounting scandal or other disruption, and before there is clear evidence of earnings recovery or business momentum. While very few investors are willing to invest when companies lack earnings visibility, our classic value investment approach seeks to capture the return that can be obtained by investing in a company before the market has a level of confidence in its ability to achieve earnings recovery. However, our investment approach entails the risk that the companies included in our portfolios are not able to execute the turnaround that we had expected when we originally invested in them, thereby reducing the performance of our strategies. Our strategy of constructing concentrated portfolios, generally ranging from 30 to 60 holdings, of companies underperforming their historical earnings power, is subject to a higher risk of underperformance relative to benchmarks than the investment approaches of some of our competitors. Further, since our positions in these investments are often substantial, there is the risk that we may be unable to find willing purchasers for our investments when we decide to sell them.
 
Our investment strategies may not obtain attractive returns in the short term or during certain market periods.
 
Our products are best suited for investors with long-term investment horizons. In order for our classic value investment approach to yield attractive returns, we must typically hold securities for an average of over three years. Therefore, our investment strategies may not perform well during short periods of time. In addition, our strategies may not perform well during points in the economic cycle when value-oriented stocks are relatively less attractive. For instance, during the late stages of an economic cycle, investors may purchase relatively expensive stocks in order to obtain access to above average growth, as was the case in the late 1990s. Value-oriented strategies may also experience weakness during periods when the markets are focused on one investment thesis or sector. For example, in the past two years, the markets have deemed many businesses producing commodities and basic materials to be sound investments, regardless of their prices, based on the thesis that the rapid growth of such large economies as China and India means that there will be constant shortfalls in the supply of the goods produced by these companies. We would not invest in these companies if their stocks were not inexpensively priced, thus foregoing potentially attractive returns during the periods when these companies’ stock prices are continuing to advance.
 
Our investment approach may underperform other investment approaches, which may result in significant withdrawals of client assets or client departures or a reduction in our AUM.
 
Even when securities prices are rising generally, portfolio performance can be affected by our investment approach. We employ a classic value investment approach in all of our investment strategies. This investment approach has outperformed the market in some economic and market environments and underperformed it in others. In particular, a prolonged period in which the growth style of investing outperforms the value style may cause our investment strategy to go out of favor with some clients, consultants or third-party intermediaries. Poor performance relative to peers, coupled with changes in personnel, extensive periods in particular market environments or other difficulties may result in significant withdrawals of client assets, client departures or a reduction in our AUM.


49


Table of Contents

 
Our investment process requires us to conduct extensive fundamental research on any company before investing in it, which may result in missed investment opportunities and reduce the performance of our investment strategies.
 
We take a considerable amount of time to complete the in-depth research projects that our investment process requires before adding any security to our portfolio. Our process requires that we take this time in order to understand the company and the business well enough to make an informed decision as to whether we are willing to own a significant position in a company whose current earnings are below its historic norms and that does not yet have earnings visibility. However, the time we take to make this judgment may cause us to miss the opportunity to invest in a company that has a sharp and rapid earnings recovery. Any such missed investment opportunities could adversely impact the performance of our investment strategies.
 
Our Global Value and International Value investment strategies consist primarily of investments in the securities of issuers located outside of the United States, which may involve foreign currency exchange, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks.
 
Our Global Value and International Value investment strategies, which together represented $2.3 billion of our AUM as of September 30, 2007, and are expected to comprise a larger portion of our AUM in the future, are primarily invested in securities of companies located outside the United States. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact the portfolios of our clients who are invested in these strategies. In addition, foreign currency fluctuations may affect the levels of our AUM from one reporting period to another. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to non-U.S. currencies may result in a decrease in the dollar value of our AUM, which, in turn, would result in lower U.S.-dollar denominated revenue. We do not currently engage in any hedging activities for these portfolios and continue to market these products as unhedged.
 
Investments in non-U.S. issuers may also be affected by political, social and economic uncertainty affecting a country or region in which we are invested. Many non-U.S. financial markets are not as developed, or as efficient, as the U.S. financial market, and, as a result, liquidity may be reduced and price volatility may be higher. The legal and regulatory environments, including financial accounting standards and practices, may also be different, and there may be less publicly available information in respect of such companies. These risks could adversely impact the performance of our strategies that are invested in securities of non-U.S. issuers.
 
The historical returns of our existing investment strategies may not be indicative of their future results or of our investment strategies under incubation.
 
The returns of our existing investment strategies for the one-, three- and five-year periods ended June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007 and since the inception of each through June 30, 2007 and September 30, 2007, all as previously reported in our prospectus, dated October 24, 2007 for our initial public offering, should not be considered indicative of the future results that should be expected from these strategies or from any other strategies that we may be incubating or developing. Our products’ returns have benefited from investment opportunities and general economic and market conditions that may not repeat themselves, and there can be no assurance that our current or future strategies will be able to avail themselves to profitable investment opportunities.


50


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Structure
 
Our only material asset after completion of the reorganization and our initial public offering on October 30, 2007 is our interest in Pzena Investment Management, LLC, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from Pzena Investment Management, LLC to pay taxes and other expenses.
 
We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC. We have no independent means of generating revenue. Pzena Investment Management, LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not itself subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, its taxable income is allocated to its members, including us, pro rata according to the number of membership units each owns. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our proportionate share of any net taxable income of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and also incur expenses related to our operations. We intend to cause Pzena Investment Management, LLC to distribute cash to its members in an amount at least equal to that necessary to cover their tax liabilities, if any, with respect to the earnings of Pzena Investment Management, LLC. To the extent that we need funds to pay our tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations, and Pzena Investment Management, LLC is restricted from making distributions to us under applicable laws or regulations or does not have sufficient earnings to make these distributions, we may have to borrow funds to meet these obligations and run our business and, thus, our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
We are required to pay holders of Class B units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC most of the tax benefit of any depreciation or amortization deductions we may claim as a result of the tax basis step up we receive in connection with the reorganization and future exchanges of Class B units.
 
We used the net proceeds of our initial public offering on October 30, 2007 to purchase membership units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC from three of its members. This purchase and any subsequent exchanges of Class B units for shares of our Class A common stock are expected to result in increases in our share of the tax basis in the tangible and intangible assets of Pzena Investment Management, LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis are expected to reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might challenge all or part of this tax basis increase, and a court might sustain such a challenge.
 
We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the one member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC immediately prior to the initial public offering who sold all of their membership units to us in connection with the offering, each of the current members of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and any future holder of Class B units, pursuant to which we will pay them 85% of the amount of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we realize as a result of these increases in tax basis. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under this agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of our income and the tax rates then applicable. We expect that, as a result of the size and increases in our share of the tax basis in the tangible and intangible assets of Pzena Investment Management, LLC attributable to our interest therein, the payments that we may make to these members likely will be substantial.
 
Were the IRS to successfully challenge the tax basis increases described above, we would not be reimbursed for any payments made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, we could make payments under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our cash tax savings.
 
If we are deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our business would be subject to applicable restrictions under that Act, which could make it impracticable for us to continue our business as contemplated.
 
We believe our company is not an investment company under Section 3(b)(1) of the Investment Company Act because we are primarily engaged in a non-investment company business. We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company, restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated.


51


Table of Contents

 
Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
Not applicable
 
Item 3.    Defaults Upon Senior Securities
 
None.
 
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
Not applicable
 
Item 5.    Other Information
 
  (a)  On December 5, 2007, we published updated performance data for our seven largest investment strategies, Large Cap Value, Value Service, Global Value, Small Cap Value, Mid Cap Value, All Cap Value and International Value, from their inception through October 31, 2007, and for the five-year, three-year and one-year periods ended October 31, 2007, on our corporate website at www.pzena.com. We intend to publish updated performance data for our largest investment strategies on our website on a monthly basis.
 
  (b)  Not applicable.


52


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.    Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibit
 
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pzena Investment Management, Inc., effective as of October 30, 2007
  3 .2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Pzena Investment Management, Inc., effective as of October 30, 2007
  4 .1   Certificate of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. Class A Common Stock*
  4 .2   Rights of Class B Members of Pzena Investment Management, LLC to exchange Class B Units of Pzena Investment Management, LLC for Class A Common Stock of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (Exhibit B to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC)
  4 .3   Resale and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and the Holders named on the signature pages thereto
  4 .4   Class B Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and the Class B Stockholders named on the signature pages thereto
  10 .1   Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and the Class B Members named on the signature pages thereto
  10 .2   Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and the Continuing Members and Exiting Members named on the signature pages thereto
  10 .3   Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .4   Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated Bonus Plan
  10 .5   Pzena Investment Management, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .6   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2007 among Pzena Investment Management, LLC, as the Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as a Lender and L/C Issuer*
  10 .7   Lease, dated as of February 4, 2003, between Magnolia Associates, Ltd. and Pzena Investment Management, LLC and the amendments thereto dated as of March 31, 2005 and October 31, 2006*
  10 .8   Executive Employment Agreement for Richard S. Pzena, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and Richard S. Pzena
  10 .9   Executive Employment Agreement for John P. Goetz, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and John P. Goetz
  10 .10   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement for A. Rama Krishna, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and A. Rama Krishna
  10 .11   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement for William L. Lipsey, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., Pzena Investment Management, LLC and William L. Lipsey
  10 .12   Indemnification Agreement for Richard S. Pzena, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and Richard S. Pzena
  10 .13   Indemnification Agreement for Steven M. Galbraith, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and Steven M. Galbraith
  10 .14   Indemnification Agreement for Joel M. Greenblatt, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and Joel M. Greenblatt
  10 .15   Indemnification Agreement for Richard P. Meyerowich, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and Richard P. Meyerowich
  10 .16   Indemnification Agreement for Myron E. Ullman, III, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and Myron E. Ullman, III
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  99 .1   Letter of J.H. Cohn LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission re: Pzena Investment Management, LLC’s change in independent accountants*
 
* Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-143660) of Pzena Investment Management, Inc, which was originally filed on June 11, 2007.


53


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Richard S. Pzena
Name:     Richard S. Pzena
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
Dated: December 5, 2007
 
  By: 
/s/  Wayne A. Palladino
Name:     Wayne A. Palladino
  Title:  Chief Financial Officer
 
Dated: December 5, 2007

 

Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law
     Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), does hereby certify as follows:
     (1) The name of the Corporation is Pzena Investment Management, Inc. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name Pzena Investment Management, Inc. The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (the “Original Certificate of Incorporation”) was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 8, 2007. An amendment to the Original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 5, 2007.
     (2) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and by the sole stockholder of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the GCL.

 


 

     (3) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Original Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended or supplemented.
     (4) Upon the filing (the “Effective Time”) of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation pursuant to the GCL, each share of the Corporation’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “Old Common Stock”) shall be reclassified as and changed into one share of validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Class A Common Stock authorized by subparagraph (a) of Article FOURTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without any action by the holder thereof. Each certificate that theretofore represented a share or shares of Old Common Stock shall thereafter represent that number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the share or shares of Old Common Stock represented by such certificate shall have been reclassified.
     (5) The text of the Original Certificate of Incorporation is restated in its entirety as follows:
      FIRST : The name of the Corporation is Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
      SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington,

2


 

County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.
      THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”).
      FOURTH :
     (a)  Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,700,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of (i) 750,000,000 shares of class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), (ii) 750,000,000 shares of class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), and (iii) 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).
     (b)  Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock . The powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are as follows:
     (1) Voting .
     (i) Except as otherwise expressly required by law or provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,

3


 

and subject to any voting rights provided to holders of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding, the holders of any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of any outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters with respect to which stockholders are entitled to vote under applicable law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, or upon which a vote of stockholders is otherwise duly called for by the Corporation.
     (ii) At each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each holder of record of shares of Class A Common Stock on the relevant record date shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of the Class A Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.
     (iii) Prior to the first time that the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding constitutes less than 20.0% of the number of all shares of Common Stock outstanding, at each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each holder of record of shares of Class B Common Stock on the relevant record date shall be entitled to cast five (5) votes in person or by

4


 

proxy for each share of Class B Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation. Immediately upon and at all times after the first time that the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding constitutes less than 20.0% of the number of all shares of Common Stock outstanding, at each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each holder of record of shares of Class B Common Stock on the relevant record date shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of Class B Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.
     (iv) Neither the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock nor the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall have cumulative voting rights.
     (v) Any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock so as to affect them adversely must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of the class affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class. Any

5


 

amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase or decrease the authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of the class affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class.
     (2) Dividends . Subject to any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock, or property of the Corporation when, as, and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A Common Stock may be paid only to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and only proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to receive any dividends or distributions.

6


 

     (3) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up (either voluntary or involuntary) of the Corporation, after payments to creditors and to the holders of any Preferred Stock that may at the time be outstanding, the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an amount per share of Class B Common Stock equal to the par value thereof, following which the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution in proportion to the number of shares held by them.
          (4)  Reclassification . Neither the Class A Common Stock nor the Class B Common Stock may be subdivided, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed unless contemporaneously therewith the other class of Common Stock and the Class A Units (as defined in the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, of Pzena Investment Management, LLC (“Pzena LLC”) as may be amended from time to time (the “Pzena LLC Agreement”)) and the Class B Units (as defined in the Pzena LLC Agreement) are subdivided, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed in the same proportion and in the same manner.
          (5)  Exchange and Redemption . The holder of each Class B Unit shall, pursuant to the Pzena LLC Agreement, have the right, under certain circumstances, to exchange such Class B Unit for one fully paid and

7


 

nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth hereunder and in the Pzena LLC Agreement.
     (i) Any holder of a Class B Unit who wishes to exercise the exchange privilege under the Pzena LLC Agreement shall present and surrender, or cause to be presented and surrendered, to Pzena LLC, for further surrender and presentation to the Corporation, the certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that corresponds to such Class B Units surrendered for exchange during the Corporation’s normal business hours at any office or agency of the Corporation maintained for the transfer of Class B Common Stock. If so required by the Corporation, any certificate for shares surrendered for redemption and cancellation shall be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the holder of such share or shares or his or its duly authorized representative. Each redemption and cancellation of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to have been effected on the date on which the certificate or certificates representing such shares

8


 

shall have been surrendered and any required instruments of transfer shall have been received as aforesaid.
     (ii) As promptly as practicable after the presentation and surrender for redemption and cancellation, as herein provided, of any certificate for a share or shares of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall redeem such shares in cash (to the extent the Corporation shall have funds legally available for such payment) at a redemption value equal to the par value of the share or shares surrendered for redemption. In case any certificate for shares of Class B Common Stock shall be surrendered for redemption and cancellation of a part only of the share or shares represented thereby, the Corporation shall deliver at such office or agency of the Corporation maintained for the transfer of Class B Common Stock, to or upon the written order of the holder thereof, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock represented by such surrendered certificate that are not being redeemed.
     (iii) If the Corporation has insufficient funds legally available on the redemption date to redeem a share of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall accept any and all shares properly surrendered for exchange and shall hold such shares

9


 

of Class B Common Stock in trust until the Corporation has sufficient funds legally available for payment of the redemption price for such shares, and the shares of Class B Common Stock so surrendered and so held in trust shall be cancelled only upon payment of the redemption price for such shares of Class B Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Class B Common Stock so surrendered and so held in trust shall be deemed to have been redeemed and cancelled for purposes of the Pzena LLC Agreement, and the tendering holder of such shares shall have no voting rights with respect to such shares.
     (iv) In connection with the exercise of the exchange privilege of a holder of Class B Units pursuant to the Pzena LLC Agreement, the Corporation, upon the request of Pzena LLC, shall issue the number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Class B Units surrendered by such holder to Pzena LLC for exchange and deliver such shares of Class A Common Stock to Pzena LLC, provided that such number of shares of Class A Common Stock delivered shall not exceed the number of Class B Units surrendered to Pzena LLC by such holder.

10


 

     (v) All shares of Class B Common Stock that shall have been surrendered for redemption and cancellation as herein provided shall be deemed to be retired and may not be reissued, and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall thereupon cease and terminate.
     (vi) Such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as may from time to time be required for exchange of Class B Units pursuant to the Pzena LLC Agreement shall be reserved for issuance upon exchange of outstanding Class B Units.
     (6) Transfers .
     (i) No holder of shares of Class B Common Stock may transfer shares of Class B Common Stock to any Person unless (A) such holders obtains the consent of the Corporation, in its capacity as the Managing Member of Pzena LLC, and (B) such holder transfers an equal number of Class B Units to the same Person. If a holder of shares of Class B Common Stock transfers Class B Units pursuant to the terms of the Pzena LLC Agreement, such holder must transfer an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock to the same Person. The term “Person” means both natural persons and legal entities.

11


 

     (ii) Any purported transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock not permitted hereunder shall be null and void. The Corporation may, as a condition to the transfer or the registration of transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock, require the furnishing of such affidavits or other proof as it deems necessary to establish that such transferee is permitted to hold such shares of Class B Common Stock under the terms hereof.
          (7)  No Preemptive or Subscription Rights . No holder of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.
     (c)  Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii)

12


 

entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.
     (d)  Power to Sell and Purchase Shares . Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to issue and sell all or any part of any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized to such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law; provided, however, that the Corporation shall only be permitted to issue and sell shares of (i) Class A Common Stock to the extent such issuance and sale complies with the Pzena LLC Agreement, and (ii) Class B Common Stock in connection with the issuance by Pzena LLC of Class B Units. In furtherance of the foregoing, each time Pzena LLC shall issue Class B Units, the

13


 

Corporation shall issue and sell to the holder of such Class B Units an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock at a purchase price equal to the par value of such shares, subject only to (A) the payment of the applicable purchase price therefor by the holder thereof, and (B) such holder’s agreement to be bound by the terms of the Class B Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, as may be amended from time to time, by and between the Corporation and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Corporation shall have the power to purchase any shares of any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.
      FIFTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
     (a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.
     (b) The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five (5) or more than fifteen (15) members, the exact number of which shall be fixed

14


 

from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
     (c) The term of the directors shall terminate on the date of the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2008, successors to the directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a one-year term.
     (d) A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.
     (e) Subject to the terms of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor. Subject

15


 

to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article FIFTH unless expressly provided by such terms.
     (f) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided , however , that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

16


 

      SIXTH : No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the GCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. If the GCL is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the GCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
      SEVENTH : The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided , however , that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the

17


 

Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this Article SEVENTH shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.
     The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article SEVENTH to directors and officers of the Corporation.
     The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article SEVENTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
     Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
      EIGHTH : Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the

18


 

stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is hereby specifically denied.
      NINTH : Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.
      TENTH : The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the GCL.
      ELEVENTH : In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s By-Laws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s By-Laws. The Corporation’s By-Laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.
      TWELFTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed in this

19


 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation’s By-Laws or the GCL, and all rights herein conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to such reservation; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law), (a) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Articles FIFTH and EIGHTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and (b) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or to adopt any provision as part of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Article ELEVENTH of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or this Article TWELFTH.

20


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed on its behalf this 30 th day of October, 2007.
             
    PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Richard S. Pzena
   
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer    

21

 

Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BY-LAWS
OF
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
A Delaware Corporation
Effective October 30, 2007

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE I
 
           
OFFICES
 
           
Section 1.
  Registered Office     1  
Section 2.
  Other Offices     1  
 
           
ARTICLE II
 
           
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
 
           
Section 1.
  Place of Meetings     1  
Section 2.
  Annual Meetings     2  
Section 3.
  Special Meetings     2  
Section 4.
  Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders     2  
Section 5.
  Nomination of Directors     5  
Section 6.
  Notice     8  
Section 7.
  Adjournments     8  
Section 8.
  Quorum     9  
Section 9.
  Voting     9  
Section 10.
  Proxies     10  
Section 11.
  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote     12  
Section 12.
  Record Date     13  
Section 13.
  Stock Ledger     14  
Section 14.
  Conduct of Meetings     14  
Section 15.
  Inspectors of Election     15  
 
           
ARTICLE III
 
           
DIRECTORS
 
           
Section 1.
  Number and Election of Directors     15  
Section 2.
  Vacancies     16  
Section 3.
  Duties and Powers     16  
Section 4.
  Meetings     17  
Section 5.
  Organization     17  
Section 6.
  Resignations and Removals of Directors     18  
Section 7.
  Quorum     19  
Section 8.
  Actions of the Board by Written Consent     19  
Section 9.
  Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone     20  
Section 10.
  Committees     20  
Section 11.
  Compensation     21  
Section 12.
  Interested Directors     22  

i


 

             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE IV
 
           
OFFICERS
 
           
Section 1.
  General     23  
Section 2.
  Election     23  
Section 3.
  Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation     24  
Section 4.
  Chairman of the Board of Directors     24  
Section 5.
  Chief Executive Officer     25  
Section 6.
  Chief Financial Officer     26  
Section 7.
  Presidents     26  
Section 8.
  Vice Presidents     27  
Section 9.
  Secretary     27  
Section 10.
  Treasurer     28  
Section 11.
  Assistant Secretaries     29  
Section 12.
  Assistant Treasurers     29  
Section 13.
  Other Officers     30  
 
           
ARTICLE V
 
           
STOCK
 
           
Section 1.
  Shares of Stock     30  
Section 2.
  Signatures     31  
Section 3.
  Lost Certificates     31  
Section 4.
  Transfers     31  
Section 5.
  Dividend Record Date     32  
Section 6.
  Record Owners     33  
Section 7.
  Transfer and Registry Agents     33  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
 
           
NOTICES
 
           
Section 1.
  Notices     34  
Section 2.
  Waivers of Notice     35  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
 
           
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
           
Section 1.
  Dividends     36  
Section 2.
  Disbursements     36  
Section 3.
  Fiscal Year     37  
Section 4.
  Corporate Seal     37  

ii


 

             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE VIII
 
           
INDEMNIFICATION
 
           
Section 1.
  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation     37  
Section 2.
  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation     38  
Section 3.
  Authorization of Indemnification     39  
Section 4.
  Good Faith Defined     40  
Section 5.
  Indemnification by a Court     41  
Section 6.
  Expenses Payable in Advance     41  
Section 7.
  Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses     42  
Section 8.
  Insurance     42  
Section 9.
  Certain Definitions     43  
Section 10.
  Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses     44  
Section 11.
  Limitation on Indemnification     44  
Section 12.
  Indemnification of Employees and Agents     45  
 
           
ARTICLE IX
 
           
AMENDMENTS
 
           
Section 1.
  Amendments     45  
Section 2.
  Entire Board of Directors     46  

iii


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
     Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 


 

     Section 2. Annual Meetings . The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
     Section 3. Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may only be called by (i) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such a Special Meeting of Stockholders, or (iii) the Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Chairman”). Such call shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed Special Meeting of Stockholders. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of such meeting (or any supplement thereto). Stockholders are not permitted to call a Special Meeting of Stockholders or to require the Board of Directors, any committee thereof or the Chairman to call a Special Meeting of Stockholders.
     Section 4. Nature of Business at Meetings of Stockholders . No business may be transacted at an Annual Meeting of Stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of such meeting (or any

2


 

supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting of Stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (c) otherwise properly brought before the Annual Meeting of Stockholders by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 4 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting of Stockholders and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 4.
     In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting of Stockholders by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that the Annual Meeting of Stockholders is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual

3


 

Meeting of Stockholders was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders was made, whichever first occurs.
     To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to bring such business before the meeting.
     No business shall be conducted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders except business brought before the Annual Meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4; provided , however , that, once business has been properly brought before the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 4 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the Chairman of an Annual Meeting of Stockholders determines that business was not properly

4


 

brought before the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.
     Section 5. Nomination of Directors . Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or at any Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 5 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5.
     In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received

5


 

at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting of Stockholders, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding Annual Meeting of Stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that the Annual Meeting of Stockholders is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a Special Meeting of Stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Special Meeting of Stockholders was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Special Meeting of Stockholders was made, whichever first occurs.
     To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person, and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a

6


 

proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.
     No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. If the Chairman of the stockholders’ meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the

7


 

Chairman shall declare to the stockholders’ meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
     Section 6. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting of Stockholders, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.
     Section 7. Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance

8


 

with the requirements of Section 6 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.
     Section 8. Quorum . Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 7 hereof, until a quorum shall be present or represented.
     Section 9. Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, or permitted by the rules of any stock exchange on which a class of the Corporation’s shares of capital stock are listed and traded, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 12 of this Article II, each holder of the Corporation’s Class A common

9


 

stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 12 of this Article II, (a) until the first time that the number of shares of the Corporation’s Class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”) outstanding constitutes less than 20% of the number of all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding, each holder of Class B Common Stock represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast five (5) votes for each share of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder, and (b) immediately at and after the first time that the number of shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding constitutes less than 20% of the number of all shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding, each holder of Class B Common Stock represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of Class B Common Stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 10 of this Article II. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
     Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for

10


 

such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:
     (i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.
     (ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or

11


 

other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.
Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided , however , that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
     Section 11. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list

12


 

available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
     Section 12. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the

13


 

stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 13. Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 11 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.
     Section 14. Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on

14


 

entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.
     Section 15. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
     Section 1. Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five (5) or more than fifteen (15) members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted

15


 

by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.
     Section 2. Vacancies . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor.
     Section 3. Duties and Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

16


 

     Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer or any director. Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer or any director serving on such committee. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, telegram or electronic means on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
     Section 5. Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. Except as provided below, the Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case

17


 

the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.
     Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors . Any director of the Corporation may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time, by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of a committee, to the chairman of such committee, if there be one. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the

18


 

Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors. Any director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 7. Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law, or the Certificate of Incorporation or the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
     Section 8. Actions of the Board by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic

19


 

transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
     Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 10. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Corporation are listed or quoted for trading,

20


 

in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these By-Laws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these By-Laws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.
     Section 11. Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a

21


 

stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities of the Corporation. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.
     Section 12. Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the

22


 

contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
     Section 1. General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.
     Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders, shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until

23


 

such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, any President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.
     Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors may also be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and, except

24


 

where by law the signature of the Chief Executive Officer or a President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer or a President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.
     Section 5. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided

25


 

the Chief Executive Officer is also a director, the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.
     Section 6. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers which are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or these By-laws, all in accordance with basic policies as established by and subject to the oversight of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a named Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer shall also have the powers and duties of the Treasurer as hereinafter set forth and shall be authorized and empowered to sign as Treasurer in any case where such officer’s signature is required.
     Section 7. Presidents . At the request of Chief Executive Officer or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of the refusal of the Chief Executive Officer to act (and if there be no Chairman), the President, or Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), may perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. Each President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe.

26


 

     Section 8. Vice Presidents . At the request of any President or in the absence of all Presidents or in the event of the refusal of all Presidents to act (and if there be no Chairman), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of any President, and when so acting, may have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon any President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President or Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in their absence or in the event of the refusal of the Chief Executive Officer and all Presidents to act, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.
     Section 9. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be

27


 

given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or any President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
     Section 10. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If

28


 

required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.
     Section 11. Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.
     Section 12. Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in

29


 

such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.
     Section 13. Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
     Section 1. Shares of Stock . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Notwithstanding the adoption of any such resolution providing for uncertificated shares, every holder of capital stock of the Corporation theretofore represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled to have a certificate for shares of capital stock of the Corporation signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board,

30


 

the Chief Executive Officer or any President, and (b) the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.
     Section 2. Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
     Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.
     Section 4. Transfers . Stock of

31


 

the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, and in the case of certificated shares of stock, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated shares of stock, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. With respect to certificated shares of stock, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.
     Section 5. Dividend Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine (i) the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or (ii) the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or

32


 

exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
     Section 6. Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares of capital stock to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares of capital stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.
     Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents . The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

33


 

ARTICLE VI
NOTICES
     Section 1. Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission if consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided , however , that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile

34


 

telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Notice to directors or committee members may be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by means of electronic transmission.
     Section 2. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of

35


 

notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 8 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
     Section 2. Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

36


 

     Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
     Section 4. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,

37


 

and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
     Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which

38


 

such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
     Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or

39


 

otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.
     Section 4. Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

40


 

     Section 5. Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.
     Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding

41


 

upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.
     Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.
     Section 8. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of

42


 

the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.
     Section 9. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of

43


 

the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.
     Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
     Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or

44


 

advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
     Section 1. Amendments . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal these By-Laws; provided, however, that notice of such proposed adoption, amendment, alteration or repeal be contained in the notice of the meeting of the Board of Directors at which such action is proposed to be taken. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal these By-Laws. These By-Laws also may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the voting power of the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote in connection with the election of directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that notice of such adoption, amendment, alteration or repeal be contained in the

45


 

notice of the meeting of the stockholders at which such action is proposed to be taken.
     Section 2. Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
* * *

46

 

EXHIBIT 4.3
RESALE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
dated as of
October 30, 2007
among
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
and
THE HOLDERS SET FORTH
ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
ARTICLE I
 
           
DEFINITIONS
 
           
SECTION 1.1
  DEFINITIONS     1  
SECTION 1.2
  GENDER     5  
 
           
ARTICLE II
 
           
RESALE RIGHTS
 
           
SECTION 2.1
  RESALE RIGHTS     5  
 
           
ARTICLE III
 
           
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
           
SECTION 3.1
  SHELF REGISTRATION     6  
SECTION 3.2
  WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS     9  
SECTION 3.3
  HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS     9  
SECTION 3.4
  REGISTRATION PROCEDURES     9  
SECTION 3.5
  REGISTRATION EXPENSES     16  
SECTION 3.6
  REGISTRATION INDEMNIFICATION     16  
 
           
ARTICLE IV
 
           
TERMINATION
 
           
SECTION 4.1
  TERM     20  
SECTION 4.2
  SURVIVAL     20  

i


 

             
        Page  
ARTICLE V
 
           
MISCELLANEOUS
 
           
SECTION 5.1
  NOTICES     20  
SECTION 5.2
  INTERPRETATION     21  
SECTION 5.3
  SEVERABILITY     21  
SECTION 5.4
  COUNTERPARTS     21  
SECTION 5.5
  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES     21  
SECTION 5.6
  FURTHER ASSURANCES     21  
SECTION 5.7
  GOVERNING LAW; EQUITABLE REMEDIES     22  
SECTION 5.8
  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION     22  
SECTION 5.9
  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS     23  
SECTION 5.10
  ASSIGNMENT     23  

ii


 

     This RESALE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 30, 2007, is by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pzena Inc.”) and each of the holders of Class B Units (the “Class B Units”) of Pzena Investment Management, LLC (“Pzena LLC”) listed on the signature pages to this Agreement or to the Additional Party Signature Page in the form attached hereto as Annex A (the “Holders”).
     WHEREAS, the operating agreement of Pzena LLC, amended and restated as of the date hereof (the “Operating Agreement”) allows each holder of Class B Units to exchange each Class B Unit for one share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Pzena Inc. (the “Class A Shares”) at certain times and under certain circumstances as described therein; and
     WHEREAS, Pzena Inc. and the Holders desire to enter into an agreement relating to any and all Class A Shares that Pzena Inc. may issue to the Holders upon exchange of their Class B Units in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement, providing for (i) restrictions on the Transfer (as defined below) of such Class A Shares, which restrictions are intended to provide for the maintenance of an orderly market for the Class A Shares and the alignment of the interests of Pzena Inc. with its stockholders who are affiliated with it, and (ii) the Holders’ rights to have such Class A Shares registered for resale at certain times and under certain circumstances described herein;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
          SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     An “AFFILIATE” of any Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. “CONTROL” means the possession, direct

1


 

or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
     “APPLICABLE REGISTRABLE SECURITIES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
     “BOARD” means the board of directors of Pzena Inc.
     “CLASS A SHARES” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.
     “CLASS B SHARES” means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, of Pzena Inc.
     “CLASS B UNITS” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.
     “CODE” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.
     “ELIGIBLE UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Agreement.
     “EXCHANGE” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Exhibit B to the Operating Agreement.
     “EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     A reference to an “EXCHANGE ACT RULE” shall mean such rule or regulation of the SEC under the Exchange Act, as in effect from time to time or as replaced by a successor rule thereto.

2


 

     “EXCHANGE CLOSING DATE” shall have the meaning assigned to “Closing Date” in Exhibit B to the Operating Agreement.
     “FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
     “FREE WRITING PROSPECTUS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a)(iii).
     “FORM S-3 REGISTRATION STATEMENT” shall mean a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act.
     “GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY” means any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof.
     “HOLDERS” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
     “INSPECTORS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a)(vii).
     “IPO” means the initial offering of Class A Shares to the public, as described in the IPO Registration Statement.
     “IPO REGISTRATION STATEMENT” means Pzena Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-143660), as amended to the date hereof.
     “LOSSES” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).
     “OPERATING AGREEMENT” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
     “PERSON” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.
     “PROCEEDING” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8.

3


 

     “PZENA INC.” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
     “PZENA LLC” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
     “RECORDS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a)(viii).
     “REGISTRABLE SECURITIES” shall mean any and all Class A Shares that Pzena Inc. may issue to Holders upon Exchange of any and all Class B Units currently owned or hereafter acquired by any Holder in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (a) a registration statement registering such securities under the Securities Act has been declared effective and such securities have been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to such effective registration statement or (b) such securities are sold in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Act.
     “REPRESENTATIVE” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, accountant, financial advisor, legal counsel or other representative of that Person.
     “REQUESTED INFORMATION” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).
     “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.
     “SECURITIES ACT” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “SELLING HOLDER” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a)(i).
     “SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT” means each Form S-3 Registration Statement filed by Pzena Inc. pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of Section 3.1 hereof.

4


 

     “SUSPENSION PERIOD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).
     A “TRANSFER” shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, directly or indirectly.
     To “TRANSFER” shall mean to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose, directly or indirectly.
     “UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING” shall mean a sale of any Class A Shares of Pzena Inc. to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.
          SECTION 1.2 GENDER. For the purposes of this Agreement, the words “he,” “his” or “himself” shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine and corporate, other entity or trust form.
ARTICLE II
RESALE RIGHTS
          SECTION 2.1 RESALE RIGHTS
               (a) Each Holder may only Transfer Registrable Securities in accordance with the following timing and manner of resale limitations:
                    (i) Prior to the fourth anniversary of the IPO, each Holder may only Transfer the number of Registrable Securities that the Company is obligated to issue to such Holder on each Exchange Closing Date that occurs prior to such anniversary (A) on the date(s), and (B) in accordance with the method of distribution, which method may be an Underwritten Offering or a block trade, in each case designated by Pzena Inc., in its sole discretion, in a written notice provided to each Holder at least 30 days prior to the applicable Exchange Closing Date; provided, however, that each Holder may transfer such Registrable Securities in accordance with the timing and method of distribution proposed by such Holder and communicated in writing to Pzena Inc. at least 30 days prior to such proposed date of Transfer if Pzena Inc. does not designate at least one date for the Transfer of such Registrable Securities in each twelve-month period that occurs prior to such anniversary. If any Holders exercising their right to distribute Registrable Securities in accordance with the proviso of the preceding sentence propose to distribute Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering on or about the same date that

5


 

would result in gross proceeds of at least $50 million (an “Eligible Underwritten Offering”), Pzena Inc. hereby agrees to cooperate with such Holders and the underwriters of such Underwritten Offering in order to consummate such Underwritten Offering.
                    (ii) Subsequent to the fourth anniversary of the IPO, each Holder may only Transfer the number of Registrable Securities that the Company is obligated to issue to such Holder on each Exchange Closing Date that occurs subsequent to such anniversary in accordance with the timing and method of distribution proposed by such Holder in a written notice provided to Pzena Inc. at least 30 days prior to the applicable Exchange Closing Date; provided, however, that any Holder who proposes to distribute Registrable Securities by means of an Underwritten Offering must provide such notice at least 60 days prior to the applicable Exchange Closing Date. If any Holders propose to distribute Registrable Securities in an Eligible Underwritten Offering, Pzena Inc. hereby agrees to cooperate with such Holders and the underwriters of such Underwritten Offering in order to consummate such Underwritten Offering.
               (b) To the extent that a Holder is subject to any trading policies of Pzena Inc., such Holder shall be prohibited from Transferring any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, except in accordance with such policies.
ARTICLE III
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
          SECTION 3.1 SHELF REGISTRATION.
               (a)  Initial Shelf Registration Statement . As soon as practicable after Pzena Inc. becomes eligible to file a Form S-3 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, Pzena Inc. shall use its best efforts to file with the SEC a Form S-3 Registration Statement providing for an offering of all Registrable Securities then eligible to be Transferred pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) hereof (i) on the date(s) and in accordance with the method(s) of distribution designated by Pzena Inc. pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) hereof, or (ii) if Pzena Inc. does not designate any such date or method of distribution, on the date(s) and in accordance with the method(s) of distribution proposed by the Holders. Pzena shall use its best efforts to cause the SEC to declare such Form S-3 Registration Statement

6


 

effective by such date(s). Pzena Inc. shall use its best efforts to keep such Form S-3 Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) two years after such Form S-3 Registration Statement has been declared effective; and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement have been sold in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement, or otherwise.
               (b)  Subsequent Shelf Registration Statements .
                    (i) On or before each Exchange Closing Date occurring after the initial Exchange Closing Date and prior to the fourth anniversary of the IPO, Pzena Inc. shall use its best efforts to file with the SEC a Form S-3 Registration Statement providing for an offering of all Registrable Securities then eligible to be Transferred pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) hereof (i) on the date(s) and in accordance with the method(s) of distribution designated by Pzena Inc. pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) hereof, or (ii) if Pzena Inc. does not designate any such date or method of distribution, on the date(s) and in accordance with the method(s) of distribution proposed by the Holders. Pzena shall use its best efforts to cause the SEC to declare such Form S-3 Registration Statement effective by such date(s). Pzena Inc. shall use its best efforts to keep such Form S-3 Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) two years after such Form S-3 Registration Statement has been declared effective; and (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement have been sold in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in such Form S-3 Registration Statement, or otherwise.
                    (ii) On or before each Exchange Closing Date occurring after the fourth anniversary of the IPO, Pzena Inc. shall use its best efforts to file with the SEC, and cause the SEC to declare effective, a Form S-3 Registration Statement providing for an offering of all Registrable Securities then eligible to be Transferred pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof in accordance with the method(s) of distribution proposed by the Holders. Pzena Inc. shall use its best efforts to keep each such Form S-3 Registration Statement continuously effective in order to effect the Transfer on or after each Exchange Closing Date of all Registrable Securities then eligible to be transferred pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof.
               (c)  Suspensions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Pzena Inc. shall be entitled, from time to time, by providing written notice to the Holders, to require such Holders to suspend the use of

7


 

the prospectus for sales of Registrable Securities under any Shelf Registration Statement for a reasonable period of time not to exceed 90 days in succession or 180 days in the aggregate in any 12 month period (a “Suspension Period”) if Pzena Inc. shall determine that it is required to disclose in any such Shelf Registration Statement a financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction or other material event or circumstance affecting Pzena Inc. or its securities, and that the disclosure of such information at such time would be detrimental to Pzena Inc. or the holders of its equity securities. Immediately upon receipt of such notice, the Holders shall suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made as required below. Any Suspension Period shall terminate at such time as the public disclosure of such information is made. After the expiration of any Suspension Period and without any further request from a Holder, Pzena Inc. shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare a post-effective amendment or supplement to the applicable Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
               (d)  Information Requested from Holders . Not less than ten business days before the expected filing date of each Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, Pzena Inc. shall notify each Holder of the information, documents and instruments from such Holder that Pzena Inc. or any underwriter reasonably requests in order to include its Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement, including, but not limited to a questionnaire, custody agreement, power of attorney and, if applicable, a lock-up letter and underwriting agreement (collectively, the “Requested Information”). If Pzena Inc. has not received, on or before the second day before the expected filing date, the Requested Information from such Holder, Pzena Inc. may file such Shelf Registration Statement without including the Registrable Securities of such Holder. The failure to include such Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement shall not in and of itself result in any liability on the part of Pzena Inc. to such Holder.
               (e)  No Grant of Future Registration Rights . Pzena Inc. shall not grant any shelf, demand, piggyback or incidental registration rights that are senior to the rights granted to the Holders hereunder to any other Person without the prior written consent of Holders of at least a majority of the number of Registrable

8


 

Securities as of the date that Pzena Inc. requests such consent and such consent may be given in the sole discretion of each of the Holders.
          SECTION 3.2 WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.
          Any Holder having notified or directed Pzena Inc. to include any or all of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have the right to withdraw any such notice or direction with respect to any or all of the Registrable Securities designated by it for registration by giving written notice to such effect to Pzena Inc. prior to the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement. In the event of any such withdrawal, Pzena Inc. shall not include such Registrable Securities in the applicable registration and such Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities for all purposes of this Agreement. No such withdrawal shall affect the obligations of Pzena Inc. with respect to the Registrable Securities not so withdrawn. If a Holder withdraws its notification or direction to Pzena Inc. to include any of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement in accordance with this Section 3.2, such Holder shall be required to promptly reimburse Pzena Inc. for incremental expenses incurred by Pzena Inc. in connection with preparing for the registration of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn.
          SECTION 3.3 HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS.
          Each Holder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144) of equity securities of Pzena Inc., or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, (a) during any time period reasonably requested by Pzena Inc. (which shall not exceed 90 days) in connection with distributions of Registrable Securities designated by Pzena Inc. pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) or any Eligible Underwritten Offering, except as part of such distribution or offering, or (b) during any time period (which shall not exceed 180 days) required by any underwriting agreement with respect thereto distributions of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) or any Eligible Underwritten Offering.
          SECTION 3.4 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.
               (a) In connection with Pzena Inc.’s obligations to use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Transfer of

9


 

Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, Pzena Inc. shall as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
                    (i) before filing of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendment to any such Shelf Registration Statement, Pzena Inc. will furnish to the Holders electing to include Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement (the “Selling Holders”), or counsel selected by the Selling Holders, a copy of such document for review, which review shall be conducted with reasonable promptness;
                    (ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to each Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) Section 3.1 hereof, and the prospectus(es) used in connection therewith, as may be necessary to (A) keep each such Shelf Registration Statement effective as required pursuant to such subsections hereof, and (B) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement;
                    (iii) furnish each Selling Holder and any underwriter of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Selling Holder (A) a conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), (B) such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), each “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, a “Free Writing Prospectus”) utilized in connection therewith, and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and (C) such other documents as such Selling Holder and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Selling Holder;
                    (iv) use reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Shelf

10


 

Registration Statement under such other securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Holder or underwriter of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Selling Holder shall reasonably request, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable any such Selling Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities, except that Pzena Inc. shall not for any such purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this clause (iv) be obligated to be so qualified, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;
                    (v) use reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to each such Shelf Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by Pzena Inc. are then listed and, if no such securities are so listed, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market;
                    (vi) use reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to each such Shelf Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Selling Holder(s) thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
                    (vii) in connection with distributions of Registrable Securities designated by Pzena Inc. pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) and each Eligible Underwritten Offering:
                         (A) obtain for each Selling Holder and underwriter thereof, an opinion of counsel of Pzena Inc., covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by each such Selling Holder and underwriter;

11


 

                         (B) obtain for each Selling Holder and underwriter thereof, a “comfort” letter (or, in the case of any such Person which does not satisfy the conditions for receipt of a “comfort” letter specified in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72, an “agreed upon procedures” letter) signed by the independent public accountants who have certified Pzena Inc.’s financial statements included in such Shelf Registration Statement;
                         (C) have appropriate officers of Pzena Inc. prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, and other information meetings organized by the underwriters thereof, take other actions to obtain ratings for any Registrable Securities (if they are eligible to be rated) and otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Selling Holders and such underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities; and
                         (D) if requested by the underwriter thereof, enter into an underwriting agreement with a managing underwriter or underwriters thereof containing representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements customarily included (but not inconsistent with the covenants and agreements of Pzena Inc. contained in this Agreement) by an issuer of common stock in underwriting agreements with respect to offerings of common stock for the account of, or on behalf of, such an issuer.
                    (viii) promptly make available for inspection by any Selling Holder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained by any such Selling Holder or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of Pzena Inc. (collectively, the “Records”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause Pzena Inc.’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that, unless the disclosure of such Records is necessary to

12


 

avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the registration statement or the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, Pzena Inc. shall not be required to provide any information under this subparagraph (viii) if (A) Pzena Inc. believes, after consultation with counsel for Pzena Inc., that to do so would cause Pzena Inc. to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information or (B) if either (1) Pzena Inc. has requested and been granted from the SEC confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the SEC or documents provided supplementally or otherwise or (2) Pzena Inc. reasonably determines in good faith that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing unless prior to furnishing any such information with respect to (A) or (B) such Selling Holder requesting such information agrees, and causes each of its Inspectors, to enter into a confidentiality agreement on terms reasonably acceptable to Pzena Inc.; and provided , further , that each Selling Holder agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to Pzena Inc. and allow Pzena Inc., at its expense, to undertake appropriate action and to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;
                    (ix) promptly notify in writing each applicable Selling Holder and underwriter, if any, of the following events:
                         (A) the filing of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective;
                         (B) any request by the SEC or any other Government Entity for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus or for additional information;

13


 

                         (C) the issuance by the SEC or any other Government Entity of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings by any Person for that purpose; and
                         (D) the receipt by Pzena Inc. of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of applicable Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose;
                    (x) notify each Selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating to the sale of its Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, such prospectus, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any Selling Holder, promptly prepare and furnish to each such Selling Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
                    (xi) use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement then required to be effective pursuant to Section subsection (a) or (b) of 3.1 hereof;
                    (xii) otherwise use reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to all Selling Holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement of Pzena Inc. covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first day of Pzena Inc.’s first full quarter after the effective date of each Shelf Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall

14


 

satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;
                    (xiii) use its reasonable best efforts to assist Selling Holders who made a request to Pzena Inc. to provide for a third party “market maker” for the Class A Shares; provided , however , that Pzena Inc. shall not be required to serve as such “market maker”;
                    (xiv) cooperate with the Selling Holders and any underwriter of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (which shall not bear any restrictive legends unless required under applicable law) representing the Registrable Securities being sold under each Shelf Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or such Selling Holders may request and keep available and make available to Pzena Inc.’s transfer agent prior to the effectiveness of each such Shelf Registration Statement a supply of such certificates; and
                    (xv) Pzena Inc. may require each Selling Holder and underwriter of Registrable Securities, if any, to furnish Pzena Inc. in writing such information regarding each Selling Holder or underwriter and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as Pzena Inc. may from time to time reasonably request to complete or amend the information required by the applicable Shelf Registration Statement.
               (b) Each Selling Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from Pzena Inc. of the happening of any event of the kind described in clauses (ix) or (x) of Section 3.4(a), such Selling Holder shall forthwith discontinue such Selling Holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable Shelf Registration Statement and prospectus relating thereto until such Selling Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.4(a)(x) and, if so directed by Pzena Inc., deliver to Pzena Inc., at Pzena Inc.’s expense, all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Selling Holder’s possession of the prospectus current at the time of receipt of such notice relating to such Registrable Securities. In the event Pzena Inc. shall give such notice,

15


 

any applicable period during which such Shelf Registration Statement must remain effective pursuant to this Agreement shall be extended by the number of days during the period from the date of giving of a notice regarding the happening of an event of the kind described in clauses (ix) or (x) of Section 3.4(a), as applicable, to the date when all such Selling Holders shall receive such a supplemented or amended prospectus and such prospectus shall have been filed with the SEC.
          SECTION 3.5 REGISTRATION EXPENSES.
          All expenses incident to Pzena Inc.’s performance of, or compliance with, its obligations under this Agreement including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the FINRA (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” as such term is defined in Schedule E of the By-Laws of the FINRA), all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws, all printing (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by a holder of Registrable Securities) and copying expenses, all messenger and delivery expenses and all fees and expenses of Pzena Inc.’s independent certified public accountants and counsel (including, without limitation, with respect to “comfort” letters and opinions) (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”) shall be borne by the each of Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities that they choose to include in any Shelf Registration Statement, regardless of whether a Transfer is effected, except in the case of an Underwritten Offering for which each Selling Holder shall bear all such expenses in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities that each chooses to Transfer in such Underwritten Offering. Pzena Inc. will pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties, the expense of any annual audit and the expense of any liability insurance) and the expenses and fees for listing the Registrable Securities on each securities exchange and included in each established over-the-counter market on which similar securities issued by Pzena Inc. are then listed or traded. Each Selling Holder shall pay its portion of all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of such Selling Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement.

16


 

          SECTION 3.6 REGISTRATION INDEMNIFICATION.
               (a)  By Pzena Inc. Pzena Inc. agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Selling Holder and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, partners and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such Selling Holder or such other indemnified Person from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, the “Losses”) caused by, resulting from or relating to any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by any information furnished in writing to Pzena Inc. by such Selling Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with an Underwritten Offering and without limiting any of Pzena Inc.’s other obligations under this Agreement, Pzena Inc. shall also indemnify such underwriters, their officers, directors, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriters or such other indemnified Person to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification (and exceptions thereto) of Selling Holders. Reimbursements payable pursuant to the indemnification contemplated by this Section 3.6(a) will be made by periodic payments during the course of any investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.
               (b)  By the Selling Holders . In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Selling Holder will furnish to Pzena Inc., in writing, information regarding such Selling Holder’s ownership of Registrable Securities and its intended method of distribution thereof and, to the extent permitted by law, shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify Pzena Inc., its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) Pzena Inc. or such other indemnified Person against all Losses caused by any untrue statement of material fact contained in the applicable Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,

17


 

but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is caused by and contained in such information so furnished in writing by such Selling Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that each Selling Holder’s obligation to indemnify Pzena Inc. hereunder shall, to the extent more than one Selling Holder is subject to the same indemnification obligation, be apportioned between each Selling Holder based upon the net amount received by each Selling Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities, as compared to the total net amount received by all of the Selling Holders of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Holder shall be liable to Pzena Inc. for amounts in excess of the lesser of (i) such apportionment and (ii) the amount received by such holder in the offering giving rise to such liability.
               (c)  Notice . Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided , however , the failure to give such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure to provide such notice on a timely basis.
               (d)  Defense of Actions . In any case in which any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance with this paragraph) be liable to such indemnified party hereunder for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, supervision and monitoring (unless (i) such indemnified party reasonably objects to such assumption on the grounds that there may be defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to the defenses available to such indemnifying party or (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume such defense and the indemnified party is or is reasonably likely to be prejudiced by such delay, in either event the indemnified party shall be promptly reimbursed by the indemnifying party for the expenses incurred in connection with retaining separate legal counsel). An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of an action or claim

18


 

effected without its consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). The indemnifying party shall lose its right to defend, contest, litigate and settle a matter if it shall fail to diligently contest such matter (except to the extent settled in accordance with the next following sentence). No matter shall be settled by an indemnifying party without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, it being understood that the indemnified party shall not be deemed to be unreasonable in withholding its consent if the proposed settlement imposes any obligation on the indemnified party).
               (e)  Survival . The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified Person and will survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities and the termination of this Agreement.
               (f)  Contribution . If recovery is not available under the foregoing indemnification provisions for any reason or reasons other than as specified therein, any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall nevertheless be entitled to contribution with respect to any Losses with respect to which such Person would be entitled to such indemnification but for such reason or reasons. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective Persons are entitled, there shall be considered the Persons’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. It is hereby agreed that it would not necessarily be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Holder or transferee thereof shall be required to make a contribution in excess of the net amount received by such holder from its sale of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering that gave rise to the contribution obligation.

19


 

ARTICLE IV
TERMINATION
          SECTION 4.1 TERM. This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of (a) January 1, 2032, or (b) the date that no Holder owns any Class B Units that are entitled to be exchanged for Class A Shares.
          SECTION 4.2 SURVIVAL. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, except for the provisions set forth in Section 3.6 and Article V.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
          SECTION 5.1 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile (provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 5.1) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to such party at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by such party to the other parties:
(a) if to Pzena Inc., to:
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
120 West Forty Fifth Street,
20 th Floor
New York, NY 10036
(T) (212) 355-1600
(F) (212) 308-0010
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy to:
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(T) (212) 735-3000
(F) (212) 735-2000
Attention: Richard B. Aftanas, Esq.

20


 

(b) if to any of the Holders, to:
the address and facsimile number set forth in the records of Pzena Inc.
          SECTION 5.2 INTERPRETATION. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “included”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.
          SECTION 5.3 SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or entity or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.
          SECTION 5.4 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall, taken together, be considered one and the same agreement, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart.
          SECTION 5.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, except as provided in Section 3.6(a) and Section 3.6(b), any rights or remedies hereunder.
          SECTION 5.6 FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as

21


 

may be reasonably requested from time to time by the other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.
          SECTION 5.7 GOVERNING LAW; EQUITABLE REMEDIES. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF) . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
          SECTION 5.8 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“Proceeding”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and waives any objection to venue being laid in such Court whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before such Court; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than such Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by such Court; (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to Pzena Inc. or the Holders at their respective addresses referred to in Section 5.1 hereof; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (iii) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN

22


 

CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY .
          SECTION 5.9 AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.
               (a) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
               (b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
          SECTION 5.10 ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

23


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
         
By:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
   
 
  Title: Chief Executive Officer    

 


 

HOLDERS:
     
/s/ Richard S. Pzena
   
 
Richard S. Pzena
   
 
   
/s/ Wayne A. Palladino
 
Wayne A. Palladino
   
 
   
/s/ Spencer Chen
   
 
   
Spencer Chen
   

 


 

HOLDERS (continued):
JOHN P. GOETZ
WILLIAM L. LIPSEY
A. RAMA KRISHNA
MICHAEL D. PETERSON
KEITH KOMAR
LAWRENCE KOHN
LISA ROTH
EVAN FIRE
JOAN BERGER
CAROLINE CAI
ALLISON FISCH
BRIAN MANN
WILLIAM C. CONNOLLY
COURTNEY HEHRE
MANOJ TANDON
GREGORY MARTIN
TOPALLI MURTI
JAMES M. KREBS
THE RICHARD PZENA DESCENDANTS TRUST, THE AARON PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE MICHELE PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE DANIEL PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE ERIC PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE RACHEL THERESA GOETZ TRUST
THE CARRIE ESTHER GOETZ TRUST
THE KRISHNA FAMILY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY DYNASTY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE MICHAEL D. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE SARAH M. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
CC GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST I
ANTONIO DESPIRITO
ADS III 2007 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
BENJAMIN SILVER
BSS GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
LJK TRUST I
LJK TRUST IV
MILESTONE ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
PIPING BROOK, LLC
         
By:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
   
 
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Class B Holders    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Wayne A. Palladino    
 
       
 
  Name: Wayne A. Palladino    
 
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Holders    

 


 

ANNEX A
FORM OF ADDITIONAL PARTY SIGNATURE PAGE
          THE UNDERSIGNED has caused this Additional Party Signature Page to be duly executed as of the date written below intending to become a party to, and be bound by, the Resale and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, as amended to date, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and the Holders parties thereto.
             
Date:
           
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
      (Print Name)    

 

 

Exhibit 4.4
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
CLASS B STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
Dated as of October 30, 2007

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I VOTING OF CLASS B SHARES
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1 Preliminary Vote of Class B Stockholders
    1  
Section 1.2 Voting by Class B Stockholders
    2  
ARTICLE II TRANSFER OF CLASS B SHARES
    2  
 
       
Section 2.1 Transfers Generally
    2  
Section 2.2 Compliance with Law and Regulations
    3  
Section 2.3 Legend on Certificates: Entry of Stop Transfer Orders
    3  
Section 2.4 Certificates to be Held by Company
    3  
Section 2.5 Transfers in Violation of Agreement Void
    4  
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Class B Stockholders
    4  
Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company
    4  
ARTICLE IV DEFINITIONS
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE V MISCELLANEOUS
    6  
 
       
Section 5.1 Notices
    6  
Section 5.2 Term of the Agreement
    7  
Section 5.3 Amendments; Waivers
    7  
Section 5.4 Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization
    7  
Section 5.5 Disinterested Committee Members to Make Determinations
    7  
Section 5.6 Severability
    8  
Section 5.7 Representatives, Successors and Assigns
    8  
Section 5.8 Governing Law
    8  
Section 5.9 Specific Performance
    8  
Section 5.10 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity
    8  
Section 5.11 Further Assurances
    9  
Section 5.12 Execution in Counterparts
    9  
Section 5.13 Entire Agreement
    9  
 
       
Annex A — Additional Party Signature Page
       

i


 

CLASS B STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT
          This CLASS B STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Class B Stockholders signatory hereto or to the Additional Party Signature Page in the form attached hereto as Annex A. Capitalized terms used herein have their respective meanings set forth in Article IV of this Agreement.
W I T N E S S E T H :
          WHEREAS, the Class B Stockholders Own all the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, of the Company (the “ Class B Shares ”);
          WHEREAS, the Company is the managing member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Pzena LLC ”), and Owns all the outstanding Class A Units of Pzena LLC;
          WHEREAS, the Class B Stockholders own, in the aggregate, all the outstanding Class B Units of Pzena LLC;
          WHEREAS, the Company and the Class B Stockholders are parties to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena LLC, dated October 30, 2007 (the “ Pzena LLC Agreement ”); and
          WHEREAS, the Company and the Class B Stockholders desire to make provisions with respect to the voting and Transfer of the Class B Shares and various other affairs of the Company.
          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements, covenants and provisions herein contained and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
VOTING OF CLASS B SHARES
          Section 1.1 Preliminary Vote of Class B Stockholders . Before any vote of the stockholders of the Company at a meeting called with respect to any corporate action, a vote (the “ Preliminary Vote ”) shall be taken of the Class B Stockholders in accordance with procedures established from time to time by the Authorized Committee, upon all such matters upon which such stockholder vote or other action is proposed to be taken, in which each Class B Stockholder

 


 

shall be permitted to vote the Class B Shares then Owned by such Class B Stockholder in such manner as such Class B Stockholder may determine in his, her or its sole discretion.
          Section 1.2 Voting by Class B Stockholders . (a) At any meeting of the stockholders of the Company called to vote with respect to any corporate action, each Class B Stockholder agrees to vote with respect to all the Class B Shares then Owned by such Class B Stockholder on all such matters in which action is proposed to be taken in accordance with the vote of the majority (or, if no majority is obtained, by plurality) of the Class B Shares present (in person or by proxy) and voting in the Preliminary Vote.
          (b) For purposes of effecting any vote pursuant to this Section 1.2, each Class B Stockholder does hereby irrevocably make, constitute and appoint the Class B Representative, with full power of substitution, as his, her or its true attorney-in-fact and agent, for and in his, her or its name, place and stead, to act as his, her or its proxy to the maximum extent and for the maximum term permitted by law to ( i ) vote the Class B Shares then Owned by such Class B Stockholder at any meeting of stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 1.2(a) and ( ii ) vote the Class B Shares then Owned by such Class B Stockholder in such proxy holder’s discretion upon any other business which is not presented in the notice of such meetings but properly comes before such meetings (for example, adjournment of such meetings), giving and granting to said attorney full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing whether necessary or desirable to be done in and about the premises, as fully as he, she or it might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution, appointment and revocation. The foregoing power of attorney and proxy are coupled with an interest and shall not be revocable or revoked by such Class B Stockholder and shall be binding upon such Class B Stockholder and his, her or its successors and assigns.
ARTICLE II
TRANSFER OF CLASS B SHARES
          Section 2.1 Transfers Generally . Each Class B Stockholder agrees that, in addition to any restrictions imposed by the Charter, the Pzena LLC Agreement and applicable law:
          (a) such Class B Stockholder shall not Transfer any Class B Shares to any Person unless (i) such Class B Stockholder is permitted to Transfer an equal number of Class B Units to such Person pursuant to the terms of the Pzena LLC Agreement, and (ii) such Class B Stockholder concurrently Transfers an equal number of Class B Units to such Person; and
          (b) in the event that such Class B Stockholder Transfers any Class B Units to any Person pursuant to the terms of the Pzena LLC Agreement, such Class B Stockholder shall concurrently Transfer an equal number of Class B Shares to such Person.

2


 

          Section 2.2 Compliance with Law and Regulations . Each Class B Stockholder agrees that any Transfer of Class B Shares by such Class B Stockholder shall be in compliance with any of the exchanges or associations or other institutions with which the Company Group has membership or other privileges (including, without limitation, the NYSE), federal and state securities laws, and any applicable law, rule or regulation of the Commission or any other governmental agency having jurisdiction.
          Section 2.3 Legend on Certificates: Entry of Stop Transfer Orders . (a) Each Class B Stockholder agrees that each outstanding certificate representing any Class B Shares that are subject to this Agreement shall bear an endorsement noted conspicuously on each such certificate reading substantially as follows:
     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC., DATED OCTOBER 30, 2007, AS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND (2) THE TERMS OF THE CLASS B STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, DATED OCTOBER 30, 2007, OF PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
     THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES ACT OF ANY STATE BUT HAVE BEEN ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM REGISTRATION CONTAINED IN SAID ACTS. NO SALE, OFFER TO SELL OR OTHER TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE MADE UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACTS IS IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACTS IS THEN IN FACT APPLICABLE.
          (b) Each Class B Stockholder agrees to the entry of stop transfer orders against the transfer of legended certificates representing Class B Shares not in compliance with this Agreement.
          Section 2.4 Certificates to be Held by Company . Each Class B Stockholder agrees that the certificates representing such Class B Stockholder’s Class B Shares shall be issued in the name of a nominee holder to be designated by the Company and shall be held in custody by the Company at its principal office. Subject to Section 2.4(c), the Company shall, upon the request of any such Class B Stockholder or the estate of any such Class B Stockholder, as the case may be, in writing addressed to the Secretary of the Company or any officer designated by the Secretary (which request shall include a representation by such Class B Stockholder or estate thereof that such Class B Stockholder is then permitted to Transfer a specified number of Class B Shares under the provisions of this Agreement), promptly release from custody the certificates representing such specified number of Class B Stockholder’s Class B Shares which are then intended and permitted to be Transferred under the provisions of this Agreement.

3


 

          Section 2.5 Transfers in Violation of Agreement Void . Any attempted Transfer of Class B Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not register, or cause or permit the registry, of Class B Shares Transferred in violation of this Agreement.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Class B Stockholders . Each Class B Stockholder severally represents and warrants to the Company and to each other Class B Stockholder that ( a ) in the case of a Class B Stockholder who is a natural person, such Class B Stockholder is of sound mind and has full legal capacity to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; ( b ) in the case of a Class B Stockholder who is not a natural person, such Class B Stockholder is duly formed or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was formed or organized and is duly authorized to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; ( c ) this Agreement has been duly executed by such Class B Stockholder or his, her or its attorney-in-fact on behalf of such Class B Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of such Class B Stockholder, enforceable against such Class B Stockholder in accordance with its terms; ( d ) the execution, delivery and performance by such Class B Stockholder of this Agreement does not violate or conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both constitute) a default under any agreement to which such Class B Stockholder is a party; and ( e ) such Class B Stockholder has good and marketable title to the Class B Shares Owned by such Class B Stockholder and Owns such Class B Shares free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other than pursuant to this Agreement.
          Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Class B Stockholders that ( a ) the Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; ( b ) the Company is duly authorized to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; ( c ) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms; and ( d ) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement does not violate or conflict with or result in a breach by the Company of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both constitute) a default by the Company under its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order, or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or its property including the requirements of the NYSE, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its property may be bound.

4


 

ARTICLE IV
DEFINITIONS
          For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Authorized Committee ” means the Executive Committee referred to in the Pzena LLC Agreement.
          “ Business Day ” means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which shares of the Class A Shares are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Class A Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday on which banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York are not authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
          “ Charter ” means the Amended and Restated Charter of the Company, s in effect on the date hereof and as may be amended from time to time in the future.
          “ Class A Shares ” means share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
          “ Class A Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Pzena LLC Agreement.
          “ Class B Representative ” means Richard S. Pzena, or following Mr. Pzena’s resignation or retirement from the Company and/or Pzena LLC, his incapacity or his death, a Class B Stockholder designated in writing by the Authorized Committee from time to time.
          “ Class B Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Class B Stockholder ” means a holder of outstanding Class B Shares, as set forth on the books and records of the Company from time to time.
          “ Class B Units ” has the meaning set forth in the Pzena LLC Agreement.
          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States.
          “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and any successors thereof, whether by operation of law or otherwise.
          “ Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.

5


 

          “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
          “ Own ” means to own of record or beneficially, whether directly, through a nominee designated by the Company pursuant to Section 2.4 or through any other Person.
          “ Person ” means any natural person or any firm, partnership, limited liability partnership, association, corporation, limited liability company, trust, business trust, governmental authority or other entity.
          “ Preliminary Vote ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.
          “ Pzena LLC ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Pzena LLC Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Subsidiary ” means a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnerships or other entity of which the Company, directly or indirectly, has the power, whether through the ownership of voting securities, equity interests, contract or otherwise, ( i ) to elect at least a majority of the members of such entity’s board of directors or other governing body or ( ii ) in the absence of a governing body, to control the business affairs of such entity.
          “ Transfer ” means, with respect to any Class B Shares, directly or indirectly, ( i ) to sell, assign, transfer, pledge (including in margin transactions), convey, distribute, mortgage, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise dispose, whether by gift, for consideration or for no consideration and ( ii ) to grant any right to vote, whether by proxy, voting agreement, voting trust or otherwise.
ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
          Section 5.1 Notices . (a) All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications to be given by any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be ( i ) mailed by first-class, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, ( ii ) sent by hand delivery or reputable overnight delivery service or ( iii ) transmitted by telecopy (provided that a copy is also delivered by hand or sent by reputable overnight delivery service) addressed, in the case of any Class B Stockholder, to such Class B Stockholder at the address set forth on the books and records or the Company, or, in the case of the Company, to Pzena Investment Management, Inc., 120 West 45th Street, 20th Floor, New York, New York 10036, Attention : Secretary, in each case, to such other address as may be specified in writing to the other parties hereto.
          (b) All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been given and received ( i ) if by personal delivery or telecopy, on the

6


 

day of such delivery, ( ii ) if by first-class, registered or certified mail, on the fifth Business Day after the mailing thereof or ( iii ) if by reputable overnight delivery service, on the day delivered.
          Section 5.2 Term of the Agreement . (a) This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and shall terminate on the earlier of ( i ) the first date on which there is no Class B Stockholder remaining or ( ii ) the date on which the Authorized Committee and all Class B Stockholders agree to terminate this Agreement. Unless this Agreement is theretofore terminated pursuant to this Section 5.2(a), all Class B Stockholders shall be bound by its terms.
          (b) A Class B Stockholder shall cease to be a party to this Agreement upon the Transfer of all the Class B Shares Owned by such Class B Stockholder to another Person in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.
          Section 5.3 Amendments; Waivers . (a) This Agreement may be amended or modified, and any provision in this Agreement may be waived, with the consent of the Class B Stockholders that Own, in aggregate, a majority of the Class B Shares Owned by Class B Stockholders who are then bound by the terms of this Agreement (other than an amendment that, in the good faith judgment of the Authorized Committee, is intended to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provisions of this Agreement that may be incomplete or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein, which amendment may be made by the Company), provided , that, without the consent of any Person, a Person who becomes a Class B Stockholder after the date hereof shall execute and deliver an Additional Party Signature Page to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A to become a party to this Agreement.
          (b) The failure of any party at any time or times to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall in no manner affect the rights at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by any party of the breach of any term contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such breach or the breach of any other term of this Agreement.
          Section 5.4 Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any change in the outstanding Class B Shares of the Company by reason of stock dividends, split-ups, recapitalizations, combinations, exchanges of shares and the like, the term “Class B Shares” shall refer to and include the securities received or resulting therefrom and the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted so that each Class B Stockholder will thereafter continue to have and be subject to, to the greatest extent practicable, the same rights and obligations he, she or it had been subject to prior to such change.
          Section 5.5 Disinterested Committee Members to Make Determinations . In the event that any Class B Stockholder breaches its obligations under this Agreement, then the Authorized Committee shall have the exclusive right to make any and all determinations that may be necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, including without limitation, determinations relating to the exercise and enforcement of remedies hereunder. If a Class B Stockholder who is also a member of the Authorized Committee breaches his or her obligations

7


 

under this Agreement, such Class B Stockholder must refrain from exercising his or her vote at meetings of the Authorized Committee to give effect to this Section 5.5.
          Section 5.6 Severability . If the final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction declares, after the expiration of the time within which judicial review (if permitted) of such determination may be perfected, that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, ( a ) the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall be unimpaired and ( b ) the invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be deemed replaced by a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.
          Section 5.7 Representatives, Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties hereto and their respective legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided that Class B Stockholders may not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement except with the written consent of the Authorized Committee.
          Section 5.8 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OR RULES THEREOF).
          Section 5.9 Specific Performance . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage to the Company or the Class B Stockholders if any party hereto fails to comply with the provisions of Article I or II and each party hereto agrees that in the event of any such failure, neither the Company nor any Class B Stockholder will have an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the Company and each Class B Stockholder, in addition to all of the other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to equitable relief, including, without limitation, the right to enforce specifically the provisions of Articles I and II by obtaining injunctive relief against any violation thereof, or otherwise. All claims for specific performance of one or more provisions of this Agreement shall be resolved exclusively by litigation before a court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of New York.
          Section 5.10 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Each Class B Stockholder, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby irrevocably waives ( a ) any objection, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any legal or equitable action, suit or proceeding against such Class B Stockholder arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby or the subject matter of any of the foregoing, that ( i ) it is not subject thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable before such arbitral body or in said courts, ( ii ) the venue thereof may not be appropriate and ( iii ) the internal laws of the State of Delaware do not govern the validity, interpretation or effect of this Agreement, ( b ) any immunity from jurisdiction to which it might otherwise be entitled in any such arbitration, action, suit or proceeding which may be instituted before any state or federal court in the State of New York in accordance with Section 5.9 and ( c ) any immunity from the maintaining of an action against it to enforce any judgment for money obtained in any such

8


 

arbitration, action, suit or proceeding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any immunity from execution.
          Section 5.11 Further Assurances . Each Class B Stockholder agrees to execute such additional documents and take such further action as may be requested by the Authorized Committee to effect the provisions of this Agreement.
          Section 5.12 Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
          Section 5.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including Annex A hereto, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

9


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
   
 
  Title: Chief Executive Officer    

 


 

     
CLASS B STOCKHOLDERS:
   
 
   
/s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Richard S. Pzena
   
 
   
/s/ Wayne A. Palladino
 
Wayne A. Palladino
   
 
   
/s/ Spencer Chen
 
Spencer Chen
   

 


 

CLASS B STOCKHOLDERS (continued):
JOHN P. GOETZ
WILLIAM L. LIPSEY
A. RAMA KRISHNA
MICHAEL D. PETERSON
KEITH KOMAR
LAWRENCE KOHN
LISA ROTH
EVAN FIRE
JOAN BERGER
CAROLINE CAI
ALLISON FISCH
BRIAN MANN
WILLIAM C. CONNOLLY
COURTNEY HEHRE
MANOJ TANDON
GREGORY MARTIN
TOPALLI MURTI
JAMES M. KREBS
THE RICHARD PZENA DESCENDANTS TRUST, THE AARON PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE MICHELE PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE DANIEL PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE ERIC PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE RACHEL THERESA GOETZ TRUST
THE CARRIE ESTHER GOETZ TRUST
THE KRISHNA FAMILY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY DYNASTY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE MICHAEL D. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE SARAH M. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
CC GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST I
ANTONIO DESPIRITO
ADS III 2007 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
BENJAMIN SILVER
BSS GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
LJK TRUST I
LJK TRUST IV
MILESTONE ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
PIPING BROOK, LLC
         
By:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
   
 
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Class B Stockholders    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Wayne A. Palladino
 
Name: Wayne A. Palladino
   
 
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Class B Stockholders    

 


 

ANNEX A
FORM OF ADDITIONAL PARTY
SIGNATURE PAGE
          THE UNDERSIGNED has caused this Additional Party Signature Page to be duly executed as of the date written below intending to become a party to, and be bound by, the Class B Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, as amended to date, among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. and the Class B Stockholders parties thereto.
             
         
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Date:        

 

 

Exhibit 10.1
FINAL
AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)
Organized as of
November 27, 1995
Restated as of
January 3, 1996
Amended and Restated as of
January 3, 2005
Further Amended and Restated as of
January 3, 2006
Further Amended and Restated as of
December 31, 2006,
as amended as of March 31, 2007
Further Amended and Restated as of
October 30, 2007

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page
ARTICLE I GENERAL PROVISIONS     1  
       
 
       
  1.01.    
Formation, Continuation and Name
    1  
       
 
       
  1.02.    
Principal Place of Business; Registered Office
    2  
       
 
       
  1.03.    
Purposes and Powers
    2  
       
 
       
  1.04.    
Organization
    3  
       
 
       
  1.05.    
Classes and Sub-Classes of Members
    3  
       
 
       
  1.06.    
Classes of Units
    3  
       
 
       
  1.07.    
Register of Members
    4  
       
 
       
  1.08.    
Certain Definitions
    4  
       
 
       
  1.09.    
Construction
    11  
       
 
       
ARTICLE II CAPITALIZATION     11  
       
 
       
  2.01.    
Contributions
    11  
       
 
       
  2.02.    
Additional Capital Contributions
    12  
       
 
       
  2.03.    
Members and the Executive Committee Not Liable
    12  
       
 
       
  2.04.    
Capital Accounts
    12  
       
 
       
ARTICLE III INCOME AND LOSSES; ALLOCATION; DISTRIBUTIONS     13  
       
 
       
  3.01.    
Allocation of Company Income and Loss
    13  
       
 
       
  3.02.    
Tax Allocations
    14  
       
 
       
  3.03.    
Distributions
    15  
       
 
       
  3.04.    
Tax Distributions
    15  
       
 
       
  3.05.    
Restrictions on Distributions
    15  
       
 
       
  3.06.    
Withholding
    15  
       
 
       
  3.07.    
Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member
    15  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IV COSTS AND EXPENSES     16  
       
 
       
  4.01.    
Operating Costs
    16  
       
 
       
ARTICLE V MEMBERS     16  
       
 
       
  5.01.    
Liability of Members
    16  
       
 
       
  5.02.    
Management of Business
    16  
       
 
       
  5.03.    
Withdrawal
    17  


 

                 
            Page
  5.04.    
Substitute Member
    17  
       
 
       
  5.05.    
Power of Attorney
    18  
       
 
       
  5.06.    
Voting
    18  
       
 
       
  5.07.    
Non-Solicitation/Non Compete
    19  
       
 
       
  5.08.    
Confidentiality; Work for Hire
    21  
       
 
       
  5.09.    
New Class B Members and Issuance of Class B Units
    23  
       
 
       
  5.10.    
Investment Representations of Members
    23  
       
 
       
  5.11.    
Relationship With the Managing Member
    24  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VI TRANSFER OF UNITS     27  
       
 
       
  6.01.    
Transfer of Units
    27  
       
 
       
  6.02.    
Vesting and Forfeiture of Units
    28  
       
 
       
  6.03.    
Drag Along Rights
    30  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VII MANAGING MEMBER; EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE; OFFICERS     31  
       
 
       
  7.01.    
Powers of the Managing Member
    31  
       
 
       
  7.02.    
Executive Committee
    32  
       
 
       
  7.03.    
Administrative Officers
    32  
       
 
       
  7.04.    
Binding Company
    33  
       
 
       
  7.05.    
Reliance by Third Parties
    33  
       
 
       
  7.06.    
Duties of Managing Member, the Executive Committee and Employee Members
    33  
       
 
       
  7.07.    
Liability of Managing Member and the Executive Committee
    34  
       
 
       
  7.08.    
Indemnification, Reliance and Fiduciary Duty
    34  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VIII DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY     36  
       
 
       
  8.01.    
Dissolution
    36  
       
 
       
  8.02.    
Liquidation
    36  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IX RESERVES UPON DISSOLUTION     37  
       
 
       
  9.01.    
Reserves
    37  
       
 
       
  9.02.    
Distribution of Reserves
    37  
       
 
       
ARTICLE X ACCOUNTING     37  
       
 
       
  10.01.    
Accounts of the Company
    37  
       
 
       
  10.02.    
Annual Reports to Members
    38  
       
 
       
  10.03.    
Tax Returns and Tax Elections
    38  

ii 


 

                 
            Page
  10.04.    
No Further Rights to Books and Records
    39  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS     39  
       
 
       
  11.01.    
Amendments
    39  
       
 
       
  11.02.    
Severability
    40  
       
 
       
  11.03.    
Notices
    40  
       
 
       
  11.04.    
No Waiver
    41  
       
 
       
  11.05.    
Copy on File
    41  
       
 
       
  11.06.    
Governing Law
    41  
       
 
       
  11.07.    
Binding Effect
    41  
       
 
       
  11.08.    
Entire Agreement
    41  
       
 
       
  11.09.    
Other Activities
    41  
       
 
       
  11.10.    
Further Assurances
    41  
       
 
       
  11.11.    
Counterparts
    41  
       
 
       
  11.12.    
Table of Contents and Captions Not Part of Agreement
    42  
       
 
       
  11.13.    
Waiver of Right to Partition
    42  
       
 
       
ARTICLE I GENERAL PROVISIONS     2  
       
 
       
  1.01.    
General.
    2  
       
 
       
  1.02.    
Certain Definitions.
    2  
       
 
       
ARTICLE II EXCHANGE     3  
       
 
       
  2.01.    
Exchange Dates; Exchange Notices
    3  

iii 


 

             
        Page
2.02
  Permissible Exchanges by Class B Members        
 
           
2.03.
  Exchange Request.     6  
 
           
2.04.
  Closing Date     6  
 
           
2.05.
  Closing Conditions     7  
 
           
2.06.
  Closing Deliveries.     8  
 
           
2.07.
  Expenses.     8  
 
           
2.08.
  Termination of Class B Membership; Cancellation of Class B Units; Issuance of Class A Units.     8  
 
           
2.09.
  Tax Treatment.     8  

iv 


 

         
        Page
   
2.10. Amendments.
  9
   
 
   
   
ANNEX A Instrument of Transfer
  1
   
 
   
Exhibit A – 2006 Plan
Exhibit B – Exchange Rights of Class B Members
Exhibit C – Registration Rights Agreement


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
          This Amended and Restated Operating Agreement made as of November 27, 1995, restated as of January 3, 1996, further amended and restated as of January 3, 2005, further amended and restated as of January 3, 2006, further amended and restated as of December 31, 2006, further amended as of March 31, 2007, and further amended and restated as of October 30, 2007 by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Pzena Inc. ”), and each other person that executes and delivers a counterpart of this Agreement and is included in the Register of Members. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings set forth in Section 1.08.
          WHEREAS, Pzena Investment Management, LLC was formed on November 27, 1995 pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.) (the “ Act ”);
          WHEREAS, the obligations of the Members are governed pursuant to a certain Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of December 31, 2006, as amended as of March 31, 2007 (as so amended, the “ 2006 Operating Agreement ”);
          WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend and restate the 2006 Operating Agreement on the terms herein provided; and
          WHEREAS, the Members desire to participate in the Company for the purposes described herein.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby amend and restate the 2006 Operating Agreement in its entirety on the foregoing and following terms and conditions:
ARTICLE I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     1.01. Formation, Continuation and Name . The Company has been formed under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Managing Member and the other Members hereby agree to continue the Company under and pursuant to the terms of the Act and agree further that the rights, duties and obligations of the Members shall be as provided in the Act except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The name of the Company shall be Pzena Investment Management, LLC, provided that the Managing Member shall have the right to change the name of the Company, upon written notice to each of the Members.

 


 

     1.02. Principal Place of Business; Registered Office . The principal office of the Company shall be maintained at 120 West 45th Street, 20th Floor, New York, New York, 10036, or at such other location as the Managing Member may designate from time to time. The registered office of the Company shall be 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.
     1.03. Purposes and Powers . The purpose of the Company shall be to manage investment portfolios for, and provide investment advice to, investors of all kinds, including individuals, endowments, trusts and estates, charitable foundations, partnerships, corporations, mutual funds, investment funds and other investment companies, and tax-exempt funds such as pension and profit-sharing plans, to engage in any and all businesses and activities similar to, related to or which will enhance any of the foregoing and to engage in any other lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. In furtherance of the aforesaid purposes, the Company shall have authority to do all things necessary or convenient for the accomplishment thereof, alone or with others, as principal or agent, including, without limiting the foregoing, the following:
          (a) invest in and trade, for and on behalf of itself or its advisory clients, equity or debt securities, or options, convertible securities, interest-bearing or interest rate sensitive marketable securities (including those issued or guaranteed by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority of the United States or instrumentalities of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority of the United States), derivative securities of all kinds, currency and commodities contracts, options, futures and forward contracts with respect to any of the foregoing, and any other instruments which are traded in normal channels of trading for securities and commodities (all of the foregoing sometimes referred to herein as “ Securities ”), and to vote such Securities, solicit the voting of such Securities and to otherwise engage with respect to such Securities in transactions in connection with mergers, consolidations, acquisitions, transfers of assets, tender offers, exchange offers, recapitalizations, liquidations, or other similar transactions;
          (b) to hold all or any part of the assets, property or funds of the Company in cash or cash equivalents;
          (c) to borrow or obtain credit from time to time, including for the purpose of financing transactions in Securities, to secure the payment of any such indebtedness or credit by mortgage, pledge, conveyance or assignment in trust, of the whole or any part of the assets or property of the Company, whether at the time owned or thereafter acquired, to enter into repurchase agreements and to buy, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any evidence of such indebtedness or obligation;
          (d) to lend any of its assets, property or funds, including any Securities, either with or without security;

2


 

          (e) to select brokers and dealers for its clients and to open, maintain and close accounts with such brokers, including margin accounts;
          (f) to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks and other orders for the payment of money;
          (g) to engage accountants, solicitors, custodians, attorneys and any and all other agents, employees or assistants, both professional and nonprofessional, and to compensate them for such services;
          (h) to file statements and forms under the Advisers Act and other applicable regulatory Laws;
          (i) to sue, prosecute, settle or compromise all claims against third parties, to compromise, settle or accept judgment in respect of claims against the Company and to execute all documents and make all representations, admissions and waivers in connection therewith; and
          (j) to enter into, make and perform all other contracts, indemnifications, guarantees, agreements and undertakings of any kind as the Managing Member may deem necessary, appropriate, advisable or incident to carrying out the purpose of the Company.
     1.04. Organization . The Company was organized upon the filing of its certificate of formation in the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 27, 1995, and the Company shall continue until the occurrence of an act or event specified in Section 8.01 hereof.
     1.05. Classes and Sub-Classes of Members . The Company shall have two classes of Members: (a) the Managing Member and (b) the Class B Members. The Class B Members shall be comprised of three sub-classes: (a) Employee Members; (b) Permitted Transferees of Employee Members; and (c) Non-Employee Members. The Employee Member sub-class shall be comprised of two groups: (a) Initial Managing Principals and (b) Ordinary Employee Members. The Ordinary Employee Member group shall be comprised of two sub-groups: (a) 1% Employee Members and (b) other Ordinary Employee Members.
     1.06. Classes of Units . The Company shall have two classes of Units: (a) Class A Units, which shall be held by the Managing Member and only by the Managing Member; and (b) Class B Units, which shall be held by the Class B Members and only by the Class B Members. The Class B Units may be vested or unvested and, except as expressly provided herein, any reference to Class B Units shall be a reference to vested and unvested Class B Units. Except as provided in this Agreement, (i) vested and unvested Class B Units shall share equally in rights to allocations and distributions by the Company; (ii) vested Class B Units may be exchanged pursuant to Exhibit B and unvested Class B Units may not be so exchanged; (iii) unvested Class

3


 

B Units shall vest pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.02; and (iv) vested and unvested Class B Units may be forfeited by a Class B Member under the circumstances and in the number set forth in this Agreement.
     1.07. Register of Members . The Managing Member shall maintain and modify, or cause to be maintained and modified, a register (the “ Register of Members ”) that sets forth (a) the name and address of each Member; (b) the class and, if applicable, sub-class of each Member; (c) with respect to a Permitted Transferee of an Employee Member, the name of such Employee Member; (d) with respect to any unvested Class B Units, the number and date of issuance of each tranche of Units issued or awarded to such Member; (e) the vesting provisions, if any, applicable to each such tranche (which vesting provisions may be specified by reference to other documents held with the records of the Company); and (f) such other information as the Managing Member may deem to be appropriate. In connection with any modification, the Managing Member or an Administrative Officer designated by the Managing Member shall duly execute a copy of the Register of Members maintained in accordance with this Agreement. Absent manifest error, a duly executed Register of Members shall be conclusive evidence as to the information contained therein.
     1.08. Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
          “ 2006 Operating Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Accounting Period ” shall mean, as the context may require: (a) the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on December 31 of the same year; (b) any subsequent twelve (12) month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 and (c) any portion of the period described in clauses (a) or (b) for which the Company is required or elects to allocate items of Company Income and Company Loss, or any other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ Act ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
          “ Administrative Officer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03 hereof.
          “ Advisers Act ” shall mean the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
          “ Affiliate(s) ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or through one (1) or more intermediaries, controls or is controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “control” and its corollaries shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract, as trustee or executor or otherwise.

4


 

          “ Agreement ” shall mean this Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, including each schedule and exhibit hereto, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, provided that the Register of Members shall not be a part of this Agreement.
          “ Business Day ” shall mean any day on which commercial banks located in New York, New York are not required or authorized by Law to remain closed.
          “ Capital Account(s) ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a) hereof.
          “ Capital Contribution(s) ” shall mean the contribution made by a Member to the capital of the Company from time to time pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02 hereof.
          “ Capital Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to a Member, as of any determination date, a percentage, expressed as a fraction the numerator of which is the Capital Account balance of such Member and the denominator of which is the aggregate Capital Accounts balances of all Members.
          “ Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Employee Member, (a) such Employee Member’s being charged or indicted for a felony involving the Company Group’s business, or being convicted of any other felony (or guilty plea, or nolo contendere plea in connection therewith), (b) such Employee Member’s willfully and materially defrauding the Company Group, or (c) such Employee Member’s committing a willful and material breach of such Employee Member’s obligations to protect the Company Group’s confidential information, such Employee Member’s obligation of loyalty to the Company Group or such Employee Member’s obligation to comply with the Company Group’s Code of Ethics or any other compliance regulations, policies or procedures, (d) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Employee Member in the performance of such Employee Member’s duties which gross negligence or willful misconduct has the purpose, or the reasonably likely effect, of causing material harm to the Company Group, or (e) such Employee Member fails to maintain in good standing any and all licenses, registrations or other permits necessary for the performance of his duties hereunder. For purposes of the definition of Cause, “materially,” and “material” shall mean damages caused to the Company Group in excess of $100,000 or any significant damage to the reputation of the Company Group.
          “ Chairman ” shall mean the chairman of the Board of Directors of the Managing Member or, if no Person shall hold such title, the senior most executive officer of the Managing Member, whether designated as the chief executive officer, the president or otherwise.
          “ Chief Compliance Officer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(b) hereof.
          “ Class A Share(s) ” shall mean share(s) of Class A common stock of the Managing Member.
          “ Class A Unit(s) ” shall mean those Unit(s) in the Company held by the Managing Member.
          “ Class B Share(s) ” shall mean share(s) of Class B common stock of the Managing Member.

5


 

          “ Class B Member(s) ” shall mean those Person(s) that have executed and delivered a counterpart of this Agreement and are named in the Register of Members as Class B Members.
          “ Class B Stockholders Agreement ” shall mean the Class B Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Managing Member and holders of Class B Shares, as amended or modified from time to time.
          “ Class B Unit(s) ” shall mean those Unit(s) in the Company held by Class B Member(s).
          “ Client ” shall mean, for purposes of Section 5.07(b) hereof, any Person who, in its own name or through an Affiliate, has assets under management of at least $5,000,000 with the Company Group and any Person with an account of $5,000,000 or more in any mutual fund or other collective investment vehicle advised or subadvised by the Company Group as of the date of cessation of the Employee Member’s employment, or, in either such case, within any time within six (6) months prior to the date of cessation and any other Person who was solicited (in person or by phone) by the Company Group for the purpose of placing assets under management within six (6) months before such termination (a “ Prospect ”), except that such Prospect shall cease to be a Client hereunder if such Prospect does not actually place assets under the Company Group’s management within six (6) months after the termination of the Employee Member’s employment with the Company Group.
          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time (or any succeeding Law), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. References to sections of the Code shall include amended or successor provisions thereto.
          “ Company ” shall mean this limited liability company.
          “ Company Group ” shall mean the Managing Member, the Company and any Person controlled by the Managing Member or the Company.
          “ Company Income ” and “ Company Loss ”, for any period, shall mean, respectively, the profits, income, gain, credit, deduction or loss determined by the Company in accordance with GAAP. In the event that the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (c) or (d) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment will be treated as an item of Company Income (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or Company Loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the Asset) from the disposition of such asset, and shall be taken into account in determining Company Income and Company Loss.
          “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08(a) hereof.
          “ Covered Person ” shall mean the Managing Member, each Member, each officer and director of the Managing Member, each Executive Committee member, the Chief Compliance Officer and any Administrative Officer.
          “ Disabling Conduct ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.08(a) hereof.

6


 

          “ Employee Member ” shall mean a Member who is or was at any time employed by the Company Group.
          “ Equity Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11(e)(i) hereof.
          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
          “ Executive Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02 hereof.
          “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean the calendar year.
          “ GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect at the time any applicable financial statements were prepared.
          “ Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” shall mean any instrumentality, subdivision, court, administrative agency, commission, official or other authority of the United States or any other country or any state, province, prefect, municipality, locality or other government or political subdivision thereof, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.
          “ Gross Asset Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset of the Company, such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
          (a) the initial aggregate Gross Asset Values of the assets of the Company as of the date of this Agreement shall be as set forth on the books and records of the Company;
          (b) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion;
          (c) the Gross Asset Value of all Company assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion, immediately prior to: (i) the contribution of more than a de minimis amount of assets to the Company by a new or an existing Member as consideration for an Interest; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets as consideration for the Interest of such Member; (iii) the issuance, forfeiture (or redemption) of more than a de minimis amount of Units after the date of this Agreement; (iv) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and (v) such other times as the Managing Member may determine in its sole discretion; provided, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this sentence will be made only if the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

7


 

          (d) the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member will be adjusted so as to equal the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as determined by the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, and any increase or decrease required to effect such adjustment will be treated as an item of Company Income or Company Loss, as applicable; and
          (e) if the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) above, such Gross Asset Value will thereafter be adjusted by the depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Company Income and Company Loss.
          “ Initial Managing Principal ” shall mean each of Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, A. Rama Krishna and William L. Lipsey.
          “ Interest(s) ” when used in reference to an interest in the Company, shall mean the entire ownership interest of a Member in the Company at any particular time.
          “ Investment Advisory Service ” shall mean any services that involve (1) the management of an investment account or fund (or portions thereof or a group of investment accounts or funds), (2) the giving of advice with respect to the investment and/or reinvestment of assets or funds (or any group of assets or funds), or (3) otherwise acting as an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Advisers Act (whether or not required to be registered under such act), and performing activities related or incidental thereto, provided that “Investment Advisory Services” shall exclude any service in respect of which no compensation or economic benefit is provided directly or indirectly to any person in respect of such service.
          “ Law ” shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.
          “ Legal Representative(s) ” shall mean any and all executors, administrators, committees, guardians, conservators or trustees, in bankruptcy or otherwise, of a Member.
          “ Lien ” shall mean a mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, right of others, claim, security interest, encumbrance, easement, right of way, restriction on the use of real property, title defect, title retention agreement, voting trust agreement, option, right of first refusal, lien, charge, license to third parties, lease to third parties, restriction on transfer or assignment, or other restriction or limitation of any nature or irregularities in title.
          “ Majority In Interest of the Class B Members ” shall mean, as of the time of determination, Class B Members holding more than 50% of the issued and outstanding Class B Units at such time.
          “ Managing Member ” shall mean Pzena Inc. and any other successor of Pzena Inc.

8


 

          “ Member(s) ” shall mean each of those Persons identified on the Register of Members as the Managing Member and Class B Members for so long they own Interests and any Person who becomes a substitute Member in accordance with Section 5.04 hereof.
          “ Non-Compete Period ” shall mean (a) with respect to an Initial Managing Principal, the period from the date of this Agreement through the third anniversary of the date of termination of employment of such Initial Managing Principal with the Company Group, (b) with respect to a 1% Member, the period from the date of this Agreement through the end of the Non-Compete Period applicable to such 1% Member as set forth in Section 5.07(f) and (c) with respect to an Employee Member other than an Initial Managing Principal or a 1% Member, the period from the date of this Agreement through the date of termination of employment of such Employee Member with the Company Group.
          “ Non-Employee Member ” shall mean a Class B Member that is not (a) an Employee Member or (b) a Permitted Transferee of an Employee Member.
          “ Non-Solicitation Period ” shall mean (a) with respect to an Initial Managing Principal, the period from the date of this Agreement through the third anniversary of the date of termination of employment of such Initial Managing Principal with the Company Group and (b) with respect to any other Member, the period from the date of this Agreement through the eighteenth month anniversary of the date of termination of employment of such other Member with the Company Group.
          “ 1% Member ” shall mean, at the time of determination, (a) with respect to an Employee that is employed by the Company Group, an Employee Member holding, together with Units transferred by such Employee Member to, and held by, his or her Permitted Transferees, not less than 1% of all outstanding Units of the Company at such time and (b) with respect to an Employee Member that was, but is no longer, employed by the Company Group, an Employee Member holding, together with Units transferred by such Employee Member to, and held by, his or her Permitted Transferees, not less than 1% of all outstanding Units of the Company on the date of termination of employment of such Employee Member so long as, pursuant to Section 5.07(f), (i) the Managing Member elects to treat such Employee Member as a 1% Member and (ii) the Company Group satisfies its payment obligations to such 1% Member.
          “ Ordinary Employee Member ” shall mean an Employee Member other than an Initial Founding Principal.
          “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to an Employee Member, any Person to whom such Employee Member (or, in the case of a subsequent Transfer, a Permitted Transferee of such Employee Member) transferred Class B Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, provided that (a) neither the Company nor the Managing Member shall be designated as a Permitted Transferee of an Employee Member following a Transfer of Class B Units to the Company or the Managing Member, as the case may be, and (b) the Managing Member and such Employee Member may agree in writing that a transferee of such Employee Member shall be designated as an Employee Member or a Non-Employee Member rather than as a Permitted Transferee of such Employee Member.

9


 

          “ Person(s) ” shall mean any individual, partnership (whether general or limited), joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, trust, an incorporated organization and a Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other entity.
          “ Plan ” shall mean (a) the 2006 Plan or (b) any other equity incentive plan that may hereinafter be adopted by the Company.
          “ Prime Rate ” shall mean U.S. prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal on the business day immediately prior to the date of determination.
          “ Pzena Inc. ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
          “ Register of Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.07 hereof.
          “ Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Resale and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Pzena Inc. and the Persons who, on or following such date, may become parties to such agreement.
          “ Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03(a) hereof.
          “ Selling Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03 hereof.
          “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
          “ Sharing Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Member, a percentage, expressed as a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Units held by all Members.
          “ Super Majority In Interest of the Class B Members ” shall mean, as of the time of determination, Class B Members holding more than 66 2/3% of the issued and outstanding Class B Units at such time.
          “ Tax Allowance Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Member for any fiscal quarter of the Company, an amount equal to the product of: (i) the highest combined federal and applicable state and local tax rate applicable to any Member in respect of the taxable income and taxable loss of the Company in respect of such fiscal quarter, taking into account the deductibility of state and local taxes for federal income tax purposes, times (ii) an amount equal to the remainder of (a) such Member’s share of the estimated net taxable income allocable to such Member arising from its ownership of an interest in the Company calculated through such fiscal quarter minus (b) the sum of (1) any net losses (for income tax purposes) of the Company for prior Fiscal Years and such fiscal quarter that are allocable to such Member that were not previously utilized in the calculation of the Tax Allowance Amounts in a prior Fiscal Year and (2) the amount of all prior distributions (including distributions of Tax Allowance Amounts) for such Fiscal Year, all as determined by the Managing Member.
          “ Transfer ” shall mean, as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, creation of a security interest or other disposition and, as a verb,

10


 

voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of.
          “ 2007 Plan ” shall mean the Pzena Investment Management, Inc. Equity and Incentive Plan, as hereafter amended, modified or supplemented, and any other successor incentive plan.
          “ 2006 Plan ” shall mean the Pzena Investment Management, LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , as hereafter amended, modified or supplemented.
          “ Unit(s) ” shall mean the Class A Units and the Class B Units (whether or not vested).
          “ Works ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08(g) hereof.
     1.09. Construction . For the purposes of this Agreement (a) any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders; (b) any words imparting the singular number only shall include the plural and visa versa; (c) the terms “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereby” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the exhibits and schedules hereto) and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires; (d) the word “including” or any variation thereof means “including, without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it; (e) any reference in this Agreement to “dollars” or ($) shall mean United States dollars; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) all references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days unless otherwise specified; (h) all references to an “employee” of the Company Group shall include any natural person that provides personal services to any member of the Company Group, whether or not such natural person is treated as a “partner” (rather than as an employee) for tax and tax withholding purposes; (i) any reference in this Agreement to “writing” or comparable expressions includes a reference to facsimile transmissions or comparable means of communication; and (j) references to any statute or statutory provision shall include a reference to that statute or statutory provision as amended, consolidated or replaced from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) and include subordinate legislation made under the relevant statute or statutory provision.
ARTICLE II
CAPITALIZATION
     2.01. Contributions .
          (a) The Managing Member and each Class B Member identified on the Register of Members has the number of Units of such designation as set forth opposite such Member’s name and each has been duly admitted to the Company. The Company shall also set forth in its books and records Capital Contributions made by each Member.

11


 

          (b) At the time of admittance as a Class B Member, each Person being so admitted shall have its name and the number of Units being granted to such Class B Member upon admittance, including any conditions, adjustments or special provisions determined by the Managing Member to be applicable to such Class B Member, added to the Register of Members and shall have its Capital Contributions, if any, recorded in the books and records of the Company. The Managing Member may admit Class B Members and issue Class B Units for contributions, or on terms and conditions determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion, it being expressly understood and agreed among the Class B Members that such contribution and such terms and conditions may be different from the corresponding terms and conditions for other Class B Members.
          (c) No Member shall be entitled to the return of its Capital Contributions at any particular time.
     2.02. Additional Capital Contributions . No Member shall be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions. In addition, no Member shall be permitted to make additional Capital Contributions of cash or property without the express permission of the Managing Member, which permission may be withheld for any or no reason.
     2.03. Members and the Executive Committee Not Liable . None of the Managing Member, any other Member or any member of the Executive Committee shall be liable for any obligation or liability of the Company or for distribution, return or payment of all or any portion of the Capital Contributions or any additions to the Capital Accounts of any Member (or successor, assignee or transferee), it being expressly agreed that any such distribution, return or payment as may be made at any time, or from time to time, shall be made solely from the assets (which shall not include any right of contribution from the Managing Member, any Member or any member of the Executive Committee) of the Company.
     2.04. Capital Accounts .
          (a) A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be maintained for each Member on the books of the Company.
          (b) The Capital Account for each Member will be maintained in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and the following provisions:
               (1) to such Member’s Capital Account there will be credited such Member’s Capital Contributions, such Member’s distributive share of Company Income and other items of income or gain specially allocated hereunder, and the amount of any Company liabilities that are assumed by such Member or that are secured by any Company assets distributed to such Member;

12


 

               (2) to such Member’s Capital Account there will be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other property of the Company distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member’s distributive share of Company Losses and other items of loss, expense and deduction specially allocated hereunder, and the amount of any liabilities of such Member that are assumed by the Company or that are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company;
               (3) in determining the amount of any liability for purposes of this subsection (b), there will be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations; and
               (4) such Member’s Capital Account will be appropriately adjusted to take into account any adjustments to the Gross Asset Value of Company assets in accordance with the definition of the term “Gross Asset Value” set forth in Section 1.08.
          (c) After the date of this Agreement, in the event that all or a portion of any Interest in the Company is Transferred (other than pursuant to the granting of a Lien) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee will succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent such Capital Account relates to the portion of the Interest so Transferred, except to the extent otherwise agreed by the transferor, the transferee and the Managing Member.
          (d) No Member shall be entitled to receive any interest on or in respect of any amount credited to his/her/its Capital Account.
          (e) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Member shall have the right to receive a return of any portion of its Capital Account.
ARTICLE III
INCOME AND LOSSES; ALLOCATION; DISTRIBUTIONS
     3.01. Allocation of Company Income and Loss .
          (a) Subject to Sections 3.01(b) and 3.02 hereof, Company Income and Company Loss for each Accounting Period shall be allocated to and among all Members pro rata, based on their respective Sharing Percentages as of the first day of such Accounting Period. Each Member’s Capital Account balance shall be adjusted at the end of each Accounting Period by an amount equal to such allocations.

13


 

          (b) Notwithstanding Section 3.01(a), at such time as the Company makes any adjustments pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, Company Income and Company Loss shall be allocated among the Members as follows:
               (1)  First , to the Members in such proportions and such amounts, as determined by the Managing Member, as shall be necessary to cause the Capital Percentage of each Member to equal (or to be closer to) the Sharing Percentage of such Member; and
               (2)  Second , to all Members in proportion to their respective Sharing Percentages.
          (c) For purposes of determining the Company Income, Company Loss, or any other items allocable to any Accounting Period, Company Income, Company Loss and any such other items will be determined on a daily, monthly or other basis (but no less frequently than once annually), as determined by the Managing Member using any permissible method described in Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided that Company Income, Company Loss, and such other items will be allocated at such times as the Gross Asset Values of the Company are adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value in Article I.
     3.02. Tax Allocations .
          (a) Allocations for Income Tax Purposes . The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company shall be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Members, pro rata based on their Sharing Percentage. If any Interest is transferred, or is increased or decreased by reason of the admission of a new Member or otherwise, during any Accounting Period, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the Company for such Accounting Period allocable may be allocated based on any method consistent with Section 706(d) of the Code, in the sole discretion of the Managing Member.
          (b) Section 704(c) Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 3.02, in accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its fair market value on the date of contribution. Allocations pursuant to this Section 3.02(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes. As such, they shall not affect or in any way be taken into account in computing a Member’s Capital Account or share of Company Income, Company Loss, or other items or distributions pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement.

14


 

     3.03. Distributions . Subject to applicable Law and any limitations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, distributions of all capital, earnings, income and other distributable items from the Company (a) shall be made at such times as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time and (b) shall be made to Members pro rata in proportion to their respective Units. Distributions may take the form of cash, securities or other property, as determined by the Managing Member.
     3.04. Tax Distributions . Notwithstanding Section 3.03 hereof, on or before the date that estimated income taxes are required to be paid, the Managing Member shall determine the Tax Allowance Amount for each Member in respect of such quarter. Upon such determination, the Company shall distribute each Member’s Tax Allowance Amount to such Member. All such distributions shall have priority over any distributions pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof. Amounts distributed pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall be treated as distributions for all purposes of this Agreement and shall be offset against and reduce subsequent distributions made pursuant to Section 3.03.
     3.05. Restrictions on Distributions . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.03 and 3.04 hereof to the contrary, no distribution shall be made to the Members if such distribution would (i) violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any Law then applicable to the Company, (ii) have the effect of rendering the Company insolvent or (iii) result in the Company having net capital lower than that required by applicable Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall not make a distribution to a Member to the extent that at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, the aggregate of the liabilities of the Company and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company, exceed the fair value of the assets of the Company (including, without limitation, the fair value of the Company’s goodwill), except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the Company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability.
     3.06. Withholding . Each Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold and to pay to any appropriate taxing authority any taxes payable by the Company as a result of such Member’s participation in the Company; if and to the extent that the Company shall be required to withhold and pay any such taxes, such Member shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Company in the amount of the sum withheld as of the time such withholding is required to be paid to any appropriate taxing authority, which payment shall be deemed to be a distribution to such Member to the extent that the Member is then entitled to receive a distribution.
     3.07. Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member . If the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental or Regulatory Entity that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal withholding taxes, state or local personal property taxes and state or local unincorporated business taxes), then such Member shall indemnify the Company in full for the entire amount

15


 

paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). A Member’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 3.07 shall survive termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and for purposes of this Section 3.07, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member under this Section 3.07, including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification, with interest calculated at a rate equal to Prime Rate plus 2% (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law).
ARTICLE IV
COSTS AND EXPENSES
     4.01. Operating Costs . The Company shall (i) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company, and (ii) in the sole discretion of the Managing Member, reimburse the Managing Member or any member of the Executive Committee, any Administrative Officer, or any Company employee for any out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by them in connection therewith. In light of the fact that the Managing Member is the managing member of the Company and provides a means through which Class B Members may exchange their Class B Units for securities of the Managing Member, the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all expenses of the Managing Member, including, without suggesting any limitation of any kind, costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Class B Members, Board of Directors compensation and meeting costs, cost of periodic reports to its stockholders, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes, provided that, without limiting the right of the Managing Member to receive distributions pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 3.04, the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the Managing Member pursuant to this Section 4.01.
ARTICLE V
MEMBERS
     5.01. Liability of Members . Except as otherwise provided by the Act or herein, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.
     5.02. Management of Business . The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the exclusive direction of the Managing Member, which may from time to time delegate duties and authority in accordance with this Agreement to the Executive Committee, to the Administrative Officers or to others to act on behalf of the Company. The Class B Members, in their capacity as members of the Company, shall not take part in the management or control of

16


 

the Company. No Class B Member shall transact any business for the Company, and none may bind or obligate the Company, unless specifically authorized by the Managing Member or the Executive Committee to do so as part of the delegation of duties to such Class B Member as an Administrative Officer.
     5.03. Withdrawal . The Managing Member may not withdraw or resign from the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Class B Member may not withdraw or resign from the Company without the prior written consent of the Managing Member; provided, that at such time as a Class B Member no longer owns any Units, such Class B Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. The resignation or cessation of membership of a Class B Member shall not dissolve the Company.
     5.04. Substitute Member .
          (a) No Class B Member shall have the right to substitute in his place a purchaser, assignee, transferee, donee, heir, legatee, distributee, or other recipient of interests of such Class B Member (other than in compliance with the provisions of Section 5.04(b) hereof), provided that any purchaser, assignee, transferee, donee, heir, legatee, distributee or other recipient of interests shall be admitted to the Company as a substitute Class B Member with, and only with, the consent of the Managing Member, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Managing Member. Any such consent by the Managing Member shall be binding and conclusive without the consent of the Class B Members.
          (b) No Person shall become a substitute Class B Member until such Person shall have satisfied the following requirements: (i) such Person shall, by written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member, make representations and warranties to each nontransferring Member (w) with respect to the capacity, power and authority of the transferee to accept and adopt the terms and provisions of this Agreement, (x) that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the transferee does not require any consent or approval and does not violate any agreement to which the transferee is a party, (y) that the transferee has not committed any act which could serve as a basis for (I) denial, suspension or revocation of the registration of any investment adviser, including the Company, under Section 203(e) of the Advisers Act or Rule 206(4)-4(b) thereunder, or for disqualification of any investment adviser, including the Company, as an investment adviser to a registered investment company pursuant to Sections 9(a) or 9(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, (II) precluding the Company from acting as a fiduciary by operation of Section 411 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or (III) the Company failing to qualify as a Qualified Professional Asset Manager within the meaning of Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14, and (z) that are otherwise determined by the Managing Member as necessary or desired by the Company in order to comply with securities Laws, and (ii) such Person accepts and adopts the terms and provisions of this Agreement pursuant to a written instrument acceptable to the Managing Member in its sole discretion.

17


 

          (c) For the purpose of allocating Company Income and Company Losses, a Person with respect to whom the Managing Member has given consent as provided in Section 5.04(a) hereof shall be treated as having become, and shall appear in the records of the Company as, a Member on the date of the Transfer to such Person.
     5.05. Power of Attorney . Each of the Class B Members hereby constitutes and appoints the Managing Member his true and lawful representative and attorney-in-fact in his name, place and stead, with full power of substitution, to make, execute, sign, acknowledge and file with respect to the Company:
          (a) all instruments which the Managing Member deems appropriate to reflect any duly adopted amendment, change or modification of the Company’s Certificate of Formation or this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
          (b) any amendment to this Agreement and all such other instruments, documents and certificates, which may from time to time be required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the United States of America (including tax laws and regulations), or any other jurisdiction in which the Company shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof, to effectuate, implement, continue and defend the valid and subsisting existence of the Company as a limited liability company and to be treated as a partnership for tax purposes;
          (c) all applications, certificates, certifications, reports or similar instruments or documents required to be submitted by or on behalf of the Company to any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or to any securities or commodities exchange, board of trade, clearing corporation or association or similar institution or to any other self-regulatory organization or trade association; and
          (d) all papers which may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Managing Member to effect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company if approved in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
provided, that no such representative and attorney-in-fact shall have any right, power or authority to amend or modify this Agreement when acting in such capacity. The foregoing Power of Attorney is hereby declared to be a power coupled with an interest and irrevocable, and shall not be revoked by the death of a Class B Member and shall extend to such Class B Member’s Permitted Transferees.
     5.06. Voting . The Class B Units shall have no voting or consent rights except as set forth in Sections 6.03, 7.01(b), 8.01(a) and 11.01. If a vote, consent or approval of the Class B Members is required by this Agreement, then each such Class B Member shall have one vote for each Class B Unit held by such Class B Member. Except as otherwise expressly provided for

18


 

herein, (i) the Class B Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Managing Member of all such powers and rights conferred on each Class B Member by the Act with respect to the management and control of the Company and (ii) if a vote, consent or approval of the Class B Members is required by the Act or other applicable Law with respect to any act to be taken by the Company or matter considered by the Managing Member, each Class B Member agrees that it shall be deemed to have consented to or approved such act or voted on such matter in accordance with the actions of the Managing Member on such act or matter.
     5.07. Non-Solicitation/Non Compete .
          (a) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Compete Period applicable to such Employee Member, such employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as an officer, director, owner, partner, investor, member, adviser, representative, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, provide Investment Advisory Services, except in the performance of his duties with the Company Group, or engage, or assist others to engage, in whole or in part, in any business in competition with the business of the Company Group.
          (b) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company Group, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member, such Employee Member shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in the course of performing his duties to the Company Group) (i) solicit the hiring of or hire any employee of the Company Group or any Person who, within the prior six months had been an employee of the Company Group, assist in, or encourage such hiring by any Person or encourage any such employee to terminate or alter his relationship with the Company Group; (ii) in competition with the Company Group, solicit, seek, induce, pursue in any way, or accept a business relationship of any kind with, any Person who is a Client of the Company Group, including by way of indirect or sub-advisory arrangements (such obligation to include the duty of the Employee Member to decline any such offered business activity even if unsolicited); (iii) otherwise solicit, encourage or induce any Client to terminate or reduce its business or relationship with the Company Group; or (iv) otherwise take any action or have any communication with any Person which purpose is, or the reasonably likely effect of which could be, to cause any such Client to terminate, alter, reduce, modify or restrict in any way its relationship or business with the Company Group.
          (c) In the event that the Employee Member, upon notice from the Company of an inadvertent breach of Section 5.07(b) by such Employee Member, promptly pays to the Company all fees and other compensation that are earned by such Employee Member during the Non-Solicitation Period in connection with such breach, such inadvertent breach shall not be treated as a breach resulting in a forfeiture of Class B Units pursuant to Section 6.02(b)(2) or (3).

19


 

          (d) Each Employee Member acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 5.07 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company. Each Employee Member further agrees that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of any breach of any of the terms of Section 5.07, and that in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions contained in Section 5.07, the Company will have no adequate remedy at Law. Each Employee Member accordingly agrees that in the event of any actual or threatened breach by such Employee Member of any of the provisions contained in this Section 5.07, the Company shall be entitled to seek such injunctive and other equitable relief as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by a court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages and without posting any bond or other security.
          (e) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the term of any particular restrictive covenant contained in this Section 5.07 too lengthy or the geographic scope too extensive, the other provisions of this Section 5.07 shall nevertheless stand, the Non-Compete Period and the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member shall be deemed to be the longest period permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances and the geographic scope shall be deemed to comprise the largest territory permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances. The court in each case shall reduce the Non-Compete Period, the Non-Solicitation Period and/or geographic scope to permissible duration or size.
          (f) During the six (6) month period following the termination of employment of a 1% Member with the Company Group, the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause the Company Group to provide base and bonus compensation to such 1% Member at the same rate and the same time as it was then compensating such 1% Member, provided that the bonus component of such compensation applicable to such six (6) month period shall equal 50% (subject to reduction pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 5.07(f)) of the annual bonus earned by such 1% Member most recently prior to such termination of employment and shall be paid in cash promptly following the end of such six (6) month period. In the event the Managing Member elects to provide such 1% Member such compensation, the Non-Compete Period applicable to such 1% Member shall continue until the last day of such six (6) month period. In order to make such election, the Managing Member shall, within five (5) Business Days upon issuing to or receiving from a 1% Member a written notice of termination of employment, notify such 1% Member in writing whether the Company Group will provide such base and bonus compensation for such six (6) month period. If the Managing Member does not timely make such an election, then the Non-Compete Period shall end when such 1% Member’s employment with the Company Group terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a 1% Member gives a notice of termination of employment at least fourteen (14) days in advance of such termination, (i) such 1% Members’ Non-Compete Period shall be reduced, for up to ninety (90) days, by the number of days elapsed between the date of such notice and the date of the termination of such 1% Member’s employment (such number, the “ Reduced Number of Days ”), (ii) the period during which the Company shall provide compensation pursuant to this Section 5.07(f) shall be reduced by the Reduced Number of Days and (iii) the percentage contained in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 5.07(f) (including with respect to the annual bonus) shall equal the product of 50% multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 182 minus the Reduced Number of Days and the denominator of which is 182.

20


 

     5.08. Confidentiality; Work for Hire . In consideration of the benefits provided in this Agreement, each Employee Member hereby agrees to the following:
          (a) During the entire term of the Employee Member’s employment with the Company Group, the Employee Member will have access to and become acquainted with confidential proprietary information of the Company Group, including, without limitation, confidential or proprietary investment methodologies and models, market analysis, trade secrets, know-how, designs, formulae, software programs, proprietary or confidential plans, client identities and relationships, compilations of information, client lists or files, service providers, business operations or techniques, records, specifications, and data owned or used in the course of business by the Company Group (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”). The Employee Member shall not disclose any of the Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, or use it in any way, either during the Employee Member’s employment with the Company Group or at any time thereafter, except as required in the course of the Employee Member’s employment by the Company Group. All files, records, documents, drawings, specifications, equipment and similar items relating to the business of the Company Group, whether prepared by the Employee Member or otherwise coming into the Employee Member’s possession, will remain the exclusive property of the Company Group, and if removed from the premises of the Company Group will be immediately returned to the Company Group upon any termination of the Employee Member’s employment.
          (b) Each Employee Member agrees that any and all presently existing investment advisory businesses of the Company Group and all businesses developed by the Company Group, including by the Employee Member or any other employee or agent of the Company Group, including all investment methodologies, all client investment advisory contracts, fees and fee schedules, commissions, records, data, client lists, agreements, trade secrets, and any other incident of any business developed by the Company Group or earned or carried on by the Employee Member for the Company Group, and all trade names, service marks and logos under which the Company Group does business, and any combinations or variations thereof, are and shall be, the exclusive property of the Company Group for its sole use, and (where applicable) shall be, payable directly to the Company Group. In addition, the Employee Member acknowledges and agrees that the investment performance of the accounts managed by the Company Group is attributable to the efforts of the team of professionals of the Company Group (including by the Employee Member during the Employee Member’s employment with the Company Group) and not to the efforts of any single individual, and that, therefore, (i) the performance records of the accounts managed by the Company Group (including by the Employee Member during the Employee Member’s employment with the Company Group) are and shall be the exclusive property of the Company Group and (ii) such records may not be used or cited by such Employee Member at any time except as required in the course of the Employee Member’s employment by the Company Group or with the prior written consent of the Managing Member.
          (c) As used in this Section 5.08, the term “Confidential Information” does not include information that the Employee Member can document (i) becomes or has been generally

21


 

available to the public other than as a result of the Employee Member’s or its representative’s disclosure; (ii) was available to the Employee Member on a non confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Company Group; or (iii) is independently developed or becomes available to the Employee Member on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company Group.
          (d) The Employee Member agrees that the Employee Member has not and will not during the term of the Employee Member’s employment with the Company Group: (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other Person with which the Employee Member has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by the Employee Member, if any; or (ii) bring onto the premises of the Company Group any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such employer or Person unless consented to in writing by such employer or Person. The Employee Member will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.
          (e) The Employee Member recognizes that the Company Group may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company Group’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Employee Member agrees that the Employee Member owes the Company Group and such third parties, during the Employee Member’s employment by the Company Group and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any Person and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company Group’s agreement with such third party.
          (f) In the event of the Employee Member’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, the Employee Member agrees promptly to surrender and deliver to the Company all records, notes, materials, equipment, drawings, documents and data of any nature pertaining to any Confidential Information or to his employment, and the Employee Member will not retain or take with the Employee Member any tangible materials containing or pertaining to any Confidential Information that the Employee Member may produce, acquire or obtain access to during the course of his employment.
          (g) Works Made for Hire .
               (1) The Employee Member acknowledges that all work performed by the Employee Member for the Company Group, including without limitation copyrights, patents, inventions or any other works (collectively, the “ Works ”), shall be considered “works made for hire” as defined in the United States Copyright Act, as amended. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company is the Person for whom this work is prepared and is considered the sole and original author of any work done by the Employee Member hereunder. Therefore, the Company owns all of the right, title and interest in

22


 

and to the Works, and shall have the sole and exclusive right (and may grant to others the right) in perpetuity throughout the universe, to copyright, use, modify, change, adapt or exploit the Works (and permit others to do the same) by any means, for any purpose, in any media, now known or hereafter devised. The Employee Member hereby waives any and all moral rights that he, or any Person working on his behalf, may have pursuant to any Laws or in any jurisdiction regarding the Works.
               (2) In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction ever determines that any of the Works are not “works made for hire,” then such Works and all rights therein shall be deemed assigned to the Company (and/or its successors or assigns). The foregoing assignment includes all worldwide rights of any kind in and to the Works (whether or not such rights are recognized in the United States or any other country in the world) including, all rights incident to copyright ownership (including renewals or extensions), to claims for damages by reason of past infringement and to the right to sue and recover such damages for the use and benefit of the Company. Upon the Company’s reasonable request, the Employee Member agrees to execute additional documents, if any, necessary to evidence, establish, maintain or protect the Company Group’s (or its licensees’, successors’ or assigns’) rights in and ownership of the Works and hereby appoints the Company (and its successors or assigns) as his attorney-in-fact to execute such documents.
     5.09. New Class B Members and Issuance of Class B Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Managing Member may admit one (1) or more additional Class B Members or issue additional Class B Units to an existing Class B Member at any time. As determined by the Managing Member, the admission of additional Class B Members may result in dilution of the Interests of the Company’s then existing Members. No existing Member shall be entitled to be compensated or reimbursed on account of any such dilution, nor will any Member be entitled to rights of first refusal, pre-emptive rights or any other rights or benefits as a result of the issuance of additional Units to any existing Member or the admission of a new Class B Member. The Managing Member may do all things appropriate or convenient in connection with the issuance of Units or the admission of any additional Class B Member. The admission of an additional Class B Member to the Company shall not dissolve the Company.
     5.10. Investment Representations of Members . Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that:
          (a) Such Member has all requisite power to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; the performance of its obligations hereunder will not result in a breach or a violation of, or a default under, any material agreement or instrument by which such Member or any of such Member’s properties is bound or any statute, rule, regulation, order or other law to which it is subject, nor require the obtaining of any consent, approval, permit or license from or filing with, any governmental authority or other Person by such Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Member of this Agreement.

23


 

          (b) This Agreement constitutes (assuming its due authorization and execution by the other Members) such Member’s legal, valid and binding obligation.
          (c) Such Member is acquiring its Interest for investment solely for such Member’s own account and not for distribution, transfer or sale to others in connection with any distribution or public offering.
          (d) Such Member (i) has received all information that such Member deems necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to an investment in the Company and (ii) has had the unrestricted opportunity to make such investigation as such Member desires pertaining to the Company and an investment therein and to verify any information furnished to such Member.
          (e) Such Member understands that such Member must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time because (i) the Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and (ii) the Interests may not be sold, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of except in accordance with this Agreement and then only if they are subsequently registered in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws is not required.
     5.11. Relationship With the Managing Member .
          (a) It is the intention of each of the Managing Member and the Class B Members that, unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member, the number of the Class A Shares and Class B Shares outstanding shall at all times equal the number of Class A Units and Class B Units outstanding, respectively, and each of the Company, the Managing Member and the Class B Members agrees to cooperate to give effect to the intent of this Section 5.11(a).
          (b) The Managing Member shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any business, or hold any assets other than (i) business conducted and assets held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) the ownership, acquisition and disposition of equity interests of the Company, (iii) the management of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iv) the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of shares, bonds, securities or other interests in compliance with this Section 5.11, (v) any activity or transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement and (vi) such activities as are incidental to the foregoing.
          (c) The Managing Member shall not own any assets or take title to assets (other than temporarily in connection with an acquisition prior to contributing such assets to the Company) other than equity interests in the Company and such cash and cash equivalents, bank accounts or

24


 

similar instruments or accounts as the Board of Directors of the Managing Member deems reasonably necessary for the Managing Member to carry out its responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement.
          (d) The Managing Member shall, directly, maintain at all times ownership of all outstanding Class A Units, and shall not permit any Person to possess or exercise a right or ability to remove, replace, appoint or elect the Managing Member of the Company.
          (e) If the Managing Member issues any equity securities after the date of this Agreement:
               (i) at any time the Managing Member issues any equity securities other than pursuant to the 2007 Plan, the Managing Member shall immediately contribute all the cash proceeds, assets or other consideration or payments received from or in respect of the issuance of securities and from the exercise of any rights contained in any such securities, including from a Class B Member in respect of such issuance (collectively, the “ Equity Proceeds ”) (x) to the Company and the Company shall immediately issue to the Managing Member, in exchange for the Equity Proceeds contributed to the Company and any deemed Capital Contributions pursuant to Section 5.11(e)(iii), (A) in the case of an issuance of a Class A Share, one Class A Unit, and (B) in the case of an issuance of any other equity securities by the Managing Member, a new class or series of units or other equity securities with designations, preferences and other rights, terms and provisions that are substantially the same as those of such Managing Member’s equity securities equal in number to the number of the Managing Member’s equity securities issued or, (y) if otherwise agreed in writing by the Managing Member and any other Member, to such Member and such Member shall immediately transfer to the Manager, in exchange for such Equity Proceeds, applicable Class B Units held by such Member, which Class B Units shall be automatically converted upon transfer, (A) in the case of an issuance of a Class A Share, one Class A Unit or, (B) in the case of an issuance of any other securities by the Managing Member, a new class or series of units or other equity securities with designations, preferences and other rights, terms and provisions that are substantially the same as those of such Managing Member’s equity securities equal in number to the number of the Managing Member’s equity securities issued;
               (ii) at any time the Managing Member issues a Class A Share pursuant to the 2007 Plan (whether pursuant to the exercise of a stock option or the grant of a stock award or otherwise), (x) the Managing Member shall be deemed to have contributed to the Company an amount of cash equal to the per share closing price of its Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the trading day immediately prior to the date of such issuance (or, if earlier, on the date the related option is exercised) and shall concurrently transfer the Equity Proceeds, if any, to the Company (such Equity Proceeds shall not constitute a Capital Contribution) and (y) the Company shall be deemed to have purchased from the Managing Member the Class A Shares for the amount of cash deemed contributed by the Managing Member to the Company pursuant to clause (x) above and shall issue one Class A Unit to the Managing Member; and

25


 

               (iii) in the event of any issuance of Class A Shares by the Managing Member, and the contribution to the Company, by the Managing Member, of the cash proceeds or other consideration or payments received from or in respect of such issuance (including from a Class B Member in respect of such issuance), if the cash proceeds or other consideration or payments actually received by the Managing Member are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance (after giving effect to any consideration or payments paid by Class B Members in respect of such issuance), the Managing Member shall be deemed to have made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount equal to the sum of the cash proceeds or other consideration or payments of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount and other expenses paid by the Managing Member, which discount and expense shall be treated as an expense for the benefit of the Company for purposes of Section 4.01.
          (f) If, at any time, any Class A Shares (or such other class or series of equity securities) of the Managing Member is to be redeemed by the Managing Member for cash, the Company shall, immediately prior to such redemption, redeem one (1) Class A Unit (or such other class or series of equity securities in the Company) held by the Managing Member, upon the same term and for the same price per Class A Unit (or such other class or series of equity securities in the Company), as such Class A Shares (or such other class or series of equity securities of the Managing Member).
          (g) Neither the Company nor the Managing Member shall in any manner subdivide (by split, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combine (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) their respective class or series of outstanding units and common stock with designations, preferences and other rights, terms and provisions that are substantially the same, unless such class of series of units or common stock are subdivided or combined concurrently in an identical manner.
          (h) Each Class B Member shall, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, in the event that any Class B Units are issued by the Company to such Class B Member subsequent to the date hereof, concurrently with such subsequent issuance, (i) execute and deliver to the Managing Member a subscription agreement in form satisfactory to the Managing Member, subscribing to a number of Class B Shares equal to the number of Class B Units held by such Class B Member as of the date hereof or, with respect to a subsequent issuance, the number of Class B Units to be issued to such Class B Member at such subsequent issuance, (ii) pay to the Managing Member consideration for such subscribed Class B Shares at the par value, (iii) if such Class B Member is not a party to the Class B Stockholders Agreement, execute and deliver to the Managing Member a counterpart to the Class B Stockholders Agreement or an additional party signature page thereto and (iv) execute and deliver to the Managing Member such instruments, certificates, agreements and other documents as may be reasonably required by the Managing Member to effect the issuance of such subscribed Class B Shares. The Managing Member shall issue to such Class B Member, upon receipt of the foregoing, the Class B Shares so subscribed.

26


 

          (i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.11, the Managing Member may incur indebtedness and may take other actions if the Managing Member determines in good faith that such indebtedness or other actions are in the best interests of the Company.
ARTICLE VI
TRANSFER OF UNITS
     6.01. Transfer of Units .
          (a) No Class B Member or transferee thereof shall, without the prior written consent of the Managing Member, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, create, or suffer the creation of, a Lien in such Member’s Units.
          (b) The Managing Member shall not Transfer any Class A Units.
          (c) No Class B Member shall Transfer, or suffer the Transfer of, such Class B Member’s Units (including by way of indirect transfer resulting from the direct or indirect transfer of control of any entity which is a Class B Member), in whole or in part, nor enter into any agreement as the result of which any Person shall become interested with such Class B Member therein except subject to Section 6.01(d), (i) with the prior written consent of the Managing Member, which may be withheld in its sole discretion, (ii) by last will and testament to: (A) spouses or lineal descendants, (B) inter vivos trusts, (C) family limited partnerships or similar entities or (D) devices for the benefit of spouses and lineal descendants, on the condition in each case that each Transferee thereof expressly acknowledges and agrees in writing that such transferred Interests (or a portion thereof) are subject to this Agreement and all of the terms and conditions hereof or (iii) pursuant to Exhibit B hereof.
          (d) Except with the written consent of the Managing Member, no Transfer of a Unit shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio ) if, in the determination of the Managing Member,
               (1) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit;
               (2) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or of any class of Unit pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other foreign securities laws or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable state securities laws;

27


 

               (3) to the extent requested by the Managing Member, the Company does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the Managing Member, as determined in the Managing Member’s sole discretion;
               (4) such a Transfer would pose a material risk that the Company would be a “publicly traded partnership” as defined in Section 7704 of the Code;
               (5) such Transfer would result in 50 percent or more of the Company’s total “partnership interests” having been “sold or exchanged” in any 12 month period (within the meaning of Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code) and the resulting termination of the Company pursuant to Section 708(b)(1)(B) would, in the determination of the Managing Member, have a more than immaterial adverse effect on the Company or the Members; or
               (6) in the case of a Class B Unit, such transfer shall have been made in accordance with the Class B Stockholders Agreement.
          (e) Notwithstanding Section 6.02(b), (i) at any time prior to or following a Transfer of Class B Units by a Class B Member, the transferring Class B Member, the transferee and the Managing Member may agree in writing, in the sole discretion of each such Person, that all or any portion of the Class B Units that may be forfeited by a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 6.02(b) shall instead be forfeited by the Employee Member that transferred such Class B Units; and (ii) with respect to any Class B Units transferred by an Employee Member to a Permitted Transferee prior to the date hereof, such Class B Units shall not be subject to forfeiture by such Permitted Transferee and such Employee Member shall instead forfeit an additional number of Class B Units equal to the number of Class B Units that otherwise would have been forfeited by such Permitted Transferees pursuant to Section 6.02(b) (for example, if an Ordinary Employee Member transferred twenty (20) Class B Units to a Permitted Transferee prior to the date hereof, retained eighty (80) Class B Units and thereafter breached Section 5.07 during the term of his employment, such Ordinary Employee Member shall forfeit twenty five (25) Class B Units and such Permitted Transferee shall not forfeit any Class B Units).
          (f) Any purported Transfer of Units not in compliance with this Section 6.01 shall be void and shall not create any obligation of the party of the Company or its Members to recognize such Transfer.
     6.02. Vesting and Forfeiture of Units .
          (a) Vesting of Units .

28


 

               (1)  Units Held by the Managing Member and the Non-Employee Members . All Class A Units held by the Managing Member and, except as may be agreed in writing by the Managing Member and a Non-Employee Member, all Class B Units held by a Non-Employee Member shall be fully vested and shall not be subject to forfeiture under this Section 6.02 for any reason.
               (2)  Units Held by Employee Members and their Permitted Transferees . All Class B Units shall be vested or subject to vesting provisions as set forth on the Register of Members. Unvested Class B Units shall vest in accordance with the Plan under which such Class B Units were issued. Except as may be agreed in writing by the Managing Member and a Class B Member, Class B Units held by a Permitted Transferee of an Employee Member shall vest at the same times as such Class B Units would have vested had such Class B Units continued to be held by such Employee Member.
               (3)  Forfeiture of Unvested Class B Units . Except as provided in the Plan pursuant to which an unvested Class B Unit is issued or as otherwise may be agreed in writing by the Company and a Class B Member, all unvested Class B Units held by an Employee Member and all unvested Class B Units transferred by such Employee Member to, and held by, his or her Permitted Transferees, on the date of termination of employment of such Employee Member with the Company Group shall be forfeited upon such termination.
     (b)  Additional Forfeiture of Class B Units .
               (1)  Termination for Cause . Subject to Section 6.01(e), in the event that an Employee Member’s employment by the Company Group has been terminated for Cause, such Employee Member and each of his or her Permitted Transferees shall each forfeit seventy-five percent (75%) of the number of vested Class B Units and one hundred percent (100%) of the unvested Class B Units held by such Member as of the date of such termination, unless the Board of Directors of the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, determines otherwise.
               (2)  Initial Managing Principal Breach of Restrictive Covenants . Subject to Section 6.01(e), in the event that an Initial Managing Principal breaches Section 5.07 during the term of his employment with the Company Group or during the three years period following such term of employment, in addition to any forfeiture that may result from the application of Section 6.02(a)(3) (should such breach result in a termination of employment), unless the Board of Directors of the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, determines otherwise, such Initial Managing Principal and each of his or her Permitted Transferees shall each forfeit one hundred percent (100%) of unvested Class B Units, and the excess of (A) fifty (50%) of the number of vested Class B Units held by such Member as of the earlier of (i) the date of such breach and (ii) the date of termination of such Initial Managing Principal’s employment with the Company Group

29


 

over (B) the aggregate number of vested Class B Units (if any) previously forfeited by such Member under this Section 6.03(b)(2).
               (3)  Ordinary Employee Member Breach of Restrictive Covenants . Subject to Section 6.01(e), in the event that an Ordinary Employee Member breaches Section 5.07 during the term of his or her employment or during the eighteen (18) month period following such term of employment, in addition to any forfeiture that may result from the application of Section 6.02(a)(3) (should such breach result in a termination of employment) , unless the Board of Directors of the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, determines otherwise, such Ordinary Employee Member and each of his or her Permitted Transferees shall each forfeit one hundred percent (100%) of unvested Class B Units, and the excess of (A) 25% of the number of vested Class B Units held by such Member as of the earlier of (i) the date of such breach and (ii) the date of termination of such Ordinary Employee Member’s employment with the Company Group over (B) the aggregate number of vested Class B Units (if any) previously forfeited by such Member under this Section 6.03(b)(3).
          (c) Consequences of Forfeiture . In the event a Class B Member’s Class B Units are forfeited pursuant to Section 6.02(b), (i) the exact number of Class B Units (if not a whole number) shall be determined by rounding to the nearest whole number of Class B Units, (ii) such Class B Member shall cease to hold such number of Class B Units, (iii) forfeited Class B Units shall be held in the treasury of the Company and thereafter may be awarded pursuant to a Plan and (iv) the Managing Member shall reflect the reduction of the number of units by revising the Register of Members. In addition, such Class B Member shall reasonably cooperate with the Managing Member to assist in the redemption of an equal number of Class B Shares held by such Class B Member.
     6.03. Drag Along Rights . If holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Class B Units held by Class B Members (the “ Selling Holders ”) propose to sell to a third party any Class B Units held by such Class B Members (including Class B Units transferred by such Class B Members to, and held by, their Permitted Transferees) (whether such sale is by way of purchase, merger, recapitalization or other form of transaction), then upon (i) the request of the Selling Holders and (ii) the consent of the Managing Member and a Majority in Interest of Class B Members, each other Class B Member, shall sell the same percentage, as applicable, of the Class B Units beneficially owned by such Class B Member to such third party buyer pursuant to the same terms and conditions negotiated by the Selling Holders for the sale of the Class B Units held by the Selling Holders. For example, if the Selling Holders propose to sell 35% of the Class B Units held by each of them, any other Member shall, upon request of the Selling Holders and the consent of the Managing Member and the Majority in Interest of Class B Members, sell 35% of the Class B Units held by such other Class B Member. Each of the Class B Members agrees to such sale and to execute such agreements, powers of attorney, voting proxies or other documents and instruments as may be necessary or desirable to consummate such sale. Each of the Class B Members further agrees to timely take such other actions as the Managing Member may reasonably request as necessary in connection with the consummation of such sale. Each

30


 

Class B Member shall be required to make customary representations and warranties in connection with such transfer with respect to his, her or its own authority to transfer his, her or its title to the Class B Units transferred, together with such other representations and warranties with respect to the Company as are made by the Selling Holders in connection with such sale; provided, however, that the liability of each Class B Member with respect to the representations and warranties concerning the Company shall be limited to his pro rata portion of the proceeds paid in such sale. Each Class B Member shall pay his pro rata portion (based on the total value of the consideration received by such Class B Member compared to the aggregate consideration received by all Members in the transaction) of the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with a sale consummated pursuant to this Section 6.03.
ARTICLE VII
MANAGING MEMBER; EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE; OFFICERS
     7.01. Powers of the Managing Member .
          (a) The business and affairs of the Company shall be under the sole and exclusive direction, management and supervision of the Managing Member. In addition to all powers provided or permitted by the Laws of the State of Delaware or any other applicable Law, the Managing Member is hereby authorized on behalf of the Company: to expend Company funds in furtherance of the business and purpose of the Company; to admit Members and issue Units for consideration and on terms and conditions in his discretion; to incur obligations for and on behalf of the Company in connection with its business; to open, maintain and close, in the name of the Company, brokerage and bank accounts, and to draw checks or other orders for the payment of money; to borrow or raise moneys for and on behalf of the Company upon such terms and conditions as may be necessary or advisable and without limit as to amount or manner and time of repayment; to issue, accept, endorse and execute promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, bonds, debentures and other negotiable or non-negotiable instruments and evidences of indebtedness; to hypothecate, mortgage or pledge the whole or any part of the property or credit of the Company, whether at the time owned or thereafter acquired; to repay in whole or in part, refinance, modify or extend any security interest affecting property owned by the Company and, in connection therewith, to execute for and on behalf of the Company any or all extensions, renewals, or modifications of such security interests; to lend funds and other property of the Company either with or without security; to waive any default under any agreement to which the Company is a party; to apply for membership or participation in any exchanges, clearing agencies, trade associations or other organizations and to take any actions and disclose any information necessary or appropriate in connection with such applications; to determine, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the terms of any offering of Units and the manner of complying with applicable Law and to take any additional action as he shall deem necessary or desirable to effectuate the offering of Units; to prepare, execute, file and deliver any documents, instruments or agreements; to employ such agents, brokers, traders, consultants, advisers, employees, attorneys and accountants as he deems appropriate and necessary to the conduct of the Company, at such rates and fees as it deems necessary or appropriate, whether or not they are associates or Affiliates of the Company or the Managing Member; to obtain insurance for the

31


 

proper protection of the Company and the Members; to commence or defend any litigation or arbitration involving the Managing Member in its capacity as Managing Member, and to retain legal counsel in connection therewith and to pay out of the assets of the Company any and all liabilities and expenses, including fees of legal counsel, incurred in connection therewith (except if the Managing Member is or becomes liable therefor under Section 7.07 hereof); to take any other action contemplated to be taken by the Managing Member pursuant to this Agreement; and to make such other decisions and enter into any other agreements or take such other action as he believes to be necessary or desirable to carry out the business and purpose of the Company.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member shall not, without the consent of a Majority in Interest of the Class B Members, have the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity.
     7.02. Executive Committee . The Company shall have an executive committee (the “ Executive Committee ”) to which the Managing Member may delegate such power and authority as the Managing Member may determine, subject to the right of Managing Member to revoke or modify such delegation. The Executive Committee shall consist of the Chairman of the Managing Member, together with such other Administrative Officers as may be designated and/or removed by the Chairman. Each member of the Executive Committee shall have one (1) vote in any decision of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee may act only with majority vote or majority written consent of its members and may act in accordance with such rules and procedures as it may determine from time to time. Initially, Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, A. Rama Krishna and William L. Lipsey shall serve as members of the executive committee.
     7.03. Administrative Officers .
          (a) The Managing Member may from time to time appoint or remove one (1) or more administrative officers (individually, an “ Administrative Officer ,” and collectively, the “ Administrative Officers ”) from among the employees of the Company to carry out the day-to-day affairs of the Company. No Administrative Officer need be a Member. Each Administrative Officer’s title and authority shall be as determined from time to time by the Managing Member.
          (b) The Managing Member shall appoint a chief compliance officer of the Company to report directly to the Managing Member (the “ Chief Compliance Officer ”). The responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer shall include (i) recommending to the Managing Member policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation by the Company and its employees of federal securities laws, (ii) administering the policies and procedures adopted

32


 

and implemented for such purpose and (iii) such other matters as the Managing Member shall prescribe.
     7.04. Binding Company . (a) No Class B Member, acting individually in its capacity as such, has the right or authority to act for or bind, or to otherwise assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of, the Company except as specifically authorized in accordance with this Agreement. The Company may only act and bind itself through:
               (i) the action of the Managing Member in accordance with this Agreement;
               (ii) the collective action of the members of the Executive Committee if and to the extent authorized by the Managing Member or this Agreement or by the Managing Member; or
               (iii) the action of an Administrative Officer if and to the extent authorized by this Agreement, the Managing Member or the Executive Committee in accordance with this Agreement.
     7.05. Reliance by Third Parties . Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Managing Member or the Executive Committee as hereinabove set forth and upon the certificate of the Managing Member or an Administrative Officer (i) as to who the Members hereunder are, (ii) as to the existence or nonexistence of any fact or facts which constitute conditions precedent to acts by the Members or in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company, (iii) as to who is authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document on behalf of the Company, (iv) as to the authenticity of any copy of this Agreement and amendments hereto, (v) as to any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or any Member (solely with respect to the activities of the Company), or (vi) as to the authority of any Administrative Officer to act. Any corporation, brokerage firm or transfer agent called upon to transfer any securities to or from the name of the Company shall be entitled to rely on instructions or assignments signed or purporting to be signed by a Managing Member or an Administrative Officer without inquiry as to the authority of the person signing or purporting to sign such instructions or assignments or as to the validity of any transfer to or from the name of the Company. At the time of any such transfer, any such corporation, brokerage firm or transfer agent shall be entitled to assume that (i) the Company is then in existence and (ii) that this Agreement is in full force and effect and has not been amended, in each case unless such corporation, brokerage firm or transfer agent shall have received written notice to the contrary.
     7.06. Duties of Managing Member, the Executive Committee and Employee Members . During the continuance of the Company, the Managing Member, each member of the Executive Committee and each Employee Member shall devote such time and effort to the Company business as may be necessary to promote adequately the interests of the Company. Failure of

33


 

any the Managing Member, any member of the Executive Committee or any Employee Member to devote his time, skill and attention to the Company to the extent required pursuant to this Section 7.06 due to illness shall not constitute a breach of his obligation to the Company pursuant to this Section 7.06.
     7.07. Liability of Managing Member and the Executive Committee . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Managing Member or an Executive Committee member, individually, or the Executive Committee, collectively, shall not be liable, responsible or accountable in damage or otherwise to the Company or to any Member, successor, assignee or transferee except by reason of acts or omissions due to fraud or intentional misconduct or that constitute a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing.
     7.08. Indemnification, Reliance and Fiduciary Duty .
          (a) Indemnification by the Company . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold any Covered Person harmless from and against any loss, liability, damage, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in defense of any demands, claims or lawsuits against such Covered Person in or as a result of or relating to its capacity, acts or omissions as Managing Member, Executive Committee member, Chief Compliance Officer, Administrative Officer or as an agent, employee, officer, adviser, or consultant, concerning the business, or activities undertaken on behalf of the Company, including any demands, claims or lawsuits initiated by a Member or resulting from or relating to the offer and sale of the Units in the Company, provided that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or such a lesser standard of conduct as under applicable Law prevents indemnification hereunder or were taken in the knowledge that such actions were not within the stated purposes and powers of the Company (the “ Disabling Conduct ”).
          A Covered Person shall be entitled to receive, upon application, advances to cover the costs of defending any claim or action against such Covered Person; provided, however, that such advances shall be repaid to the Company if such Covered Person violated any of the standards set forth in the preceding paragraph. All rights of a Covered Person shall survive the dissolution of the Company and the death, retirement, removal, dissolution, incompetency or insolvency of such Covered Person, provided that notice of a potential claim for indemnification hereunder is made by or on behalf of such Covered Person seeking such indemnification prior to the time distribution in liquidation of the property of the Company is made pursuant to Section 8.02 hereof.
          (b) Reliance . A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person (other than such Covered Person) as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including

34


 

information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Members might properly be paid.
          (c) Fiduciary Duty . To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating to the Company or to another Member or any Affiliate of another Member, a Covered Person acting pursuant to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to another Member or any Affiliate of another Member for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they expand or restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or equity, are agreed by the Members to modify to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the Covered Person to the extent permitted by law.
          To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between the Managing Member and the Company or another Member, or (ii) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein provides that the Managing Member shall act in a manner that is fair and reasonable to the Company or any other Member, the Managing Member shall resolve such conflict of interest or take such action, considering in each case the relative interest of the Company, each other Member and the Managing Member, to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles. So long as the Managing Member acts, based on the foregoing sentence, in good faith and in a manner consistent with the foregoing sentence, the resolution or action so made or taken by the Managing Member shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement or under applicable Law, whenever in this Agreement the Managing Member is permitted or required to make a decision or take an action or omit to do any of the foregoing acting solely in its capacity as the Managing Member, the Managing Member shall, except where an express standard is set forth, be entitled to make such decision in its sole discretion (and the words “in its sole discretion” should be deemed inserted therefor in each case in association with the words “Managing Member,” whether or not the words “sole discretion” are actually included in the specific provisions of this Agreement), and in so acting in its sole discretion the Managing Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and, except as set forth in the preceding paragraph in the case of a conflict of interest, shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company, any of the Company’s Affiliates, any other Member or any other Person. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, if pursuant to this Agreement the Managing Member, acting solely in its capacity as the Managing Member, is permitted or required to make a decision in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Managing Member shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or otherwise other applicable Law.

35


 

          The Managing Member may consult with the legal counsel and accountants and any act or omission suffered or taken by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company in furtherance of the interests of the Company in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel or accountants will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the Managing Member will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care.
          (d) Insurance . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against such Covered Person, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnity such Covered Person against such liability under the provision of this Section 7.08.
ARTICLE VIII
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY
     8.01. Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve upon the first to occur of the following:
          (a) a determination by the Managing Member and a Majority in Interest of the Class B Members that the Company should dissolve; or
          (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act.
          Upon the dissolution of the Company, no further business shall be done in the Company name except the completion of any incomplete transactions and the taking of such action as shall be necessary for the winding up of the affairs of the Company and the distribution of its assets.
     8.02. Liquidation .
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Article IX, upon dissolution of the Company, the Managing Member shall (i) cause such of the Company property as the Managing Member shall deem appropriate to be sold in the manner and at the price the Managing Member determines, (ii) determine each Member’s Capital Account pursuant to Article III hereof, (iii) determine each Member’s pro rata share of Company Income and Company Loss in accordance with Sections 3.01 and 3.02 hereof; and (iv) take the following actions and make the following distributions out of the property of the Company in the following manner and order:
               (1) pay all debts and liabilities of the Company and expenses of liquidation in the order of priority provided by Law; and

36


 

               (2) distribute the remainder of the property in cash to each Member in accordance with the aggregate positive Capital Account balance, taking into account all allocations of Company Income and Company Loss, and all distributions of Company assets, for the Fiscal Year of the liquidation and for all prior periods. Any assets of the Company that are distributed in kind hereunder shall be taken at their Gross Asset Value on the day of distribution.
          (b) No Member shall be obligated to restore a negative Capital Account.
Anything in the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.02 to the contrary notwithstanding, each Member hereby agrees that any such dissolution or distribution shall be postponed for such period of time as may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Governmental or Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over the Company or its business, and any property of the Company so retained by the Company shall continue at the risk of the Company and be subject to all debts and other obligations of the Company; provided that the Managing Member will use his best efforts to obtain the regulatory approvals necessary to effect such dissolution or distribution.
ARTICLE IX
RESERVES UPON DISSOLUTION
     9.01. Reserves . The amount of any distribution upon a dissolution shall be made in cash or in kind or partially in cash, as the Managing Member shall determine, less a reserve determined in the sole discretion of the Managing Member.
     9.02. Distribution of Reserves . Any reserve amounts so withheld will be deposited by the Managing Member in an interest bearing account at a major bank headquartered in New York City. Upon determination by the Managing Member that circumstances no longer require the retention of any amount reserved pursuant to this Agreement, the Managing Member shall pay such sum to the Members (or their respective Legal Representative), along with any interest earned on such account, at the earliest practicable time.
ARTICLE X
ACCOUNTING
     10.01. Accounts of the Company . The books and records of account of the Company shall be maintained in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and shall be reconciled to comply with the methods followed by the Company for United States Federal income tax purposes, consistently applied. The books and records shall be maintained at the Company’s principal office or at a location designated by the Managing Member.

37


 

     10.02. Annual Reports to Members . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause to be prepared and mailed to each Member one (1) or more reports setting forth, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, (a) a statement of Company Income and the amount of such Member’s Capital Account and, as soon as thereafter practicable, the amount of such Member’s share of the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year, in sufficient detail to enable him to prepare his federal, state and other tax returns and (b) a balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows for the Company and its subsidiaries as of and for the Fiscal Year. The financial statements described in this Section 10.02 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except as may be noted therein).
     10.03. Tax Returns and Tax Elections .
          (a) The Company’s accountants shall prepare all federal, state and local tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed. The Managing Member, in his or its sole discretion, shall determine the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. The Managing Member, in its sole discretion, may cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by such tax laws, provided that the Company shall make an election under Section 754 of the Code promptly following the date hereof.
          (b) Each Member agrees that, in respect of any year in which he has or had any interest in the Company, he shall not (i) treat, on his individual income tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to his interest in the Company in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company as reflected on the Form K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member for use in preparing his income tax returns or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based upon, or that would result in, such inconsistent treatment unless such Member has been advised by counsel that treating such item in a manner consistent with the treatment of such item by the Company would subject such Member to penalties under the Code.
          (c) The Managing Member, or a Person designated by the Managing Member who is a Member, shall be the Company’s Tax Matters Partner (as that term is defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code) in the event of an income tax audit of any Company return. To the extent the Company is treated as an entity for purposes of the audit, including administrative settlement and judicial review, the Tax Matters Partner shall be authorized to act for and represent the Company, and to enter into a settlement agreement within the meaning of Section 6224(c)(1) of the Code (or comparable provisions under state or local Law) to which each Member agrees to be bound. All expenses incurred in connection with any such audit shall be expenses of the Company. The Tax Matters Partner shall be authorized to carry out on behalf of the Company and at the Company’s expense all acts appropriate to such designation with respect to federal, state and local taxing authorities.

38


 

     10.04. No Further Rights to Books and Records . Except for the information required to be provided to the Members under this Agreement, no Class B Member shall have the right to demand from the Company, and the Company shall have no obligation to provide to any Class B Member, any books or records of the Company.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
     11.01. Amendments . (a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Exhibit or Schedule hereto) may be modified or amended at any time and from time to time with the written consent of the Managing Member and a Majority in Interest of the Class B Members, provided that the Managing Member may, without the consent of any of the other Members, amend this Agreement:
          (i) to satisfy any requirements, conditions, guidelines or opinions contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Internal Revenue Service or any other U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. governmental agency, or in any U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. statute, compliance with which the Managing Member deems to be in the best interest of the Company;
          (ii) (A) to ensure that the Company will not be treated as (x) an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (y) a “publicly traded partnership” for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code or (B) to comply with the then existing requirements of the Code, final or temporary Treasury Regulations and the rulings of the Internal Revenue Service affecting the treatment of the Company as a partnership for federal income tax purposes;
          (iii) to enable the Company to comply with the requirement of the “liquidation value safe harbor” election within the meaning of the proposed revenue procedure of Notice 2005-43, 2005-24 I.R.B. 1, Proposed Treasury Regulations § 1.83-3(1) or Proposed Treasury Regulations § 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii) at such time, if any, as such proposed revenue procedure and Treasury Regulations are promulgated in final or temporary form and made effective as to the Company, and to make any such other related amendments as may be required by pronouncements or final or temporary Treasury Regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service or Treasury Department after the date of this Agreement and applicable to the Company;
          (iv) to make any change necessary, appropriate or desirable to give effect to the express intentions and provisions of Section 5.11, so long as such change does not have a material adverse effect or result in a material adverse change to the rights or obligations of any sub-class or group of Class B Members specified in Section 1.05 singularly or the Class B Members as a whole;
          (v) to change the name of the Company; or
          (vi) to make any other change that is for the benefit of, or not adverse to the interests of, the Class B Members.

39


 

          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.01(a), no modification of or amendment to this Agreement shall be made that will:
          (i) materially and adversely affect the rights of a Class B Member in a manner that discriminates against such Class B Member vis-à-vis the other Class B Members, or increase the Capital Contribution obligations of a Class B Member, without the written consent of such Class B Member;
          (ii) modify or amend Sections 5.07, 5.08 or 6.02 in a manner adverse to any Employee Member without the written consent of either (x) such Employee Member or (y) a Super Majority in Interest of the Class B Members, provided , that (A) no such modification or amendment pursuant to clause (y) of this Section 11.01(b)(ii) shall be effective unless each Employee Member adversely affected thereby shall have received at least sixty (60) days’ prior notice thereof, (B) any such modification or amendment shall only apply to such Employee Member if such Employee Member is an employee of the Company Group at the end of such sixty (60) day period and (C) any Employee Member who resigns during such sixty (60) day notice period shall be subject to such sections as in effect prior to such amendment or modification, provided , further , however, that the Managing Member may, without the consent of any of the other Members, modify or amend Sections 5.07, 5.08 or 6.02 in a manner that applies solely to Members admitted following the time of such amendment; or
          (iii) modify or amend the requirement in any provision of this Agreement (including this Section 11.01) calling for the consent, vote or approval of a Majority in Interest of the Class B Members, of a Super Majority in Interest of the Class B Member or of a Class B Member, without the written consent of such Majority in Interest of the Class B Members, such Super Majority in Interest of the Class B Members or such Class B Member, as the case may be.
     11.02. Severability . If any term, provision, agreement, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, agreements, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not effected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties hereof shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
     11.03. Notices . All notices to the Company shall be addressed to its principal office. All notices addressed to a Member or his Legal Representative or to the Members as a group shall be addressed to such Member or Legal Representative or Members at the address of such Member or Legal Representative for the Members set forth on the Register of Members. Any Member or the Legal Representative of any Member may designate a new address by notice to such effect given to the Company. All notices and other communications to be given to a Member or his Legal Representative shall be sufficiently given for all purposes hereunder (a) when received, if

40


 

in writing and delivered by hand, (b) two (2) Business Days following deposit with a nationally recognized courier or overnight delivery service, (c) three (3) days after being mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate postage prepaid, or (d) when sent, if sent in the form of an e-mail message or facsimile if receipt thereof is confirmed by telephone.
     11.04. No Waiver . No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.
     11.05. Copy on File . Each Member hereby agrees that one executed counterpart of this Agreement or set of executed counterparts shall be held at the principal office of the Company, that a Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto shall be filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware and copies thereof shall be held at the principal office of the Company and that there shall be distributed to each Member, upon the request of such Member, a conformed copy of this Agreement, as amended from time to time.
     11.06. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     11.07. Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, permitted transferees and permitted assigns.
     11.08. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement, whether written or oral, among the parties with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter.
     11.09. Other Activities . Neither the Company nor any Member (or any Affiliate of any Member) shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement either to participate in or to share in any other now existing or future ventures, activities or opportunities of any of the other Members or their Affiliates, or in the income or proceeds derived from such ventures, activities or opportunities.
     11.10. Further Assurances . Each Member agrees to execute and deliver any and all additional instruments and documents and do any and all acts and things as may be necessary or expedient to effectuate more fully this Agreement or any provisions hereof or to carry on the business contemplated hereunder.
     11.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including counterparts executed by additional Class B Members admitted to the Company, and

41


 

each of such counterparts shall, for all purposes, be deemed to be an original, but all of such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.
     11.12. Table of Contents and Captions Not Part of Agreement . The table of contents and captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provisions hereof.
     11.13. Waiver of Right to Partition . Each of the Members irrevocably waives during the term of the Company any right that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition with respect to the property and assets of the Company, and hereby agrees not to file a bill for a membership accounting or otherwise proceed adversely in any manner whatsoever against the other Members or the Company, except for bad faith, gross negligence, fraud, intentional misconduct or violation of this Agreement.
[Signatures on next page]

42


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of this 30 th day of October, 2007.
         
MANAGING MEMBER:    
 
       
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
       
BY:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
   
 
  Title: Chief Executive Officer    

 


 

     
CLASS B MEMBERS:
   
 
   
/s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Richard S. Pzena
   
 
   
/s/ Wayne A. Palladino
 
Wayne A. Palladino
   
 
   
/s/ Spencer Chen
 
Spencer Chen
   

 


 

CLASS B MEMBERS (continued):
JOHN P. GOETZ
WILLIAM L. LIPSEY
A. RAMA KRISHNA
MICHAEL D. PETERSON
KEITH KOMAR
LAWRENCE KOHN
LISA ROTH
EVAN FIRE
JOAN BERGER
CAROLINE CAI
ALLISON FISCH
BRIAN MANN
WILLIAM C. CONNOLLY
COURTNEY HEHRE
MANOJ TANDON
GREGORY MARTIN
TOPALLI MURTI
JAMES M. KREBS
THE RICHARD PZENA DESCENDANTS TRUST, THE AARON PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE MICHELE PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE DANIEL PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE ERIC PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE RACHEL THERESA GOETZ TRUST
THE CARRIE ESTHER GOETZ TRUST
THE KRISHNA FAMILY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY DYNASTY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE MICHAEL D. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE SARAH M. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
CC GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST I
ANTONIO DESPIRITO
ADS III 2007 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
BENJAMIN SILVER
BSS GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
LJK TRUST I
LJK TRUST IV
MILESTONE ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
PIPING BROOK, LLC
         
By:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Class B Members
   
 
       
By:
  /s/ Wayne A. Palladino
 
Name: Wayne A. Palladino
Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Class B Members
   

 


 

Exhibit A
2006 Plan

 


 

Exhibit B
EXCHANGE RIGHTS OF CLASS B MEMBERS
ARTICLE I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
          1.01. General . This Exhibit B is a part of the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit B have the respective meanings given to them in Section 1.2 hereof or, if not defined therein, in Section 1.08 of the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, references to Sections in this Exhibit B shall be references to Sections of this Exhibit B. In the event that the Company is dissolved pursuant to the Agreement, any exchange right provided in this Exhibit B shall expire on the final distribution of the assets of the Company.
          1.02. Certain Definitions . As used in this Exhibit, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          “ Annual Period ” shall mean (a) the First Period and (b) each annual period beginning on a date after the First Period and ending on an annual anniversary of the IPO Date.
          “ Certificate ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pzena Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 30, 2007, as thereafter amended from time to time.
          “ Class A Shares ” shall mean shares of Class A Common Stock of Pzena Inc.
          “ Class B Shares ” shall mean shares of Class B Common Stock of Pzena Inc.
          “ Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
          “ Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
          “ Employee Member Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(i).
          “ Exchange ” shall mean the exchange by a Class B Member of one or more Class B Units for an equal number of Class A Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit B.
          “ Exchange Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).
          “ Exchange Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).
          “ Exchange Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 


 

          “ First Effective Date ” shall mean the first effective date of a registration statement on Form S-3 filed by Pzena Inc.
          “ First Period ” shall mean the period commencing on the First Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the IPO Date.
          “ IPO Date ” shall mean the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Class A Shares.
          “ Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean the Resale and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Inc. and the Holders named on the signature pages thereto.
ARTICLE II
EXCHANGE
          2.01. Exchange Dates; Exchange Notices .
               (a) The Managing Member shall establish one or more dates in each Annual Period as a date on which the Class B Members shall be permitted to Exchange their Class B Units (such date, an “Exchange Date”), provided that the Managing Member may, by notice to each Class B Member, postpone any Exchange Date one or more times; provided, further, that if the Managing Member fails to establish at least one Exchange Date during any Annual Period, the last Business Day of such Annual Period shall be an Exchange Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Managing Member may establish as many Exchange Dates as it shall determine in its sole discretion.
               (b) The Managing Member shall provide, in respect of at least one (1) Exchange Date in each Annual Period, a written notice (an “Exchange Notice”) to all Class B Members at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to such Exchange Date. In respect of any other Exchange Date within such Annual Period, the Managing Member may provide an Exchange Notice to one or more Class B Members such number of days prior to such Exchange Date as the Managing Member may determine in its sole discretion.
               (c) The Managing Member may permit, in writing or orally, one or more Class B Members to submit Exchange Requests, such permission to be granted, withheld or granted on such terms and conditions as determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.

 


 

          2.02. Permissible Exchanges by Class B Members .
               (a)  Employee Members .
                    (1)  General Rule . Subject to Sections 2.2(a)(ii) and (iii), 2.2(c) and 2.5, during any Annual Period commencing on or following the First Effective Date and until the date of termination of employment of an Employee Member, each Employee Member and all Permitted Transferees of such Employee Member (collectively, the “ Employee Member Group ”) shall be permitted collectively to Exchange a number of vested Class B Units in an amount of up to fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate number of vested and unvested Class B Units held by such Employee Member Group as of the first day of such Annual Period in which the applicable Exchange occurs, provided that, in the event the members of an Employee Member Group submit requests to Exchange a number of vested Class B Units that is greater than the number permitted under this Section 2.2(a)(i) and such members are unable to resolve any dispute among themselves as to the number of Class B Units that each member may Exchange within five (5) Business Days of notice by the Managing Member of such dispute, then each member of such Employee Member Group shall be permitted to Exchange a number of vested Class B Units in an amount of up to fifteen percent (15%) of the vested and unvested Class B Units held by such member of such Employee Member Group as of the first Business Day of such Annual Period.
                    (2)  Initial Managing Principals . Notwithstanding Section 2.2(a)(i) but subject to Sections 2.2(c) and 2.5, during the period beginning on the day following the date of termination of employment of an Initial Managing Principal and ending on and including the third anniversary of such date, no Initial Managing Principal, nor any Permitted Transferee of such Initial Managing Principal, may Exchange vested Class B Units held by such Initial Managing Principal or such Permitted Transferee, as the case may be. Thereafter, an Initial Managing Principal and his Permitted Transferees shall be permitted to Exchange any or all of the vested Class B Units held by such Initial Managing Principal and his Permitted Transferees.
                    (3)  Ordinary Employee Members . Notwithstanding Section 2.2(a)(i) but subject to Sections 2.2(c) and 2.5, (A) during the period beginning on the day following the date of termination of employment of an Ordinary Employee Member and ending on and including the first anniversary of such date, no Ordinary Employee Member, nor any Permitted Transferee of such Ordinary Employee Member, may Exchange vested Class B Units held by such Ordinary Employee Member or such Permitted Transferee, as the case may be and (B) beginning on the day following the first anniversary of the date of termination of employment of an Ordinary Employee Member and ending six

 


 

months thereafter, if an Exchange Date occurs during such six month period, an Ordinary Employee Member, and each Permitted Transferee of such Ordinary Employee Member, shall be permitted to Exchange any number of vested Class B Units, provided that, except as may be agreed in writing by the Managing Member, such Ordinary Employee Member shall continue to hold throughout such period at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate number of vested and unvested Class B Units held by such Ordinary Employee Member and all Permitted Transferees of such Ordinary Employee Member on the date of termination of employment of such Ordinary Employee Member. Thereafter, an Ordinary Employee Member and all Permitted Transferees of such Ordinary Employee Member shall be permitted to Exchange any or all of the vested Class B Units held by such Ordinary Employee Member and such Permitted Transferees.
               (b)  Non-Employee Members . Subject to Sections 2.2(c) and 2.5, during any Annual Period that begins on the First Effective Date and ends on the third anniversary of the IPO Date, each Non-Employee Member shall be permitted to Exchange a number of vested Class B Units in an amount up to fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate number of vested and unvested Class B Units held by such Non-Employee Member as of the first day of such Annual Period in which the applicable Exchange occurs. Following the third anniversary of the date hereof, each Non-Employee Member shall be permitted to Exchange any or all of the vested Class B Units held by such Non-Employee Member on an applicable Exchange Date.
               (c)  Exceptions . Notwithstanding Section 2.2(a) and (b), (i) following the First Effective Date, the Managing Member may permit any Class B Member to exchange vested Class B units in amounts exceeding those described in Section 2.2(a) and (b), which permission may be withheld, delayed, or granted on such terms and conditions as the Managing Member may determine in its sole discretion and (ii) in the event that the amount of income taxes payable by a member of an Employee Member Group due to the grant or vesting of Class B Units, the exercise of options to acquire Class B Units and/or the Exchange of Class B Units for Class A Shares (whether or not such member is or was an employee of the Company Group at the time that such tax payment obligation arises) exceeds the net proceeds such member would receive upon the sale of the Class A Shares issued to such member in exchange for vested Class B Units pursuant to this Section 2.2(a), as reasonably determined by the Managing Member based upon such reasonable simplifying assumptions as the Managing Member may make, such member shall instead be entitled to Exchange for Class A Shares the number of vested Class B Units such that the net proceeds from the sale of such Class A Shares would enable such member to satisfy such tax obligations, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member.
               (d)  Restrictions on Class A Shares . Each Class B Member hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) neither the Company nor the Managing Member shall have any obligation to deliver Class A Shares that have been registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) the Company reserves the right on any Exchange Date to provide registered Class A Shares, unregistered Class A Shares or any combination of thereof, as it may determine in its sole

 


 

discretion. The Managing Member and the Company reserve the right to cause certificates evidencing such Class A Shares to be imprinted with legends as to restrictions on transfer that it may deem necessary or appropriate, including legends as to applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws or other legal or contractual restrictions and may require any Class B Member to which Class A Shares are to be distributed to agree in writing (i) that such Class A Shares will not be transferred except in compliance with such restrictions and (b) to such other matters as the Managing Member may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law and existing agreements.
               (e)  Unvested Class B Units . For the avoidance of doubt, a Class B Member may not Exchange any unvested Class B Units at any time.
          2.03. Exchange Request . Upon receiving the Exchange Notice or as permitted by the Managing Member pursuant to Section 2.1(c), a Class B Member may submit a request to effect an Exchange by delivering to the Company, not less than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to an Exchange Date (or such lesser number of days as the Managing Member may permit in its sole discretion), a written notice (the “ Exchange Request ”). An Exchange Request shall set forth the number of Class B Units such Class B Member elects to exchange for Class A Shares at the Closing on such Exchange Date. The Class B Member shall represent to each of the Company and the Managing Member that such Class B Member owns the Class B Units to be delivered at such Closing pursuant to Section 2.6, free and clear of all Liens, except as set forth therein, and, if there are any Liens identified in the Exchange Request, such Class B Member shall covenant that such Class B Member will deliver at the applicable Closing evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Managing Member, that all such Liens have been released. An Exchange Request is not revocable or modifiable, except with the written consent of the Managing Member and the Class B Member that submitted the request.
          2.04. Closing Date.
               (a) If an Exchange Request has been timely delivered pursuant to Section 2.3, then, on the next Exchange Date (as may be extended pursuant to this Section 2.4, the “ Closing Date ”), the parties shall effect the closing (the “ Closing ”) of the transactions contemplated by this Article II at the offices of Pzena Inc. at 120 West 45 th Street, 20 th Floor, New York, New York 10036, or at such other time, at such other place, and in such other manner, as the applicable parties to such Exchange shall agree in writing; provided , however , that, except as may be determined otherwise by the Company in its sole discretion, if an applicable Exchange Date falls on a day during which directors, officers or other employees of Pzena Inc. or any of its affiliates are prohibited by the trading policies of Pzena Inc. from disposing of equity securities of Pzena Inc., then with respect to all requested Exchanges, the Closing Date shall instead be deemed to be the first Business Day after such Exchange Date that such officers and directors are allowed to dispose of equity securities of Pzena Inc. pursuant to the trading policies of Pzena Inc.

 


 

               (b) No Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio ) if, in the good faith determination of the Managing Member, such an Exchange would pose a material risk that the Company would be a “publicly traded partnership” as defined in Section 7704 of the Code.
          2.05. Closing Conditions .
               (a) The obligations of any of the parties to consummate an Exchange pursuant to this Article II shall be subject to the conditions that there shall be no injunction, restraining order or decree of any nature of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that is then in effect that restrains or prohibits the Exchange of Class B Units or the transfer of Class B Shares for redemption.
               (b) The obligations of the Company and the Managing Member to consummate an Exchange pursuant to this Article II with respect to a Class B Member Exchanging Class B Units at such Closing shall be subject to the following conditions:
               (1) Such Class B Member shall have taken all actions reasonably requested by Pzena Inc. to permit the automatic redemption, immediately following the Closing, of a number of Class B Shares equal to the number of Class B Units being Exchanged by such Class B Member at such Closing (including delivery to the Company of certificates evidencing such number of Class B Shares and confirmation that any Liens on such Class B Shares shall have been released); and
               (2) If such Class B Member is not a party to the Registration Rights Agreement, such Class B Member shall have executed and delivered a counterpart signature page of the Registration Rights Agreement.
               (c) The obligations of each Class B Member exchanging Class B Units at such Closing shall be subject to the following conditions:
               (1) Pzena Inc. shall have taken all actions reasonably required to permit the automatic redemption, immediately following the Closing, of a number of Class B Shares held by such Class B Member equal to the number of Class B Units being Exchanged by such Class B Member at such Closing; and
               (2) If such Class B Member is not a party to the Registration Rights Agreement, Pzena Inc. shall have executed and delivered a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 


 

          2.06. Closing Deliveries . At each Closing, the Company, the Managing Member and each Class B Member that has submitted an Exchange Request in respect of such Closing shall deliver the following:
               (a) each such Class B Member shall deliver an instrument of transfer, substantially in the form of Annex A hereto or otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member, sufficient (i) to transfer to the Company the number of vested Class B Units set forth in the Exchange Request of such Class B Member and (ii) in the case of an Employee Member, to affirm that such Class B Member agrees to comply with the covenants contained in Section 5.07 and 5.08 of the Agreement as may be applicable to such Employee Member at that time;
               (b) if applicable, each such Class B Member shall deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Managing Member, that all Liens on such Class B Member’s Class B Units delivered pursuant to this Section 2.6 have been released;
               (c) the Managing Member shall deliver to the Company a certificate issued in the name of each such Class B Member representing an amount of Class A Shares equal to the number of Class B Units such Class B Member elected to Exchange; and
               (d) the Company shall deliver to each such Class B Member a certificate representing an amount of Class A Shares equal to the number of such Class B Units such Class B Member elected to Exchange.
          2.07. Expenses . Each party hereto shall bear such party’s own expenses in connection with the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not any such transaction is ultimately consummated.
          2.08. Termination of Class B Membership; Cancellation of Class B Units; Issuance of Class A Units . Upon consummation of each Closing contemplated by this Article II, each Class B Unit transferred to the Company at such Closing shall be cancelled, the Company shall issue one Class A Unit to the Managing Member in respect of each such Class B Unit that was transferred and surrendered, and the Managing Member shall modify the Register of Members to reflect such cancellation and issuance. In the event that, as a result of an Exchange a Class B Member shall cease to hold any vested or unvested Class B Units, such Class B Member shall cease to be a “member” of the Company for any purpose under the Agreement or the Act.
          2.09. Tax Treatment . As required by the Code and the Regulations: (i) the parties shall report an Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of Class B Units by a Class B Member to the Company (in conjunction with an associated cancellation of Class B Shares) and (ii) no party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return, amendment thereof or communication with a taxing authority.

 


 

          2.10. Amendments . This Exhibit B may not be amended except as set forth in Section 11.01 of the Agreement.

 


 

ANNEX A
INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER
This INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER (this “ Instrument ”) is made as of the Applicable Date by the undersigned (the “ Transferor ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth on the signature page to this Instrument and, if not defined therein, in the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (as amended or modified, the “ Operating Agreement ”) of the Pzena Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, Transferor is the owner of the Applicable Number of vested Class B Units (the “ Transferred Units ”) and a party to the Operating Agreement; WHEREAS, Transferor has submitted to the Company an Exchange Request, dated as of the Exchange Request Date, electing to exchange (the “ Exchange ”) the Transferred Units for an equal number of Class A Shares of Pzena Inc. (the “ Exchange Shares ”); and WHEREAS, in connection with the Exchange, Transferor desires to transfer to the Company all of Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Units. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants set forth herein and in the Operating Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledges, Transferor hereby agrees as follows:
1. Transfer . Transferor hereby transfers, assigns and delivers to the Company, free and clear of all Liens, all of Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Units.
2. Representations and Warranties . Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
     (a)  Transferred Units . Immediately prior to giving effect to the transfer contemplated by this Instrument, Transferor owns, beneficially and of record, the Transferred Units free and clear of any Liens.
     (b)  Authority of Transferor . If Transferor is not a natural person, Transferor is duly formed or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which Transferor was formed or organized. Transferor has full right, authority, power and legal capacity to enter into this Instrument and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by Transferor pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Instrument and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Instrument and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by Transferor pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Instrument constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Transferor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. The execution, delivery and performance by Transferor of this Instrument and each such other agreement, document and instrument:

 


 

  (i)   does not and will not violate any laws applicable to Transferor, or require Transferor to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or make any filing with, any person or entity (governmental or otherwise) that has not been obtained or made;
 
  (ii)   does not and will not result in a breach of, constitute a default under, accelerate any obligation under, or give rise to a right of termination of, any agreement, contract, instrument, lien, security interest, lease, permit, authorization, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or arbitration award to which Transferor is a party or by which the property of Transferor is bound or affected, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the assets of Transferor; and
 
  (iii)   in the event that Transferor is not a natural person, does not and will not violate any provision of any organization document of Transferor.
     (c)  Accredited Investor . Transferor has either (1) completed and delivered to the Company a questionnaire in the form of schedule 1 attached hereto in respect of Transferor’s qualification as an “accredited investor,” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, and the representations and warranties made by Transferor to the Company in such questionnaire are true, complete and accurate or (2) provided to the Company such representations, warranties and undertakings as the Company shall reasonably required to ensure that the Exchange does not violate the Securities Act and/or other applicable securities laws.
     (d)  Investment Purpose . The Exchange Shares to be acquired by Transferor upon the consummation of the Exchange are being acquired by Transferor for investment for Transferor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view towards the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to a sale or sales that are registered under the Securities Act or exempt from such registration. Transferor (other than a natural person) either (1) was not formed for the purpose of investing in Pzena Inc. or (2) has provided to the Company and Pzena Inc. such representations, warranties and undertakings as the Company and/or Pzena Inc. shall reasonably require to ensure that the Exchange does not violate the Securities Act and/or other applicable securities laws. Transferor acknowledges that holders of the Exchange Shares must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Exchange Shares so acquired for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, such Exchange Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, such Exchange Shares cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Transferor also acknowledges that transfers of the Exchange Shares so acquired are further restricted by applicable United States federal and state and foreign securities laws.
     (e) Access to Information . Transferor understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the acquisition and ownership of the Exchange Shares. Transferor has

 


 

been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and has received answers satisfactory to Transferor from, Pzena Inc. and its representatives regarding the Exchange Shares, and has obtained any and all additional information from Pzena Inc. and its representatives that Transferor deems necessary regarding the Exchange Shares.
     (f)  Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks . Transferor has such knowledge and experience in financial affairs that Transferor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of, and other considerations relating to, the ownership of the Exchange Shares, and has not relied in connection with the acquisition of the Exchange Shares upon any representations, warranties or agreements other than those set forth in this Instrument. Transferor ‘s financial situation is such that Transferor can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Exchange Shares for an indefinite period of time, and Transferor can afford to suffer the complete loss of its investment in the Exchange Shares.
     (g)  Registration Rights Agreement . Transferor has executed and delivered to Pzena Inc. a countersigned signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement and understands that the Exchange Shares will be subject to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, which provides certain restrictions on the transferability of such Exchange Shares.
3. Employee Member Acknowledgement . In the event Transferor is an Employee Member, Transferor hereby acknowledges that he or she is receiving a significant economic benefit by Exchanging the otherwise illiquid Transferred Units into the Exchange Shares and therefore reaffirms his or her obligation to comply with the restive covenants contained in Sections 5.07 and 5.08 of the Operating Agreement as may be applicable to such Employee Member on and following the date hereof.
4. Further Assurance . Transferor hereby agrees to execute and deliver such further agreements and instruments and take such other actions as may be necessary to make effective the transfer contemplated by this Instrument.
5. Successors and Assigns . This Instrument shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.
6. Governing Law . This Instrument shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
7. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings in this Instrument are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Instrument.

 


 

8. Counterparts . This Instrument may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
9. Entire Agreement . This Instrument and any other schedules, certificates, lists and documents referred to herein, and any documents executed by any of the parties simultaneously herewith or pursuant thereto, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto, except as expressly provided herein, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, discussions, negotiations and communications, written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound hereby, Transferor has executed this Instrument as of the Applicable Date.
         
 
  TRANSFEROR :    
 
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
Acknowledged and accepted
as of the Applicable Date by:
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
     
 
Name:
   
Title:
   
Certain Defined Terms
         
Applicable Date:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Transferor:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Applicable Number:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Exchange Request Date:
       
 
 
 
   
[Signature Page to Instrument of Transfer]

 


 

Schedule 1
          Transferor represents and warrants to the Company that Transferor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and has answered “Yes” to the applicable statements below pursuant to which Transferor so qualify.
     
          Yes
  If Transferor is a natural person, Transferor’s own net worth, taken together with the net worth of Transferor’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000. “Net worth” for this purpose means total assets (including residence, personal property and other assets) in excess of total liabilities.
 
   
          Yes
  If Transferor is a natural person, Transferor had an individual gross income in excess of $200,000 (or joint income with Transferor’s spouse in excess of $300,000) in each of the two previous years and reasonably expects a gross individual income in excess of $200,000 (or joint income with Transferor’s spouse in excess of $300,000) this year.
 
   
          Yes
  If Transferor is an entity, Transferor has total assets in excess of $5,000,000, AND was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, AND is any of the following:
    a corporation,
 
    a partnership,
 
    a limited liability company,
 
    a Massachusetts or similar business trust, or
 
    an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code
     
          Yes
  If Transferor is an entity, all of Transferor’s equity owners are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D (taking into account the need to look through certain entities under applicable law).
[Signature Page to Instrument of Transfer]

 


 

Exhibit C
Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

Exhibit 10.2
FINAL
TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
          This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 30, 2007, is hereby entered into by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), Pzena Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ PIM ”) and each of the undersigned parties hereto identified as “Continuing Members” or “Exiting Members.”
RECITALS
          WHEREAS, the Continuing Members hold membership interests (“ Units ”) in PIM, which is treated as a partnership for United States federal income Tax (as defined below) purposes;
          WHEREAS, immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (as defined below) and the Corporation’s acquisition of certain Units from the Exiting Members in exchange for a portion of the net proceeds of the IPO, the Exiting Members held Units in PIM;
          WHEREAS, the Corporation is the managing member of, and holds and will hold Units in, PIM;
          WHEREAS, as a result of the Continuing Members’ agreement to hold Units rather than transferring all of their Units in exchange for shares of Class A common stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Shares ”), the Corporation is expected to incur significantly lower Tax liabilities on an ongoing basis with respect to the operations of PIM;
          WHEREAS, (i) certain of the Continuing Members have sold a portion of the Units they hold to the Corporation and (ii) each of the Exiting Members have sold all the Units they hold to the Company (together, the “ Original Sale ”) in exchange for the net proceeds of the IPO, each on the date hereof;
          WHEREAS, the Units are exchangeable for Class A Shares;
          WHEREAS, PIM and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership for United States federal income Tax purposes has or will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for the

 


 

Taxable Year (as defined below) in which the Original Sale occurs and for each subsequent Taxable Year in which an exchange of Units for Class A Shares occurs, which election will result in an adjustment to the Tax basis of the assets owned by PIM and such subsidiaries, solely with respect to the Corporation, at the time of the Original Sale, an exchange of Units for Class A Shares or any other deemed or actual acquisition of Units by the Corporation for cash or otherwise (collectively, and together with the Original Sale, an “ Exchange ”) (such time, including the date of the Original Sale, the “ Exchange Date ”) by reason of such Exchange and the payments under this Agreement;
          WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax items of (i) PIM, solely with respect to the Corporation, may be affected by the Basis Adjustment (defined below) and (ii) the Corporation may be affected by the Imputed Interest (as defined below); and
          WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustment and Imputed Interest on the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
           Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).
          “ Advisory Firm ” means Ernst & Young LLP, or any other accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters and that is appointed by the Board.
          “ Advisory Firm Letter ” shall mean a letter from the Advisory Firm stating that the relevant schedule, notice or other information to be provided by the Corporation to the Applicable Member and all supporting schedules and work papers were prepared by the Corporation in good faith.
          “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

2


 

          “ Agreed Rate ” means LIBOR.
          “ Agreement ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.
          “ Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.04(b) of this Agreement.
          “ Applicable Member ” means in respect of that portion of any Tax Benefit Payment that arises from an Exchange or a deemed Exchange pursuant to clause (5) of the definition of “Valuation Assumptions”, the Exchanging Member or Member deemed to Exchange, as applicable.
          “ Basis Adjustment ” means the adjustment to the Tax basis of an Exchange Asset as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement, as calculated under Section 2.01 of this Agreement, under Section 732(b) of the Code (in a situation where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, PIM becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for Tax purposes) or Sections 743(b) and 754 of the Code (including in situations where, following an Exchange, PIM remains in existence as an entity for Tax purposes) or otherwise, as applicable, and, in each case, comparable sections of state, local and foreign Tax laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.
          A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have correlative meanings.
          “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
          “ Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
          “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
  (i)   any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding a group of Persons, which, if it includes any Key

3


 

      Member or any of such Key Member’s Affiliates, includes all Key Members then employed by PIM or any of PIM’s Affiliates, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; or
 
  (ii)   the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporation then serving: individuals who, on the date of the consummation of the IPO, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to an election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date of the consummation of the IPO or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or
 
  (iii)   there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or
 
  (iv)   the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly, or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their voting power of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of

4


 

any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate voting power in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
          “ Class A Shares ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Code ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Continuing Members ” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.
          “ Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
          “ Corporation ” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.
          “ Corporation Return ” means the United States federal, state, local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes for any Taxable Year.
          “ Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.
          “ Default Rate ” means LIBOR plus 300 basis points.
          “ Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of a Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.
          “ Dispute ” is defined in Section 7.08(a).

5


 

          “ Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.
          “ Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.
          “ Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.02 of this Agreement.
          “ Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.03(b) of this Agreement.
          “ Early Termination Rate ” means the long-term Treasury rate in effect on the applicable date.
          “ Exchange ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement; “Exchanged” and “Exchanging” shall have correlative meanings.
          “ Exchange Assets ” means each asset that is held by PIM, or by any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange.
          “ Exchange Basis Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.02 of this Agreement.
          “ Exchange Date ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Exchange Payment ” is defined in Section 5.01.
          “ Exiting Members ” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.
          “ Expert ” is defined in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.
          “ Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or PIM, but only with respect to income realized by PIM the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) but using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the Tax basis of the Exchange Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest.

6


 

          “ Imputed Interest ” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement.
          “ IPO ” means the initial public offering of the Class A Shares that is being consummated on the date hereof.
          “ IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
          “ Key Member ” means any of Richard S. Pzena, A. Rama Krishna, John P. Goetz, William L. Lipsey, Joel M. Greenblatt or Milestone Associates, L.L.C.
          “ LIBOR ” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).
          “ LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of PIM, dated October 30, 2007, as may be amended from time to time.
          “ Market Value ” means, with respect to the Class A Shares, on any given date: (i) if the Class A Shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price per share of the Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that date (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price), (ii) if the Class A Shares are not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price) as reported on that date in composite transactions for the principal national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on which the Class A Shares are listed, (iii) if the Class A Shares are not so listed on a national securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Class A Shares on that date in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization, or (iv) if the Class A Shares are not so quoted by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization such value as the Board, in its sole discretion, shall determine in good faith.
          “ Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02.
          “ Members ” means the Continuing Members and the Exiting Members, and each other Person who from time to time executes a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

7


 

          “ Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.
          “ Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a).
          “ Original Sale ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.
          “ Pre-Exchange Transfer ” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Member) of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.
          “ Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or PIM, but only with respect to income realized by PIM the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return), determined, for the avoidance of doubt, using the “with or without” methodology. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or PIM, but only with respect to income realized by PIM the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.
          “ Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or PIM, but only with respect to income realized by PIM the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year determined, for the avoidance of doubt, using the “with or without” methodology. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or PIM, but only with respect to income realized by PIM the Tax liability for which is allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing

8


 

Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.
          “ Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.09.
          “ Reconciliation Procedures ” shall mean those procedures set forth in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.
          “ Schedule ” means any Exchange Basis Schedule or Tax Benefit Schedule and the Early Termination Schedule.
          “ Senior Obligations ” is defined in Section 5.01 of this Agreement.
          “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.
          “ Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.01(b) of this Agreement.
          “ Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.03 of this Agreement.
          “ Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.
          “ Taxable Year ” means a Taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is prepared)in which there is a Basis Adjustment or increased depreciation, amortization or interest deductions attributable to an Exchange.
          “ Taxes ” means any and all United States federal, state, local and foreign Taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, whether as an exclusive or on an alternative basis, and any interest related to such Tax.
          “ Taxing Authority ” shall mean any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or

9


 

authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any Taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.
          “ Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable period.
          “ Units ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Valuation Assumptions ” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, or following a Change of Control, as applicable, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have sufficient Taxable income to fully offset the deductions in such Taxable Year attributable to any Basis Adjustment, increased depreciation or amortization deductions attributable to an Exchange, and Imputed Interest, (2) the U.S. federal income Tax rates and state, local and foreign income Tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be used by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the Early Termination Date, provided , however , that, in the event of a Change of Control, non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the earlier of (i) the time of sale of the relevant asset or (ii) as generally provided in this Valuation Assumption (4) and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.
ARTICLE II
DETERMINATION OF CUMULATIVE REALIZED TAX BENEFIT
          Section 2.01 Basis Adjustment .
               (a) Exchange Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, as a result of an Exchange, PIM shall be entitled to a Basis Adjustment for each Exchange Asset with respect to the Corporation, the amount of which Basis Adjustment will be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (x) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, cash or the amount of any other consideration transferred to the Applicable Member pursuant to the Exchange as payment for the exchanged Units, to the extent attributable to such Exchange Assets, plus (y) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Exchange Assets, plus (z) the amount of debt and other liabilities allocated to the Units acquired pursuant to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Exchange Assets; over (ii) the

10


 

Corporation’s share of PIM’s basis for such Exchange Assets immediately after the Exchange, attributable to the Units exchanged, determined as if (x) PIM were to remain in existence as an entity for Tax purposes and (y) PIM had not made the election provided by Section 754 of the Code.
               (b)  Imputed Interest . For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.
          Section 2.02 Exchange Basis Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income Tax return of the Corporation for each Taxable Year, the Corporation shall deliver to each Member a schedule (the “ Exchange Basis Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail, for purposes of federal income Taxes, (i) the actual unadjusted Tax basis of the Exchange Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Exchange Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period or periods, if any, over which the Exchange Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable (which, for non-amortizable assets, shall be based on the Valuation Assumptions).
          Section 2.03 Tax Benefit Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income Tax return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to each Member a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”). The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.04(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.04(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.04(b)).
          Section 2.04 Procedures, Amendments
               (a) Procedure . Every time the Corporation delivers to the Applicable Member an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation also shall (x) deliver to the Applicable Member schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of such Schedule and an Advisory Firm Letter supporting such Schedule and (y) allow the Applicable Member reasonable access, at no cost, to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Applicable Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving an Exchange Basis Schedule or amendment thereto or a Tax Benefit Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice with respect to such Exchange Basis Schedule or Tax

11


 

Benefit Schedule, the Corporation and the Applicable Member shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”).
               (b)  Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Applicable Member, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”).
ARTICLE III
TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS
          Section 3.01 Payments
               (a)  Payments . Within three (3) business days of a Tax Benefit Schedule that was delivered to an Applicable Member becoming final in accordance with Section 2.04(a), the Corporation shall pay to the Applicable Member for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.01(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account of the Applicable Member previously designated by such Member to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal income Tax payments.
               (b) A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to 85% of the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount. The “ Net Tax Benefit " for each Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.01, excluding payments attributable to the Interest Amount; provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, no Member shall be required to return any portion of any previously received Tax Benefit Payment under any circumstances. The “ Interest Amount ” for a given Taxable Year shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation Return with respect to Taxes for the most recently ended Taxable Year until the Payment Date. The Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each separate Exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year

12


 

ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to Partnership Units that were exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (3), and (4), substituting in each case the terms “the closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date”.
          Section 3.02 No Duplicative Payments . It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Corporation’s Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Interest Amount thereon, being paid to the Members pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to achieve these fundamental results.
          Section 3.03 Pro Rata Payments . For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that (i) the Corporation’s deductions with respect to any Basis Adjustment is limited in a particular Taxable Year or (ii) the Corporation lacks sufficient funds to satisfy or is prevented under any credit agreement or other arrangement from satisfying its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular Taxable year, the limitation on the deduction, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account or made for the Applicable Member in the same proportion as Tax Benefit Payments would have been made absent the limitations in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, as applicable.
ARTICLE IV
TERMINATION
          Section 4.01 Early Termination and Breach of Agreement .
               (a) The Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Units held (or previously held and Exchanged) by all Members at any time by paying to the Members the Early Termination Payment; provided , however , that this Agreement shall terminate only upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Members, and provided , further , that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.01(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporation, neither the Members nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (x) Tax Benefit Payment agreed by the Corporation acting in good faith and the Applicable Member to be due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (y) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (y) is included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporation makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all Members, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement in such case shall be its obligations to all Members under Section 4.03(a).

13


 

               (b) In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed by the Corporation acting in good faith and any Applicable Member to be due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement, the Members shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due.
               (c) The Corporation, PIM and each of the Members hereby acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for United States federal income Tax or other applicable Tax purposes.
          Section 4.02 Early Termination Notice . If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.01 above, the Corporation shall deliver to each present or former Member notice of such intention to exercise such right (“ Early Termination Notice ”) and a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless an Applicable Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the applicable Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.09 of this Agreement.
          Section 4.03 Payment upon Early Termination . (a) Within three (3) business days after the Early Termination Schedule has become final and binding, the Corporation shall pay to each Applicable Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Applicable Member.

14


 

               (b) The “ Early Termination Payment ” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to the Applicable Member the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Applicable Member beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.
ARTICLE V
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS
          Section 5.01 Subordination . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to the Members under this Agreement (an “ Exchange Payment ”) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.
          Section 5.02 Late Payments by the Corporation . The amount of all or any portion of any Exchange Payment not made to any Member when due (without regard to Section 5.01) under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable.
ARTICLE VI
NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION
          Section 6.01 Member Participation in the Corporation and PIM’s Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and PIM, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify each applicable Member of, and keep such applicable Member reasonably informed with respect to the portion of any audit of the Corporation and PIM by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect such applicable Member’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to such applicable Member reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation, PIM and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided , however , that the Corporation and PIM shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.
          Section 6.02 Consistency . Except upon the written advice of an Advisory Firm, the Corporation and the Applicable Member agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting

15


 

purposes, all Tax-related items (including without limitation the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement. Any Dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.09. In the event that an Advisory Firm is replaced with another firm acceptable to the Corporation and the Applicable Member, such replacement Advisory Firm shall be required to perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with the previous Advisory Firm, unless (a) otherwise required by law or (b) the Corporation and the Applicable Member agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies.
          Section 6.03 Cooperation . The Applicable Member shall (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter described in clause (a) above. The Corporation shall reimburse the Applicable Member for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.03.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
          Section 7.01 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:
if to the Corporation, to:
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
c/o Pzena Investment Management, LLC
120 West Forty-Fifth Street, 20 th Floor
New York, NY 10036
(T) (212) 583-1291
(F) (212)308-0010
Attention: General Counsel
with a copy to:

16


 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(T) (212) 735-3000
(F) (212) 735-2000
Attention: Richard B. Aftanas, Esq.
Ralph Arditi, Esq.
             If to the Applicable Member, to:
          The address and facsimile number set forth in the records of PIM.
Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.
          Section 7.02 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same Agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
          Section 7.03 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
          Section 7.04 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
          Section 7.05 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

17


 

          Section 7.06 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers . No Member may assign this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Corporation; provided , however , that (i) to the extent Units are transferred in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the transferring Member shall have the option to assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring Member’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to become a “Member” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Member pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Exchanged Units may be assigned to any Person or Persons as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and acknowledging specifically the terms of the next paragraph of this Section 7.06. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Person transfers Units (regardless of whether the transferee is a “Permitted Transferee” under the terms of the LLC Agreement) but does not assign to the transferee of such Units such Person’s rights, if any, under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such Person shall be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments, if any, due hereunder with respect to, including any Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of, such Units.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.06, no transferee described in clause (i) of the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Section 2.04, 4.02, 6.01 or 6.02 of this Agreement, and no assignee described in clause (ii) of the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have any rights under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.
          No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporation and PIM and by Members who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Members hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Member pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided , however , that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment would have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Members will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such Members disproportionately effected consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
          Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor

18


 

(whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event a Member transfers his Units to a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the LLC Agreement), excluding any other Member, such Member shall have the right, on behalf of such transferee, to enforce the provisions of Sections 2.04, 4.02 or 6.01 with respect to such transferred Units.
          Section 7.07 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.
          Section 7.08 Resolution of Disputes.
               (a) Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.09, including but not limited to any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “ Dispute ”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings. In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including, but not limited to an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute. The award shall be final and binding upon the parties as from the date rendered, and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal. Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets.
               (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporation may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Member (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.08 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporation as such Member’s agent

19


 

for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Member of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Member in any such action or proceeding.
               (c)      (i) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.08, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the forums designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and (ii) the parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in paragraph (c) (i) of this Section 7.08 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.
          Section 7.09 Reconciliation . In the event that the Corporation and the applicable Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.04, 4.02 and 6.02 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with either the Corporation or the applicable Member or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on such date and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. In the event that this reconciliation provision is utilized, the fees of the Expert shall be paid in proportion to the manner in which the dispute is resolved, such that, for example, if the entire dispute is resolved in favor of the Corporation, the applicable Member shall pay all of the fees, or if the items in dispute are resolved 50% in favor of the Corporation and 50% in favor of the applicable Member, each of the Corporation and the applicable Member shall pay 50% of the fees of the Expert. Any dispute as to whether a dispute

20


 

is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.09 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.09 shall be binding on the Corporation and the applicable Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.
          Section 7.10 Withholding . The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Applicable Member.
          Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .
               (a) If the Corporation becomes a member of another affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated Taxable income of the group as a whole.
               (b) If any entity that is obligated to make an Exchange Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Exchange Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully Taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest.
          Section 7.12 Confidentiality . Each Member and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation and of its Affiliates is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors, concerning PIM and its Affiliates and successors or the other Members, learned by the Member heretofore or hereafter. This clause 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Member in violation of this Agreement) or is generally

21


 

known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Member to prepare and file his or her Tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Member and assignee (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Member or assignee, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporation, PIM, the Members and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the Members relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.
     If a Member or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or the other Members and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporation and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
          Section 7.13 LLC Agreement . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of PIM as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.
          Section 7.14 Partnerships . The Corporation hereby agrees that, to the extent it acquires a general partnership interest, managing member interest or similar interest in any Person after the date hereof, it shall cause such Person to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement and such Person shall be treated as a “partnership” for all purposes of this Agreement.

22


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, PIM, each Continuing Member and each Exiting Member have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
         
     
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena    
    Name:   Richard S. Pzena   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
             
By:   Pzena Investment Management, Inc.,
    its Managing Member
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
   
 
      Title: Chief Executive Officer    

 


 

CONTINUING MEMBERS:
     
/s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
   
Richard S. Pzena
   
 
   
/s/ Wayne A. Palladino
 
   
Wayne A. Palladino
   
 
   
/s/ Spencer Chen
 
   
Spencer Chen
   

 


 

CONTINUING MEMBERS (continued):
JOHN P. GOETZ
WILLIAM L. LIPSEY
A. RAMA KRISHNA
MICHAEL D. PETERSON
KEITH KOMAR
LAWRENCE KOHN
LISA ROTH
EVAN FIRE
JOAN BERGER
CAROLINE CAI
ALLISON FISCH
BRIAN MANN
WILLIAM C. CONNOLLY
COURTNEY HEHRE
MANOJ TANDON
GREGORY MARTIN
TOPALLI MURTI
JAMES M. KREBS
THE RICHARD PZENA DESCENDANTS TRUST, THE AARON PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE MICHELE PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE DANIEL PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE ERIC PZENA FAMILY TRUST
THE RACHEL THERESA GOETZ TRUST
THE CARRIE ESTHER GOETZ TRUST
THE KRISHNA FAMILY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY DYNASTY TRUST
THE WILLIAM LIPSEY GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE MICHAEL D. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
THE SARAH M. PETERSON GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
CC GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST I
ANTONIO DESPIRITO
ADS III 2007 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
BENJAMIN SILVER
BSS GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST
LJK TRUST I
LJK TRUST IV
MILESTONE ASSOCIATES, L.L.C.
PIPING BROOK, LLC
         
By:
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
   
 
  Name: Richard S. Pzena    
 
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Continuing Members    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Wayne A. Palladino
 
   
 
  Name: Wayne A. Palladino    
 
  Title: Attorney-in-Fact for each of the above-listed Continuing Members    

 


 

EXITING MEMBERS:
     
/s/ Amelia C. Jones
 
   
Amelia C. Jones
   
THE ACJF TRUST
         
     
  By:   /s/ Daniel Feinberg    
    Name:   Daniel Feinberg   
    Title:   Trustee   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
JOINDER
          This JOINDER (this “ Joinder ”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Pzena Investment Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“PIM”) and                                           (“Permitted Transferee”).
          WHEREAS, on                      , Permitted Transferee acquired (the “ Acquisition ”)                      Units in PIM and the corresponding shares of Class B common stock of the Corporation (collectively, “ Interests ” and, together with all other Interests hereinafter acquired by Permitted Transferee from Transferor and its Permitted Transferees (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement), the “ Acquired Interests ”) from                      (“ Transferor ”); and
          WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.06 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements contained herein, Permitted Transferee hereby agrees as follows:
          Section 1.1 Definitions . To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.
          Section 1.2 Joinder . Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees to become a “Member” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, including but not limited to, being bound by Sections 7.12, 2.04, 4.02, 6.01 and 6.02 of the Tax Receivable Agreement, with respect to the Acquired Interests, and any other Interests Permitted Transferee acquires hereafter.
          Section 1.3 Notice . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or sent by facsimile ( provided a copy is thereafter promptly delivered as provided in this Section 1.3) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed to Permitted Transferee at the address or facsimile number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as may hereafter be designated in writing by Permitted Transferee:
          Section 1.4 Governing Law . THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by Permitted Transferee as of the date first above written.
                                                  
Signature Page for Joinder by                     
to the Tax Receivable Agreement

 

 

Exhibit 10.3
As Adopted
by the Board of Directors of
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
on October 24, 2007
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan

 


 

Table of Contents
             
        Page  
1.
  Purpose     1  
2.
  Definitions     1  
3.
  Term of the Plan     4  
4.
  Administration     4  
5.
  Authorization of Grants     5  
6.
  Specific Terms of Awards     6  
7.
  Adjustment Provisions     11  
8.
  Settlement of Awards     12  
9.
  No Special Employment or Other Rights     14  
10.
  Nonexclusivity of the Plan     14  
11.
  Termination and Amendment of the Plan and Awards     14  
12.
  Notices and Other Communications     14  
13.
  Governing Law     15  

 


 

PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
2006 Equity Incentive Plan
1. Purpose
     Pzena Investment Management, LLC hereby adopts this Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Incentive Plan effective as of October 30, 2007. This Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Class B Units of the Company by persons providing services to the Company and/or its subsidiaries, including members of the Company and employees and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, and to provide additional incentives for them to promote the success of the Company’s business.
2. Definitions
     As used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     2.1. Accelerate , Accelerated , and Acceleration , when used with respect to an Option or Unit-Based Award, means that as of the time of reference the Option or Unit-Based Award will vest and, if applicable, will become exercisable with respect to some or all of the Class B Units or cash equivalent for which such Option or Unit-Based Award was not then otherwise exercisable by its terms, and, when used with respect to Restricted Units, means that the Risk of Forfeiture otherwise applicable to the Class B Units shall expire with respect to some or all of the Class B Units then otherwise subject to the Risk of Forfeiture.
     2.2. Award means any grant or sale pursuant to the Plan of Options, Restricted Units, Unit Grants or other Unit-Based Awards or LTIP Units.
     2.3. Award Agreement means an agreement between the Company and the recipient of an Award, setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.
     2.4. Cause means “Cause”, as described in the Operating Agreement, provided that references to an “Employee Member” shall be replaced by references to a “Participant.”
     2.5. Class A Stock means Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
     2.6. Class B Unit means a “Class B Unit” in the Company, as defined in the Operating Agreement.
     2.7. Client means “Client”, as described in the Operating Agreement, provided that references to an “Employee Member” shall be replaced by references to a “Participant.”
     2.8. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute thereto, and any regulations issued from time to time thereunder. To the extent that reference is made to any particular section of the Code, such reference shall be, where the context so admits, to any corresponding provisions of any succeeding law.

 


 

     2.9. Committee means any committee of the board of directors of Pzena Investment Management, Inc., in its capacity as the Managing Member of the Company, that is delegated responsibility by such board of directors for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 4 of the Plan; provided , that such committee shall be comprised solely of directors of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. who are (a) “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, (b) “outside directors” under Code Section 162(m) and (c) “independent directors” pursuant to New York Stock Exchange requirements. For any period during which no such committee is in existence, “Committee” shall mean the Managing Member and all authority and responsibility assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the Managing Member.
     2.10. Company means Pzena Investment Management, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.
     2.11 Confidential Information means “Confidential Information”, as defined in the Operating Agreement.
     2.12. Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and as now or hereafter construed, interpreted and applied by regulations, rulings and cases.
     2.13. Fair Market Value of a Class B Unit on any given date means: (i) if the Class A Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price per share of Class A Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price), (ii) if the Class A Stock is not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price) as reported on that date in composite transactions for the principal national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Exchange Act on which the Class A Stock is listed, (iii) if the Class A Stock is not so listed on a national securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Class A Stock on that date in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization, or (iv) if the Class A Stock is not so quoted by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine in good faith.
     2.14. Good Reason means the occurrence of any of the following events without either (i) the Participant’s prior written consent; or (ii) full cure within 30 days after the Participant gives written notice to the Company describing the event in reasonable detail and requesting cure: any material diminution in the Participant’s title, responsibilities or authority with the Company; or any relocation of the Participant’s place of employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from both the Company’s principal office and the Participant’s then current principal residence.
     2.15. Grant Date means the date as of which an Option is granted, as determined under Section 6.1(a).

2


 

     2.16. Investment Advisory Services means any services that involve (i) the management of an investment account or fund (or portions thereof or a group of investment accounts or funds), (ii) the giving of advice with respect to the investment and/or reinvestment of assets or funds (or any group of assets or funds), or (iii) otherwise acting as an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (whether or not required to be registered under such act), and performing activities related or incidental thereto, provided that “Investment Advisory Services” shall exclude any service in respect of which no compensation or economic benefit is provided directly or indirectly to any person in respect of such service.
     2.17. IPO means the initial public offering of Class A Stock, as contemplated in the registration statement on Form S-1 of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (No. 333-143660).
     2.18. LTIP Unit means a certain class or classes of membership interests in the Company which, upon the occurrence of certain events, may convert into Class B Units.
     2.19. Managing Member has the meaning set forth in the Operating Agreement
     2.20. Obligations means the Participant not engaging in any of the following activies: (i) directly or indirectly, whether as an officer, director, owner, partner, investor, member, adviser, representative, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, providing Investment Advisory Services, except in the performance of his duties with the Company, or engaging, or assisting others to engage, in whole or in part, in any business in competition with the business of the Company, (ii) directly or indirectly (other than in the course of performing his duties to the Company) (a) soliciting the hiring of or hiring any employee of the Company or any person who, within the prior six months, had been an employee of the Company, assisting in, or encouraging such hiring by any person or encouraging any such employee to terminate or alter his relationship with the Company; (b) in competition with the Company, soliciting, seeking, inducing, pursuing in any way, or accepting a business relationship of any kind with, any person who is a Client of the Company, including by way of indirect or sub-advisory arrangements (such obligation to include the duty of the Participant to decline any such offered business activity even if unsolicited); (c) otherwise soliciting, encouraging or inducing any Client to terminate or reduce its business or relationship with the Company; or (d) otherwise take any action or have any communication with any person the purpose of which is, or the reasonably likely effect of which could be, to cause any such Client to terminate, alter, reduce, modify or restrict in any way its relationship or business with the Company; or (iii) except as required by law or on the written request or with the written consent of the Company, disclosing any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, or using Confidential Information in any way.
     2.21. Operating Agreement means the Company’s Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, as in effect from time to time.
     2.22. Option means an option to purchase Class B Units of the Company.

3


 

     2.23. Optionee means a Participant to whom an Option shall have been granted under the Plan.
     2.24. Participant means any holder of an outstanding Award under the Plan.
     2.25. Plan means this Pzena Investment Management, LLC 2006 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, and including any attachments or addenda hereto.
     2.26. Restricted Units means Class B Units issued or sold to a Participant subject to a Risk of Forfeiture.
     2.27. Restriction Period means the period of time, established by the Committee in connection with an Award of Restricted Units, during which such Restricted Units are subject to a Risk of Forfeiture described in the applicable Award Agreement.
     2.28. Risk of Forfeiture means a limitation on the right of the Participant to retain Restricted Units, including a right in the Company to reacquire the Restricted Units at less than their then Fair Market Value, arising because of the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events or conditions.
     2.29. Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
     2.30. Unit Grant means a grant of Class B Units not subject to restrictions or other forfeiture conditions.
     2.31. Unit-Based Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan.
3. Term of the Plan
     Unless the Plan shall have been earlier terminated by the Company, Awards may be granted under this Plan at any time in the period commencing on the date of approval of the Plan by the Company and ending immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of such date. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan within that period shall not expire solely by reason of the termination of the Plan.
4. Administration
     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however , that at any time and on any one or more occasions the Managing Member may itself exercise any of the powers and responsibilities assigned the Committee under the Plan and when so acting shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of the Plan pertaining to the Committee’s exercise of its authorities hereunder; and provided further, however, that the Committee may delegate to one or more “executive officers” (as defined under applicable rules promulgated under the Exchange Act) the authority to grant Awards hereunder to employees who are not executive officers, and to consultants, in accordance with such

4


 

guidelines as the Committee shall set forth at any time or from time to time. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to make or to select the manner of making all determinations with respect to each Award to be granted by the Company under the Plan including the member, employee or consultant to receive the Award and the form of Award. In making such determinations, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such members, employees and consultants, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company, and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award Agreements (which need not be identical), and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee’s determinations made in good faith on matters referred to in the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming any interest under the Plan or an Award made pursuant hereto.
5. Authorization of Grants
     5.1. Eligibility . The Committee may grant from time to time and at any time prior to the termination of the Plan one or more Awards, either alone or in combination with any other Awards, to any service provider to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including members of the Company and employees and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.
     5.2. General Terms of Awards . Each grant of an Award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan (including but not limited to any specific terms and conditions applicable to that type of Award set out in Section 6), and such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee may prescribe. Restricted Units and Units Grants under the Plan shall at all times be subject to the terms of the Operating Agreement.
     5.3. Non-Transferability of Awards . Awards shall not be transferable, and no Awards or interest therein may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all of a Participant’s rights in any Award may be exercised during the life of the Participant only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Unit Grants and, following lapse of the Restriction Period, Restricted Units may be transferred in accordance with the provisions of the Operating Agreement.
     5.4. Conditions to Receipt of Awards .
          (a) No prospective Participant shall have any rights with respect to an Award unless and until such Participant has executed an agreement evidencing the Award, delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, and otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award.

5


 

          (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Award of Options, Restricted Units, Unit Grants, other Unit- Based Awards, LTIP Units and no issuance of Class B Units upon exercise of an Option or the settlement of any Unit-Based Award, may be made to a person who has committed any act which could serve as a basis for (i) denial, suspension or revocation of the registration of any investment adviser, including the Company, under Section 203(e) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or Rule 206(4)-4(b) thereunder, or for disqualification of any investment adviser, including the Company, as an investment adviser to a registered investment company pursuant to Sections 9(a) or 9(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) precluding the Company from acting as a fiduciary by operation of Section 411 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or (iii) the Company failing to qualify as a “qualified professional asset manager” within the meaning of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14.
          (c) Each Award of Restricted Units, Unit Grants, other Unit-based Awards or LTIP Units and each issuance of Class B Units to the recipient of an Award of Options upon exercise of the Options or upon settlement of a Unit-Based Award, shall be conditioned upon the recipient’s execution of the Operating Agreement or an agreement of accession thereto.
     5.5. Units Subject to Plan . The maximum number of Class B Units reserved for the grant or settlement of Awards under the Plan shall be 10,113,996 Class B Units, subject to adjustment as provided herein. If any Class B Units subject to an Award are forfeited, canceled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of Class B Units to the Participant, the Class B Units with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Class B Units that are exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company as full or partial payment in connection with any Award under the Plan, as well as any Class B Units exchanged by a Participant or withheld by the Company to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any Award under the Plan, shall not be available for subsequent Awards under the Plan.
6. Specific Terms of Awards
     6.1. Options .
          (a)  Date of Grant . The granting of an Option shall take place at the time specified in the Award Agreement.
          (b)  Exercise Price . The price at which a Class B Unit may be acquired under each Option shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Class B Unit on the Grant Date.
          (c)  Option Period . The exercise period with respect to each Option shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee and specified in each Award

6


 

Agreement; provided, however, that no Option may be exercised on or after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.
          (d) Exercisability. An Option may be immediately exercisable or become exercisable in such installments, cumulative or non-cumulative, as the Committee may determine and as set forth in each Award Agreement. In the case of an Option not otherwise immediately exercisable in full, the Committee may Accelerate such Option in whole or in part at any time.
          (e)  Termination of Association with the Company — Generally . Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise for any Award with respect to any Option and except as provided in Section 6.1(f), if the Optionee’s employment or other association with the Company ends for any reason, any outstanding Option of the Optionee shall cease to be exercisable in any respect and shall terminate not later than 90 days following that event and, for the period it remains exercisable following that event, shall be exercisable only to the extent exercisable at the date of that event (and to the extent not then exercisable, shall terminate as of the date of such event), after giving effect to the last sentence of this Section 6(e). Military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association, provided that it does not exceed the longer of ninety (90) days or the period during which the absent Optionee’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, unless the Committee shall otherwise provide, an Optionee shall immediately become fully vested in all Options if (i) such Optionee dies while employed by or providing services to the Company, (ii) such Optionee’s employment with or provision of services to the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or (iii) such Optionee voluntarily terminates the provision of services to or employment with the Company with Good Reason; provided , that any termination of an Optionee’s employment (x) by reason of the Company’s waiver of any termination notice period given by an Optionee or (y) by the Company after such Optionee has given notice of voluntary termination will, in either case, be deemed a voluntary termination as of the date of the Optionee’s actual termination of employment.
          (f) Termination of Association with the Company Following Ten Years of Continuous Service . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary and unless the Committee shall provide otherwise for any Award with respect to any Option, in the event the Optionee voluntarily terminates employment or other association with the Company and has, as of the time of such termination, been employed by or providing services to the Company for a continuous period of no less than ten years, then (i) such Optionee will, subject to the Optionee’s continued compliance with the Obligations, continue to vest in any outstanding Options held by the Optionee in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Agreement and (ii) any outstanding Option of the Optionee will remain outstanding until the earlier to occur of (x) the expiration date of such Option and (y) the date the Optionee violates any of the Obligations.
          (g)  Method of Exercise . An Option may be exercised by the Optionee giving written notice, in the manner provided in Section 12, specifying the number of

7


 

Class B Units with respect to which the Option is then being exercised. Where the exercise of an Option is to be accompanied by payment, the Committee may determine the required or permitted forms of payment, subject to the following: (a) all payments will be by cash or check acceptable to the Committee, or (b) if so permitted by the Committee, (i) through the delivery of Class B Units that have a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, except where payment by delivery of Class B Units would adversely affect the Company’s results of operations under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or where payment by delivery of Class B Units outstanding for less than six months would require application of securities laws relating to profit realized on such Class B Units, (ii) by other means acceptable to the Committee, or (iii) by means of withholding of Class B Units, with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price and (B) unless the Company is precluded or restricted from doing so under debt covenants, minimum statutory withholding taxes with respect to such exercise, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing permissible forms of payment. The delivery of Class B Units in payment of the exercise price under clause (g)(i) above may be accomplished either by actual delivery or by constructive delivery through attestation of ownership, subject to such rules as the Committee may prescribe.
          (h)  No Certificates . Class B Units are not represented by certificates. The “issuance” of Class B Units pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall not require the creation or delivery of a certificate or other evidence of ownership, other than that provided by the applicable Award Agreement, but instead only the Company’s recognition of the Optionee on its books and records as the beneficial holder of such Class B Units.
          (i)  Rights Pending Exercise . No person holding an Option shall be deemed for any purpose to be a member of the Company with respect to any of the Class B Units issuable pursuant to his or her Option, except to the extent that the Option shall have been exercised with respect thereto.
     6.2. Restricted Unit s.
          (a)  Purchase Price . Class B Units or Restricted Units shall be issued under the Plan for such consideration, in cash, other property or services, or any combination thereof, as is determined by the Committee.
          (b) No Certificates . Class B Units are not represented by certificates. The “issuance” of Class B Units or Restricted Units under the Plan shall not require the creation or delivery of a certificate or other evidence of ownership, other than that provided by the applicable Award Agreement, but instead only the Company’s recognition of the Participant on its books and records as the beneficial holder of such Class B Units or Restricted Units.
          (c)  Restrictions and Restriction Period . During the Restriction Period applicable to Restricted Units, such Restricted Units shall be subject to limitations on transferability and a Risk of Forfeiture arising on the basis of such conditions related to the performance of services, Company performance or otherwise as the Committee may

8


 

determine and provide for in the applicable Award Agreement. Any such Risk of Forfeiture may be waived or terminated, or the Restriction Period shortened, at any time by the Committee on such basis as it deems appropriate.
          (d) R ights Pending Lapse of Risk of Forfeiture or Forfeiture of Awar d. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, at all times prior to lapse of any Risk of Forfeiture applicable to, or forfeiture of, an Award of Restricted Units, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of Class B Units of the Company, including the right to receive any distributions with respect to, the Restricted Units.
          (e)  Termination of Association with the Company — Generally . Unless the Committee shall provide otherwise for any Award of Restricted Units and except as provided in Section 6.2(f), upon termination of a Participant’s employment or other association with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason during the Restriction Period, all Restricted Units still subject to Risk of Forfeiture shall be forfeited or otherwise subject to return to or repurchase by the Company on the terms specified in the Award Agreement; provided, however , that military or sick leave or other bona fide leave shall not be deemed a termination of employment or other association if it does not exceed the longer of ninety (90) days or the period during which the absent Participant’s reemployment rights, if any, are guaranteed by statute or by contract. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, unless the Committee provides otherwise, the Restriction Period applicable to Restricted Units shall immediately lapse if (i) such Participant dies while employed by or providing services to the Company, (ii) such Participant’s employment with or provision of services to the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or (iii) such Participant voluntarily terminates the provision of services to or employment with the Company with Good Reason; provided , that any termination of a Participant’s employment (x) by reason of the Company’s waiver of any termination notice period given by a Participant or (y) by the Company after such Participant has given notice of voluntary termination will, in either case, be deemed a voluntary termination as of the date of the Participant’s actual termination of employment.
          (f) Termination of Association with the Company Following Ten Years of Continuous Service . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary and unless the Committee shall provide otherwise for any Award of Restricted Units with respect to any Option, in the event a Participant voluntarily terminates employment or other association with the Company and has, as of the time of such termination, been employed by or providing services to the Company for a continuous period of no less than ten years, then (i) such Participant will, subject to the Participant’s continued compliance with the Obligations, continue to vest in any outstanding Restricted Units subject to a Risk of Forfeiture in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Agreement and (ii) any outstanding Restricted Units held by the Participant will remain outstanding until the earlier to occur of (x) the expiration date of such Restricted Units and (y) the date the Participant violates any of the Obligations.

9


 

     6.3. Unit Grants . Class B Unit Grants shall be awarded solely in recognition of significant contributions to the success of the Company, in lieu of compensation otherwise already due and in such other limited circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. Unit Grants shall be made without forfeiture conditions of any kind.
     6.4. Unit-Based Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards of phantom Class B Units and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of a Class B Unit. Such Unit-Based Awards shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive one or more Class B Units (or the equivalent cash value of such Class B Units) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives. Unit-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine: (a) the number of Class B Units to be awarded under (or otherwise related to) such Unit-Based Awards; (b) whether such Unit-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Class B Units or a combination of cash and Class B Units; and (c) all other terms and conditions of such Unit-Based Awards (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions thereof).
     6.5. LTIP Units . LTIP Units may be granted as free-standing awards or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan, and may be valued by reference to the Class B Units, and will be subject to such other conditions and restrictions as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine, including, but not limited to, continued employment or service, computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. LTIP Units, whether vested or unvested, may entitle the participant to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, distributions or distribution equivalent payments with respect to the number of Class B Units corresponding to the LTIP Unit or other distributions from the Company and the Committee may provide in the applicable Award Agreement that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Class B Units or LTIP Units. The LTIP Units granted under the Plan will be subject to such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion, including, but not limited to the conversion ratio, if any, pursuant to which LTIP Units may be exchanged for Class B Units in accordance with the terms of the Operating Agreement. LTIP Units may be structured as “profits interests,” “capital interests” or other types of interests for federal income tax purposes.
     6.6. Awards to Participants Outside the United States . The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan granted to a Participant who is, at the time of grant or during the term of the Award, resident or primarily employed outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that the Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then resident or primarily employed, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by foreign tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence or employment abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such an Award to a Participant who is resident or

10


 

primarily employed in the United States. The Committee may establish supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of the Plan for the purpose of granting and administrating any such modified Award.
7. Adjustment Provisions
     7.1. Adjustment for Company Actions . Subject to Section 7.2, if subsequent to the adoption of the Plan by the Company the outstanding Class B Units are increased, decreased, or exchanged for a different number or kind of units or other securities, or if additional units or new or different units or other securities are distributed with respect to Class B Units, through merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the property of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, dividend, unit split, reverse unit split, or other similar distribution with respect to such Class B Units, the Committee shall make an adjustment, to the extent appropriate and proportionate, in (i) the numbers and kinds of Class B Units or other securities subject to the then outstanding Awards, and (ii) the exercise price for each Class B Unit or other securities subject to then outstanding Options (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such Options remain exercisable).
     7.2. Reorganizations . Upon a sale, merger, reorganization, separation or liquidation of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except to the extent modified by an applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable either in advance of such a transaction or at the time thereof, to provide for one or more of the following: (i) the continuation of outstanding Awards after the transaction without change (ii) the cash-out of outstanding Options as of the time of the transaction as part of the transaction for an amount equal to the difference between the price that would have been paid for the Class B Units subject to such outstanding Options if such Options were exercised upon the closing of such transaction and the exercise price of such outstanding Options; provided that if the exercise price of the Options exceeds the price that would have been paid for the Class B Units subject to the outstanding Options if such Options were exercised upon the closing of the transaction, then such Options may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionees, (iii) the expiration of the exercise period for outstanding Options upon the closing of the transaction, (iv) the cancellation of outstanding Restricted Units and/or Unit-Based Awards and payment to the Participants holding such Restricted Units and/or Unit-Based Awards equal to the value of the underlying Class B Units as of the closing date of the transaction, in such form and at such time as the Committee shall determine, (v) a requirement that the buyer in the transaction assume outstanding Options and/or Restricted Units and/or Unit-Based Awards, (vi) a requirement that the buyer in the transaction substitute outstanding Options with comparable options to purchase the equity interests of the buyer or its parent and/or substitute outstanding Restricted Units and/or Unit-Based Awards with comparable restricted stock or units of the buyer or its parent, and (vii) the Acceleration of outstanding Options, Restricted Units and Unit-Based Awards. Each outstanding Option, Restricted Unit and Unit-Based Award that is assumed in connection with such a transaction, or is otherwise to continue in effect subsequent to the transaction, will be appropriately adjusted, immediately after the

11


 

transaction, as to the number and class of securities and, with respect to an Option, the price at which it may be exercised, in accordance with Section 7.1.
     7.3. Dissolution or Liquidation . Upon dissolution or liquidation of the Company, other than as part of a transaction referred to in Section 7.2, each outstanding Option shall terminate, but the Optionee (if at the time in the employ of or otherwise associated with the Company) shall have the right, immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation, to exercise the Option to the extent exercisable on the date of dissolution or liquidation.
     7.4. Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events . In the event of any Company action not specifically covered by the preceding Sections, including but not limited to an extraordinary cash distribution on Units, a Company separation, spin-off, split off or other reorganization or liquidation, the Committee shall make such adjustment of outstanding Awards and their terms, if any, as it, in its sole discretion, may deem equitable and appropriate in the circumstances.
     7.5. Related Matters . Any adjustment in Awards made pursuant to this Section 7 shall be determined and made, if at all, by the Committee and shall include any correlative modification of terms, including of Option exercise prices, rates of vesting or exercisability, Risks of Forfeiture and applicable repurchase prices for Restricted Units and Unit-Based Awards, which the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate so as to ensure the rights of the Participants in their respective Awards are not substantially diminished nor enlarged as a result of the adjustment and Company action other than as expressly contemplated in this Section 7. No fraction of a Class B Unit shall be issued or purchasable or deliverable upon exercise, but in the event any adjustment hereunder of the number of Class B Units covered by an Award shall cause such number to include a fraction of a Class B Unit, such number of Class B Units shall be adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of Class B Units.
8. Settlement of Awards
     8.1. Violation of Law . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, if, at any time, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, the issuance of Class B Units or LTIP Units covered by an Award may constitute a violation of law, then the Company may delay such issuance and the delivery of such Class B Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, until approval shall have been obtained from such governmental agencies as may be required under any applicable law, rule, or regulation, and the Company shall take all reasonable efforts to obtain such approval.
     8.2. Restrictions on Rights in Units . Any Class B Unit or LTIP Unit to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all restrictions upon the transfer thereof which may be now or hereafter imposed by the Certificate of Formation of the Company, as amended from time to time, and the Operating Agreement, as amended from time to time.

12


 

     8.3. Investment Representations . The Company shall be under no obligation to issue any Class B Units or LTIP Units covered by any Award unless the intended recipient has made such written representations to the Company (upon which the Company believes it may reasonably rely) as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate for purposes of confirming that the issuance of such Class B Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to that the Participant is acquiring the Class B Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, for his or her own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Class B Units or LTIP Units.
     8.4. Registration . If the Company shall deem it necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act or other applicable statutes any Class B Units or LTIP Units issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, or to qualify any such Class B Units or LTIP Units, as applicable for exemption from the Securities Act or other applicable statutes, then the Company shall take such action at its own expense. The Company may require from each recipient of an Award such information in writing for use in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or offering circular as is reasonably necessary for that purpose and may require reasonable indemnity to the Company and its Managing Member, officers and directors from that holder against all losses, claims, damage and liabilities arising from use of the information so furnished and caused by any untrue statement of any material fact therein or caused by the omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made. In addition, the Company may require of any such person that he or she agree that, without the prior written consent of the Company or the managing underwriter in any public offering of Class B Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, he or she will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, pledge or otherwise encumber, or otherwise dispose of, any Class B Units or LTIP Units, as applicable, during the 180 day period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to the underwritten public offering of securities.
     8.5. Tax Withholding . Whenever Class B Units or LTIP Units are issued or to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, the Company shall have the right to require the recipient to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements if, when, and to the extent required by law (whether so required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction or otherwise) coincident with the recipient’s exercise of such Option or receipt of Class B Units or LTIP Units, as applicable. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on satisfaction of all such withholding obligations and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the recipient of an Award.

13


 

9. No Special Employment or Other Rights
     Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any recipient of an Award any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment or other association with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, subject to the terms of any separate employment or consulting agreement, any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Formation or the Operating Agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or consulting agreement or to increase or decrease, or otherwise adjust, the other terms and conditions of the recipient’s employment or other association with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
10. Nonexclusivity of the Plan
     The adoption of the Plan by the Company shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Company to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the granting of options and restricted units other than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
11. Termination and Amendment of the Plan and Awards
     The Company may at any time terminate the Plan or make such modifications of the Plan as it shall deem advisable. Unless the Company otherwise expressly provides, or may deem necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including without limitation the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect the rights of the recipient of an Award previously granted hereunder without the consent of the recipient of such Award.
     The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, provided that the Award as amended is consistent with the terms of the Plan, and further provided that, other than as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law, including without limitation the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, no amendment or modification of an outstanding Award may adversely affect the rights of the recipient of such Award without his or her consent.
12. Notices and Other Communications
     Any notice, demand, request or other communication hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument delivered in person or duly sent by first class registered, certified or overnight mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile with a confirmation copy by regular, certified or overnight mail, addressed or sent by facsimile, as the case may be, (i) if to the recipient of an Award, at his or her residence address last filed with the Company and (ii) if to the Company, at its principal place of business, addressed to the attention of the Managing Member, or to such other address or facsimile number, as the case may be, as the addressee may have designated by notice to

14


 

the addressor. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been received: (i) in the case of personal delivery, on the date of such delivery, (ii) in the case of mailing, when received by the addressee, and (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission, when confirmed by facsimile machine report.
13. Governing Law
     The Plan and all Award Agreements and actions taken thereunder shall be governed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

15

 

Exhibit 10.4
As Adopted
by the Board of Directors of
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
on October 24, 2007
PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
AMENDED AND RESTATED BONUS PLAN
Effective as of October 30, 2007

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
1.   Purpose
    1  
2.   Nature of Plan
    1  
3.   Definitions
    1  
4.   Bonus Awards
    4  
5.   Mandatory Deferral of Restricted Amounts
    5  
6.   Accounts
    8  
7.   Administration
    9  
8.   Amendment and Termination
    10  
9.   Unfunded Status of Accounts
    10  
10. Effective Date
    10  
11. Miscellaneous
    10  

i


 

PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
AMENDED AND RESTATED BONUS PLAN
Effective as of October 30, 2007
1. Purpose
     Pzena Investment Management, LLC adopted the Pzena Investment Management, LLC Bonus Plan effective as of January 1, 2007, for bonus amounts earned in Fiscal Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007. Pzena Investment Management, LLC hereby adopts this Pzena Investment Management< LLC Amended and Restated Bonus Plan effective as of October 30, 2007. The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to attract, retain, motivate and reward highly qualified individuals to provide services to the Company by (1) providing for grants of bonus compensation to eligible employees and members of the Company; (2) providing that a portion of the bonus awards made to certain highly compensated individuals shall be deferred on a mandatory basis under the Plan and shall vest and become payable over a four-year period; and (3) permitting members of Pzena Investment Management, LLC to elect to receive a portion of their bonus compensation that is mandatorily deferred in the form of Restricted Share Units of the Company.
2. Nature of Plan
     The Plan is intended to be an unfunded bonus program of the Company in accordance with Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-2(c). Any deferral of bonus compensation under this Plan is intended to be for a limited period of time only and for the purposes of encouraging a Participant’s continued Service with the Company, and the Plan is not intended to provide retirement income to Participants or to defer income by Participants to termination of covered employment and beyond. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with these intentions.
3. Definitions
     3.1. Account shall mean a bookkeeping account established and maintained by the Company for a Participant in accordance with Section 6 to which is credited all or a portion of the Participant’s Bonus Award for a Fiscal Year and to which are credited income, gains and losses in accordance with Section 6.3.
     3.2. Allocation Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
     3.3. Bonus Award shall mean an award of bonus or incentive compensation made by the Company to an Eligible Individual with respect to a Fiscal Year in accordance with Section 4.
     3.4. Cause shall have the meaning set forth in the Operating Agreement, provided that references to an “Employee Member” shall be replaced by references to a “Participant.”

 


 

     3.5. Client shall have the meaning set forth in the Operating Agreement, provided that references to an “Employee Member” shall be replaced by references to a “Participant.”
     3.6. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     3.7. Committee means any committee of the board of directors of Pzena Investment Management, Inc., in its capacity as the Managing Member of the Company, that is delegated responsibility by such board of directors for the administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 7 of the Plan; provided, that such committee shall be comprised solely of directors of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. who are (a) “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and as now or hereafter construed, interpreted and applied by regulations, rulings and cases, (b) “outside directors” under Code Section 162(m) and (c) “independent directors” pursuant to New York Stock Exchange requirements. For any period during which no such committee is in existence, “Committee” shall mean the Managing Member and all authority and responsibility assigned to the Committee under the Plan shall be exercised, if at all, by the Managing Member.
     3.8. Company shall mean Pzena Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its subsidiaries.
     3.9. Compensation shall mean the total remuneration paid by the Company to an Eligible Individual for services provided to the Company in respect of a Fiscal Year, including, without limitation, base salary, guaranteed minimum base payments, Bonus Awards, commissions, sick pay and short-term disability pay (to the extent paid from payroll), and amounts contributed by or on behalf of the Eligible Individual to any retirement plan or simplified employee plan of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Individual’s Compensation shall exclude short-term disability pay not paid from payroll, long-term disability pay, severance pay, welfare and fringe benefits (whether or not includible in the Eligible Individual’s gross income), expense allowances and reimbursements (whether or not includible in the Eligible Individual’s gross income), awards or income under the Equity Incentive Plan (other than Restricted Share Units issued under the Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to the terms of this Plan), and, with respect to an Eligible Individual who is a member of the Company, the Eligible Individual’s distributive share, as a member, of the net income of the Company after payment of all compensation and other expenses of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Eligible Individual’s Compensation shall not include any amount paid or payable from an Account to such Eligible Individual during a Fiscal Year.
     3.10. Confidential Information shall have the meaning set forth in the Operating Agreement.
     3.11. Distribution Equivalent shall mean a right, granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan, to be paid an amount determined with respect to the distributions declared and paid with respect to outstanding Restricted Share Units.
     3.12. Eligible Individual shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

2


 

     3.13. Equity Incentive Plan shall mean the Pzena Investment Management, LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and in effect from time to time.
     3.14. FICA Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(b).
     3.15. Fiscal Year shall mean the fiscal year of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, which is the calendar year.
     3.16. Good Reason shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without either (i) the Participant’s prior written consent; or (ii) full cure within 30 days after the Participant gives written notice to the Company describing the event in reasonable detail and requesting cure:
          (a) any material diminution in the Participant’s title, responsibilities or authority with the Company; or
          (b) any relocation of the Participant’s place of employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from both the Company’s principal office and the Participant’s then current principal residence.
     3.17. Investment Options shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.
     3.18. Investment Advisory Services shall mean any services that involve (1) the management of an investment account or fund (or portions thereof or a group of investment accounts or funds), (2) the giving of advice with respect to the investment and/or reinvestment of assets or funds (or any group of assets or funds), or (3) otherwise acting as an “investment adviser” within the meaning of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (whether or not required to be registered under such act), and performing activities related or incidental thereto, provided that “Investment Advisory Services” shall exclude any service in respect of which no compensation or economic benefit is provided directly or indirectly to any Person in respect of such service.
     3.19. Managing Member shall have the meaning set forth in the Operating Agreement.
     3.20. Market Value shall have the same meaning as Fair Market Value set forth in the Equity Incentive Plan.
     3.21. Operating Agreement shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, Further Amended and Restated as of October 30, 2007, as in effect from time to time.
     3.22. Participant shall mean a current or former employee or member of the Company for whom an Account is maintained pursuant to this Plan or who holds any Restricted Share Units pursuant to the Plan.
     3.23. Person shall mean any individual, partnership (whether general or limited), joint venture, corporation, limited liability company, trust, incorporated organization, or governmental or regulatory authority or other entity.

3


 

     3.24. Plan shall mean this Pzena Investment Management, LLC Amended and Restated Bonus Plan, as it may be amended and in effect from time to time.
     3.25. Restricted Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.
     3.26. Restricted Share Units shall mean a right granted to a Participant under Section 6.4 of the Equity Incentive Plan to receive Units or cash at the end of a specified period.
     3.27. Restriction Period shall have the meaning set forth in the Equity Incentive Plan.
     3.28. Separation from Service shall mean a Participant’s “separation from service,” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and applicable guidance thereunder, from the Company.
     3.29. Service means employment with the Company, or the provision of services to the Company as a member.
     3.30. Unit shall mean a “Class B Unit” in Pzena Investment Management, LLC, as defined in the Operating Agreement.
     3.31. Valuation Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.
     3.32. Vesting Date shall mean each date upon which a portion of a Participant’s Account vests and/or upon which the Restriction Period ends with respect to all or a portion of a Participant’s Restricted Share Units, in accordance with Section 5.6(a).
4. Bonus Awards
     4.1. Grant of Bonus Awards . No later than the last day of a Fiscal Year, the Committee shall designate, from among the employees and members of the Company who provide personal services to the Company, those individuals eligible for a Bonus Award for such Fiscal Year (each, an “Eligible Individual”) and shall determine and specify for each Eligible Individual the amount of the Bonus Award that shall be awarded to such Eligible Individual for such Fiscal Year. In designating the Eligible Individuals for a Fiscal Year and in determining the amount of the Bonus Awards to be granted, the Committee shall take into account any subjective or objective factors that it may in its sole discretion deem relevant, including, without limitation, the performance of the Company, the Eligible Individual or the business unit within the Company to which the Eligible Individual provides services. The Committee may designate as an Eligible Individual an employee or member of the Company who terminates his association with the Company during a Fiscal Year.
     4.2. Time of Payment . Unless deferred under Section 5, a Bonus Award shall be paid to the Participant in one lump sum in cash in the calendar year following the Fiscal Year in which it was earned, but no later than the March 15th of such calendar year (the “Allocation Date”).

4


 

5. Mandatory Deferral of Restricted Amounts
     5.1. Application of Section to Eligible Individuals . The provisions of this Section 5 shall apply to each Eligible Individual who is allocated a Bonus Award for a Fiscal Year and whose Compensation for such Fiscal Year (including such Bonus Award) exceeds $600,000.
     5.2. Restricted Amount . An Eligible Individual’s “Restricted Amount” is that portion of the Eligible Individual’s Bonus Award (but no more than 100% of such Bonus Award) for such Fiscal Year which is equal to:
          (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of the amount of the Eligible Individual’s Compensation for the Fiscal Year that exceeds $600,000; plus
          (b) an additional fifteen percent (15%) of the amount of the Eligible Individual’s Compensation for the Fiscal Year that exceeds $1,200,000.
     5.3. Member Participants . Each Eligible Individual who is a member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and who is or may be entitled to receive a Bonus Award for a Fiscal Year may elect, in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Committee, to have any Restricted Amount of such Bonus Award credited to an Account in his name in accordance with Section 6.1, to receive the Restricted Amount in the form of Restricted Share Units in accordance with Section 5.5, or in a combination of the two. In the absence of an election, the entire Restricted Amount shall be credited to an Account in the name of the Eligible Individual in accordance with Section 6.1.
     5.4. Other Participants . Each Eligible Individual who is an employee or member of the Company, who is not a member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC and who is entitled to receive a Restricted Amount in any Fiscal Year shall have the entire Restricted Amount credited to an Account in his name in accordance with Section 6.1.
     5.5. Restricted Share Units .
          (a) If an Eligible Individual who is a member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC elects to receive all or a portion of his Restricted Amount in the form of Restricted Share Units, the Restricted Share Units shall be issued under and in accordance with the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan and Section 5.6 below and subject to any restrictions thereof. In addition, the Committee may, no later than the last date on which an Eligible Individual may make an election to receive all or a portion of his Restricted Amount in Restricted Share Units, reject such election in its sole discretion, in which event the portion of such Restricted Amount that is rejected shall be credited to an Account in the name of the Eligible Individual in accordance with Section 6.1.
          (b) An Eligible Individual who is a member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC shall receive, effective as of the last day of the Fiscal Year to which a Restricted Amount relates, the number of Restricted Share Units whose Market Value, determined as of the last business day of the Fiscal Year to which the Restricted Amount relates, equals the portion of the Restricted Amount to be provided in the form of Restricted Share Units pursuant to Sections 5.3 and 5.5(a); provided, however, that fractional Restricted

5


 

Share Units shall not be issued and any excess amount shall be credited to an Account in the name of the Eligible Individual in accordance with Section 6.1. Such Restricted Share Units shall be subject to a Restriction Period that reflects the vesting provisions set forth in Section 5.6.
          (c) In addition, in the sole discretion of the Committee, a Participant may be entitled to be credited with Distribution Equivalents with respect to Restricted Share Units, calculated as follows: on each date that a cash distribution is paid by the Company while the Restricted Share Units are outstanding, a Participant’s Account shall be credited with an amount of cash equal to the aggregate dollar amount of the cash distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Share Units had the Restricted Share Units been issued as Units. The Account credited under this Section shall be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Share Units originally awarded hereunder, including, without limitation, provisions related to vesting and payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of the Account credit described herein, a Participant may, in the sole discretion of the Committee and to the extent the Committee credits such Participant with Distribution Equivalents, be credited with an additional number of Restricted Share Units equal to the number of whole Units (valued at Fair Market Value (as defined in the Equity Incentive Plan) on such date) that could be purchased on such date with the aggregate dollar amount of the cash distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Share Units had the Restricted Share Units been issued as Units. The additional Restricted Share Units credited under this Section shall be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Share Units originally awarded hereunder, including, without limitation, for purposes of vesting and crediting of additional Distribution Equivalents.
     5.6. Vesting .
          (a) A Participant shall become vested in his Account, and the Restriction Period applicable to his Restricted Share Units shall lapse, in accordance with the following schedule, provided that the Participant continues in Service with the Company or satisfies the provisions of paragraph (c) through to the applicable Vesting Date:
         
Vesting Date        
(Time Elapsed Since Last Day        
of Fiscal Year For
Which Bonus Earned)
    Percentage
Vesting on Vesting Date
 
         
1 year
    25%  
2 years
    50%  
3 years
    75%  
4 years
    100%  
          (b) A Participant shall also become fully vested in his Account and the Restriction Period applicable to his Restricted Share Units shall lapse if he dies while in

6


 

Service with the Company, his Service is terminated by the Company without Cause or he voluntarily terminates his Service with Good Reason.
          (c) A Participant who voluntarily terminates his Service with the Company and who has, as of the time of such termination, provided Services to the Company for a continuous period of no less than ten years, shall continue to vest in his Account and in any Restricted Share Units for which the Restriction Period has not lapsed in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in paragraph (a) above provided that he does not, on or before an applicable Vesting Date:
          (1) directly or indirectly, whether as an officer, director, owner, partner, investor, member, adviser, representative, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, provide Investment Advisory Services, except in the performance of his duties with the Company, or engage, or assist others to engage, in whole or in part, in any business in competition with the business of the Company;
          (2) directly or indirectly (other than in the course of performing his duties to the Company) (i) solicit the hiring of or hire any employee of the Company or any Person who, within the prior six months, had been an employee of the Company, assist in, or encourage such hiring by any Person or encourage any such employee to terminate or alter his relationship with the Company; (ii) in competition with the Company, solicit, seek, induce, pursue in any way, or accept a business relationship of any kind with, any Person who is a Client of the Company, including by way of indirect or sub-advisory arrangements (such obligation to include the duty of the Participant to decline any such offered business activity even if unsolicited); (iii) otherwise solicit, encourage or induce any Client to terminate or reduce its business or relationship with the Company; or (iv) otherwise take any action or have any communication with any Person the purpose of which is, or the reasonably likely effect of which could be, to cause any such Client to terminate, alter, reduce, modify or restrict in any way its relationship or business with the Company; or
          (3) except as required by law or on the written request or with the written consent of the Company, disclose any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, or use it in any way.
          (d) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c), a Participant who terminates his Service with the Company for any reason shall forfeit the unvested portions of his Accounts and any Restricted Share Units for which the Restriction Period has not lapsed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any termination of a Participant’s employment (1) by reason of the Company’s waiver of any termination notice period given by a Participant or (2) by the Company after such Participant has given notice of voluntary termination will, in either case, be deemed a voluntary termination as of the date of the Participant’s actual termination of employment.

7


 

6. Accounts
     6.1. Establishment of Accounts . The Company shall establish and maintain an account (an “Account”) for each Eligible Individual who is entitled to receive a Restricted Amount in any Fiscal Year, provided that an Account shall only be established for an Eligible Individual who is a member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC if he does not receive all of his Restricted Amount for the Fiscal Year in the form of Restricted Share Units. A separate Account shall be established for each such Participant for each Fiscal Year. A Participant’s Account shall be credited with an initial amount equal to the Restricted Amount for such Fiscal Year (or, in the case of a Participant who is a member of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, that part of the Restricted Amount that is not received in the form of Restricted Share Units) effective as of the applicable Allocation Date.
     6.2. Investment of Accounts . The Committee may from time to time designate investment options in which a Participant’s Accounts may be notionally invested (the “Investment Options”), which may include, without limitation, funds or groups of funds to which the Company acts as investment adviser or sub-adviser and designated stock or bond indices. Upon or prior to the establishment of an Account and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, a Participant shall specify how such Account is to be notionally invested among the Investment Options. At such intervals and in accordance with such procedures as the Committee may prescribe, a Participant may reallocate the notional investment of his Accounts among the available Investment Options. Nothing in this Plan, however, will require the Company to invest any amounts in such Investment Options or otherwise.
     6.3. Allocation of Income and Losses . As of the last day of each month or such other dates as the Committee shall determine (each, a “Valuation Date”), income, gains and losses shall be credited or debited, as appropriate, to a Participant’s Account as if the Account balance had been invested in the Investment Options in which it is notionally invested.
     6.4. Payments from Accounts and Settlement of Restricted Share Units .
          (a) Within 30 days following each Vesting Date, that portion of the Participant’s Account (including the portion of such Account attributable to a Distribution Equivalent) that vested on that Vesting Date shall be paid to the Participant in a single lump sum in cash. Such payments shall be apportioned pari passu among the Investment Options of the Account. Within 30 days following each Vesting Date, that portion of the Participant’s Restricted Share Units that vested on that Vesting Date shall be paid to the Participant in the form of Units; provided, however, that fractional Units shall not be issued and any excess amount shall be paid to the Participant in a single lump sum in cash.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if a Participant dies while in Service with the Company or while continuing to vest in his Account after his termination of Service in accordance with Section 5.6(c), if a Participant’s Service is terminated by the Company without Cause, or if a Participant voluntarily terminates his Service with Good Reason, all unpaid amounts in his Accounts shall be paid to the Participant, or to the Participant’s estate, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 60 days of the Participant’s date of death or Separation from Service, as applicable.

8


 

7. Administration
     7.1. Power and Authority of the Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the full discretionary power and authority to:
          (a) select Eligible Individuals from the Company’s employees and members;
          (b) determine the amount of any Bonus Award;
          (c) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures relating to the Plan;
          (d) determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan;
          (e) correct defects, supply information, or reconcile inconsistencies in any manner and to whatever extent is deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purposes of this Plan;
          (f) select the Investment Options available under the Plan;
          (g) determine the amount of income, gains and losses to be credited to Accounts;
          (h) compute and certify the amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant may be entitled;
          (i) adjudicate, in good faith, all claims by Participants or any other persons for benefits under the Plan;
          (j) authorize and direct payments to Participants from their Accounts;
          (k) maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan;
          (l) assist any Participant regarding his rights, benefits, or elections available under the Plan;
          (m) employ such legal counsel, auditors and consultants as it deems desirable for the administration of the Plan and rely upon any opinion or computation received therefrom;
          (n) designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities; and
          (o) make all other determinations and take all other actions as may be necessary, appropriate or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
     7.2. Determinations of Committee Final and Binding . All determinations and interpretations by the Committee in carrying out and administering the Plan shall be made in the

9


 

Committee’s sole discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes and upon all persons.
     7.3. Indemnification of Committee . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each individual person who serves as a member of the Committee to the fullest extent permitted by law for all acts done in good faith and without gross negligence including defense of all litigation, including legal fees. The Company may purchase insurance to further protect each member of the Committee.
8. Amendment and Termination
     Pzena Investment Management, LLC may amend, suspend or terminate this Plan at any time in writing, and each such amendment, suspension or termination shall be binding upon its subsidiaries, all Participants and all other persons. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or termination of this Plan shall adversely affect any then existing deferred amounts in any Account or any rights with respect to such amounts under this Plan; provided, however, that, upon termination of the Plan, the Company may accelerate the time of payment of all or any part of the Accounts in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder.
9. Unfunded Status of Accounts
     The Accounts established under this Plan shall be unfunded. The right of any Participant to receive future payments from any Account shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company, and no Participant or any other person shall have any interest in any specific asset or assets of the Company by reason of any Account hereunder, nor any rights to receive distribution of any of the Accounts except as and to the extent expressly provided hereunder. With respect to the payment of amounts held under the Accounts, the Participants have the status of unsecured general creditors of the Company. The Company shall not be required to purchase, hold or dispose of any investments pursuant to this Plan; however, if in order to cover its obligations hereunder the Company elects to purchase any investments, the same shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general assets and property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors and shall not be deemed to create a trust, and no person other than the Company shall by virtue of the provisions of this Plan have any interest in such assets other than an interest as a general creditor.
10. Effective Date
     This Plan shall be effective January 1, 2007 and shall apply to Bonus Awards earned in Fiscal Years beginning on and after January 1, 2007.
11. Miscellaneous
     11.1. Assignability . No right or interest of a Participant under this Plan to any amounts in a Participant’s Account or to any Bonus Award shall be subject to alienation, assignment, transfer, pledge or encumbrance of any kind; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 11.1 shall prevent transfer by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. No loans will be issued by the Plan against a Participant’s Account.

10


 

     11.2. No Guarantee of Employment . The Plan shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the employment of the Company or to interfere with the right of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time.
     11.3. Taxation of Accounts and Compliance with Section 409A of the Code .
          (a) This Plan is established with the intention that no portion of a Participant’s Accounts will be treated as income to the Participant under the Code until the Participant actually receives the deferred amounts. To the extent applicable:
          (1) at all times, this Plan shall be operated in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code;
          (2) any action that may be taken (and, to the extent possible, any action actually taken) by the Company or a Participant shall not be taken (or shall be void and without effect) if such action is not in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code;
          (3) any provision in this Plan that is determined to violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall be void and without effect; and
          (4) any provision that is required by Section 409A of the Code to appear in this Plan in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code that is not expressly set forth shall be deemed to be set forth herein, and this Plan shall be administered in all respects as if such provision were expressly set forth.
          (b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, upon a determination under the Plan as to the imposition of Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax (the “FICA Amount”) under Sections 3101, 3121(a) or 3121(v)(2) of the Code with respect to all or any portion of an Account in the name of any Participant, the Committee may in its discretion pay to the participant an amount not in excess of the FICA Amount and the income tax withholding pursuant to Section 3401 of the Code and applicable state, local or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA Amount.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, upon a determination under the Plan that any deferral arrangement with respect to any Account in the name of a Participant fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and applicable guidance thereunder, the Committee may in its discretion pay to the Participant an amount not in excess of that portion of the Participant’s Account that is required to be included in the income of the Participant as a result of such failure.
     11.4. Withholding . Any payment or other distribution of benefits under the Plan may be reduced by any amount (including employment taxes) required to be withheld by the Company under any applicable law, rule, regulation, order or other requirement of any governmental authority. In addition, the Company has full authority to withhold any taxes (including employment taxes) applicable to amounts deferred hereunder from other compensation owing to any Participant that is not being deferred hereunder. If a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution under the Plan, and if at such time such Participant has

11


 

outstanding any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable to the Participant under this Plan to the extent permitted by applicable law.
     11.5. Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
     11.6. Gender and Number . Where the context admits, words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the neuter genders, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.
     11.7. Headings . The headings of Sections are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended in any way to modify or otherwise to affect the text of the Plan.

12

 

Exhibit 10.5
As Adopted
by the Board of Directors of
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
on October 24, 2007
Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
2007 Equity Incentive Plan
1. PURPOSE; TYPES OF AWARDS; CONSTRUCTION.
The purposes of the Pzena Investment Management, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan are to attract, motivate and retain (a) employees of the Company and any Subsidiary or Affiliate, (b) independent contractors who provide significant services to the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate and (c) nonemployee directors of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate. The Plan is also designed to encourage stock ownership by such persons, thereby aligning their interest with those of the Company’s stockholders and to permit the payment of compensation that qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. Pursuant to the provisions hereof, there may be granted stock options (including “incentive stock options” and “non-qualified stock options”), and other stock-based awards, including but not limited to restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, performance units, Stock Appreciation Rights (payable in cash or shares) and other long-term stock-based or cash-based Awards. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, to the extent that any Award would be subject to Section 409A of the Code, no such Award may be granted if it would fail to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder.
2.   DEFINITIONS. For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
     (a) “Affiliate” means an affiliate of the Company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
     (b) “Award” means individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Awards or Other Cash-Based Awards.
     (c) “Award Terms” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.
     (d) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.
     (e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (f) “Cause” shall mean, with respect to a Grantee, (a) such Grantee being charged or indicted for a felony involving the Company or any Affiliate’s business, or being convicted of any other felony (or guilty plea, or nolo contendere plea in connection therewith), (b) such Grantee’s willfully and materially defrauding the Company or any Affiliate, or (c) such


 

Grantee’s committing a willful and material breach of such Grantee’s obligations to protect the Company or any Affiliate’s confidential information, such Grantee’s obligation of loyalty to the Company or any Affiliate or such Grantee’s obligation to comply with the Company or any Affiliate’s Code of Ethics or any other compliance regulations, policies or procedures, (d) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Grantee in the performance of such Grantee’s duties which gross negligence or willful misconduct has the purpose, or the reasonable likely effect, of causing material harm to the Company or any Affiliate, or (e) such Grantee fails to maintain in good standing any and all licenses, registrations or other permits necessary for the performance of his duties hereunder. For purposes of the definition of Cause, “materially,” and “material” shall mean damages caused to the Company or any Affiliate in excess of $100,000 or any significant damage to the reputation of the Company or any Affiliate.
     (g) “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.
     (h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     (i) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall be comprised solely of directors who are (a) “nonemployee directors” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, (b) “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code and (c) “independent directors” pursuant to New York Stock Exchange requirements.
     (j) “Company” means Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor corporation.
     (k) “Covered Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.
     (l) “Effective Date” means the date that the Plan was adopted by the Board.
     (m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and as now or hereafter construed, interpreted and applied by regulations, rulings and cases.
     (n) “Excise Tax” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(d) hereof.
     (o) “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Stock or other property, the fair market value of such Stock or other property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in good faith, the per share Fair Market Value of Stock as of a particular date shall mean (i) if the Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price per share of Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price), (ii) if the Stock is not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the closing sale price (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price) as reported on that date in composite transactions for the principal national securities exchange registered pursuant to Section 6(g) of the Exchange Act on which the Stock is listed, (iii) if the Stock is not so listed on a national securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Stock on that date in the over-the-counter market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar

2


 

organization, or (iv) if the Stock is not so quoted by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine in good faith.
     (p) “Grantee” means a person who, as an employee of or independent contractor or nonemployee director with respect to the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, has been granted an Award under the Plan.
     (q) “IPO” means the initial public offering of Stock, as contemplated in the Company’s prospectus, dated October 24, 2007.
     (r) “ISO” means any Option intended to be and designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
     (s) “NQSO” means any Option that is designated as a nonqualified stock option.
     (t) “Option” means a right, granted to a Grantee under Section 6(b)(i), to purchase shares of Stock. An Option may be either an ISO or an NQSO.
     (u) “Other Cash-Based Award” means an Award granted to a Grantee under Section 6(b)(iv) hereof, including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of Performance Goals or otherwise as permitted under the Plan.
     (v) “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted to a Grantee pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv) hereof, that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock including but not limited to performance units, Stock Appreciation Rights (payable in cash or shares) or dividend equivalents, each of which may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals or a period of continued employment or other terms and conditions as permitted under the Plan.
     (w) “Performance Goals” means performance goals based on one or more of the following criteria: (i) earnings including operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (iii) earnings per common share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on equity; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) stock price appreciation; (x) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) economic value created; (xiii) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xiv) operating margin or profit margin; (xv) common stock price or total stockholder return; (xvi) cost targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xvii) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; (xviii) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long-term business goals, formation of joint

3


 

ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; and (xix) any combination of, or a specified increase in, any of the foregoing. Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company, or may be applied to the performance of the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Committee. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment will be made (or no vesting will occur), levels of performance at which specified payments will be made (or specified vesting will occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment will be made (or at which full vesting will occur). Each of the foregoing Performance Goals shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, if applicable, and shall be subject to certification by the Committee; provided that, to the extent an Award is intended to satisfy the performance-based compensation exception to the limits of Section 162(m) of the Code and then to the extent consistent with such exception, the Committee shall have the authority to make equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles.
     (x) “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof and the rules thereunder, except that such term shall not include (1) the Company or any Subsidiary corporation, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary corporation, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
     (y) “Plan” means this Pzena Investment Management, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
     (z) “Plan Year” means a calendar year.
     (aa) “Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Stock to a Grantee under Section 6(b)(ii) that may be subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.
     (bb) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a right granted to a Grantee under Section 6(b)(iii) of the Plan to receive Stock or cash at the end of a specified period, which right may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals in a period of continued employment or other terms and conditions as permitted under the Plan.
     (cc) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, including any successor to such Rule.

4


 

     (dd) “Stock” means shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
     (ee) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Other Stock-Based Award, payable in cash or stock, that entitles a Grantee upon exercise to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock underlying the Award over the base price established in respect of such Stock.
     (ff) “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting of an Award, each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.
     (gg) “Total Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(d) hereof.
3.   ADMINISTRATION.
     (a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, at the discretion of the Board, the Board, provided that any Award to the Chairman of the Board shall be subject to ratification by the Board. In the event the Board is the administrator of the Plan, references herein to the Committee shall be deemed to include the Board. The Board may from time to time appoint a member or members of the Committee in substitution for or in addition to the member or members then in office and may fill vacancies on the Committee however caused. The Board or the Committee may delegate the ability to grant Awards to employees who are not subject to potential liability under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act with respect to transactions involving equity securities of the Company at the time any such delegated authority is exercised.
     (b) The decision of the Committee as to all questions of interpretation and application of the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons. The Committee shall have the authority in its discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the power and authority either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including without limitation, the authority to grant Awards, to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted, to determine the type and number of Awards to be granted, the number of shares of Stock to which an Award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and Performance Goals relating to any Award; to determine Performance Goals no later than such time as is required to ensure that an underlying Award which is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code so complies; to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, canceled, forfeited, accelerated, exchanged, or surrendered (provided that, unless approved by the Company’s stockholders, no Award shall be settled, canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered in exchange or otherwise in consideration for a new Award with a value in excess of the value of such settled, canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered Award); to make adjustments in the terms and conditions (including Performance Goals) applicable to Awards; to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the Award Terms (which need not be identical for each Grantee); and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any

5


 

inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Terms granted hereunder in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. No Committee member (or member of the Management Committee) shall be liable for any action or determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award.
4.   ELIGIBILITY.
     (a) Awards may be granted to officers, independent contractors, employees and nonemployee directors of the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates; provided, that ISOs shall be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries.
     (b) No ISO shall be granted to any employee of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries if such employee owns, immediately prior to the grant of the ISO, stock representing more than 10% of the voting power or more than 10% of the value of all classes of stock of the Company or a parent or a Subsidiary, unless the purchase price for the stock under such ISO shall be at least 110% of its Fair Market Value at the time such ISO is granted and the ISO, by its terms, shall not be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. In determining the stock ownership under this paragraph, the provisions of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be controlling.
5.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.
     (a) The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved for the grant or settlement of Awards under the Plan (the “Share Limit”) shall be 640,379 shares of Stock, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein. The aggregate number of shares of Stock made subject to Awards granted during any fiscal year to any single individual shall not exceed 0.2% of the Share Limit. Determinations made in respect of the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. Such shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued shares or shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. If any shares subject to an Award are forfeited, canceled, exchanged or surrendered or if an Award otherwise terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Grantee, the shares of stock with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Stock that are exchanged by a Grantee or withheld by the Company as full or partial payment in connection with any Award under the Plan, as well as any shares of Stock exchanged by a Grantee or withheld by the Company or any Subsidiary to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any Award under the Plan, shall not be available for subsequent Awards under the Plan. Upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Awards, such related Awards shall be canceled to the extent of the number of shares of Stock as to which the Award is exercised and, notwithstanding the foregoing, such number of shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan.
     (b) Except as provided in any Award Terms or as otherwise provided in the Plan, in the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Stock, or other property), recapitalization, Stock split, reverse split,

6


 

reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Stock such that an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Grantees under the Plan, then the Committee shall make such equitable changes or adjustments as it deems necessary or appropriate to any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Stock or other property (including cash) that may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards or the total number of Awards issuable under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Stock or other property issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, (iii) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award, (iv) the Performance Goals and (v) the individual limitations applicable to Awards; provided that, with respect to ISOs, any adjustment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 424(h) of the Code and any regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder, and provided further that no such adjustment shall cause any Award hereunder which is or becomes subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to comply with the requirements of such section.
6.   SPECIFIC TERMS OF AWARDS.
     (a)  General . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Terms, payments to be made by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate upon the grant, maturation, or exercise of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, including, without limitation, cash, Stock, or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, on a deferred basis.
     (b)  Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant to Grantees the following Awards, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.
  (i)   Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Grantees on the following terms and conditions:
  (A)   The Award Terms evidencing the grant of an Option under the Plan shall designate the Option as an ISO or an NQSO.
 
  (B)   The exercise price per share of Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee, but in no event shall the exercise price of an Option per share of Stock be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of the date of grant of such Option. The purchase price of Stock as to which an Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise; payment may be made in cash, which may be paid by check, or other instrument acceptable to the Company, or, with the consent of the Committee, in shares of Stock, valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise (including shares of Stock that otherwise would be distributed to the Grantee upon exercise of the Option), or if there were no sales on such date, on the next preceding day on which

7


 

      there were sales or (if permitted by the Committee and subject to such terms and conditions as it may determine) by surrender of outstanding Awards under the Plan, or the Committee may permit such payment of exercise price by any other method it deems satisfactory in its discretion. In addition, subject to applicable law and pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, payment of the exercise price may be made through the sale of Stock acquired on exercise of the Option, valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, sufficient to pay for such Stock (together with, if requested by the Company, the amount of federal, state or local withholding taxes payable by Grantee by reason of such exercise). Any amount necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state or local tax withholding requirements shall be paid promptly upon notification of the amount due. The Committee may permit such amount of tax withholding to be paid in shares of Stock previously owned by the employee, or a portion of the shares of Stock that otherwise would be distributed to such employee upon exercise of the Option, or a combination of cash and shares of such Stock.
 
  (C)   Options shall be exercisable over the exercise period (which shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant), at such times and upon such conditions as the Committee may determine, as reflected in the Award Terms; provided that, the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. An Option may be exercised to the extent of any or all full shares of Stock as to which the Option has become exercisable, by giving written notice of such exercise to the Committee or its designated agent. No partial exercise may be made for less than one hundred (100) full shares of Stock.
 
  (D)   Upon the termination of a Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the Options granted to such Grantee, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable for such period as may be provided in the applicable Award Terms, but in no event following the expiration of their term. The treatment of any Option that is unexercisable as of the date of such termination shall be as set forth in the applicable Award Terms.
 
  (E)   Options may be subject to such other conditions including, but not limited to, restrictions on transferability of, or provisions for recovery of, the shares acquired upon exercise of such Options (or proceeds of sale thereof), as the Committee may prescribe in its discretion or as may be required by applicable law.

8


 

  (ii)   Restricted Stock .
  (A)   The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock, alone or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan, subject to such restrictions, terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion and as shall be evidenced by the applicable Award Terms (provided that any such Award is subject to the vesting requirements described herein). The vesting of a Restricted Stock Award granted under the Plan may be conditioned upon the completion of a specified period of employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals, and/or upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.
 
  (B)   The Committee shall determine the price, which, to the extent required by law, shall not be less than par value of the Stock, to be paid by the Grantee for each share of Restricted Stock or unrestricted stock or stock units subject to the Award. Each Award Terms with respect to such stock award shall set forth the amount (if any) to be paid by the Grantee with respect to such Award and when and under what circumstances such payment is required to be made.
 
  (C)   Except as provided in the applicable Award Terms, no shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be assigned, transferred, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee until such shares of Stock have vested in accordance with the terms of such Award.
 
  (D)   If and to the extent that the applicable Award Terms may so provide, a Grantee shall have the right to vote and receive dividends on Restricted Stock granted under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Terms, any Stock received as a dividend on or in connection with a stock split of the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Award.
 
  (E)   Upon the termination of a Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the Restricted Stock granted to such Grantee shall be subject to the terms and conditions specified in the applicable Award Terms.
  (iii)   Restricted Stock Units . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to Grantees, subject to the following terms and conditions:

9


 

  (A)   At the time of the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Committee may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Awards as it, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, the achievement of Performance Goals. The Committee shall have the authority to accelerate the settlement of any outstanding award of Restricted Stock Units at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
 
  (B)   Unless otherwise provided in Award Terms or except as otherwise provided in the Plan, upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit there shall be delivered to the Grantee, as soon as practicable following the date on which such Award (or any portion thereof) vests (but in any event within such period as is required to avoid the imposition of a tax under Section 409A of the Code), that number of shares of Stock equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units becoming so vested.
 
  (C)   Subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, an Award of Restricted Stock Units may provide the Grantee with the right to receive dividend equivalent payments with respect to Stock subject to the Award (both before and after the Stock subject to the Award is earned or vested), which payments may be either made currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash or Stock, as determined by the Committee. Any such settlements and any such crediting of dividend equivalents may be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Committee shall establish, including the reinvestment of such credited amounts in Stock equivalents.
 
  (D)   Upon the termination of a Grantee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the Restricted Stock Units granted to such Grantee shall be subject to the terms and conditions specified in the applicable Award Terms.
  (iv)   Other Stock-Based or Cash-Based Awards .
  (A)   The Committee is authorized to grant Awards to Grantees in the form of Other Stock-Based Awards or Other Cash-Based Awards, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards, consistent with the terms of the Plan, at the date of grant or thereafter, including the Performance Goals and performance periods. Stock or other securities or property delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 6(b)(iv) shall be purchased for such

10


 

      consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, Stock, other Awards, notes or other property, as the Committee shall determine, subject to any required corporate action.
 
  (B)   The maximum value of the aggregate payment that any Grantee may receive with respect to Other Cash-Based Awards pursuant to this Section 6(b)(iv) in respect of any annual performance period is $15 million and for any other performance period in excess of one year, such amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the performance period and the denominator of which is twelve. No payment shall be made to a Covered Employee prior to the certification by the Committee that the Performance Goals have been attained. The Committee may establish such other rules applicable to the Other Stock- or Cash-Based Awards to the extent not inconsistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
  (C)   Payments earned in respect of any Cash-Based Award may be decreased or, with respect to any Grantee who is not a Covered Employee, increased in the sole discretion of the Committee based on such factors as it deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Awards may be adjusted in accordance with Section 5(b) hereof.
7.   CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS.
     (a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or evidenced in an applicable Award Terms or employment or other agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee shall have the discretion, exercisable either in advance of such Change in Control or at the time thereof, to provide for one or more of the following:
  (i)   the continuation of outstanding Awards after the Change in Control without change;
 
  (ii)   the cash-out of outstanding Options as of the time of the transaction as part of the transaction for an amount equal to the difference between the price that would have been paid for the shares of Stock subject to such outstanding Options if such Options were exercised upon the closing of such transaction and the exercise price of such outstanding Options; provided that if the exercise price of the Options exceeds the price that would have been paid for the shares of Stock subject to the outstanding Options if such Options were exercised upon the closing of the transaction, then such Options may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionees;

11


 

  (iii)   the expiration of the exercise period for outstanding Options upon the closing of the transaction;
 
  (iv)   the cancellation of outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and/or Other Stock-Based Awards and payment to the Participants holding such Awards equal to the value of the underlying shares of Stock as of the closing date of the transaction, in such form and at such time as the Committee shall determine;
 
  (v)   a requirement that the buyer in the transaction assume outstanding Options and/or Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units;
 
  (vi)   a requirement that the buyer in the transaction substitute outstanding Options with comparable options to purchase the equity interests of the buyer or its parent and/or substitute outstanding Restricted Stock Units and/or Other Stock-Based Awards with comparable restricted stock or units of the buyer or its parent; and
 
  (vii)   the acceleration of outstanding Options, Restricted Stock Units and Other Stock-Based Awards.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control in which the consideration paid to the holders of shares of Stock is solely cash, the Committee may, in its discretion, provide that each Award shall, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, be canceled in exchange for a payment in an amount equal to (i) the excess of the consideration paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control over the exercise or purchase price (if any) per share of Stock subject to the Award multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares granted under the Award.
(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:
  (i)   any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (I) of paragraph (iii) below; or
 
  (ii)   the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on

12


 

      the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or
 
  (iii)   there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation or other entity, other than (I) a merger or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and (B) the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constituting immediately thereafter at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (II) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or
 
  (iv)   the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (it being conclusively presumed that any sale or disposition is a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets if the consummation of the sale or disposition is contingent upon approval by the Company’s stockholders unless the Board expressly determines in writing that such approval is required solely by reason of any relationship between the Company and any other Person or an Affiliate of the Company and any other Person), other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity (i) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or disposition and (ii) the majority of whose board of directors immediately following such sale or disposition consists of individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated

13


 

transactions immediately following which the record holders of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
     (d) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee or set forth in a Grantee’s Award Terms, notwithstanding the provisions of this Plan, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Grantee in connection with a Change in Control or the termination of the Grantee’s employment or service (whether pursuant to the terms of this Plan or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any Subsidiary, any Affiliate, any Person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any Person affiliated with the Company or such Person) (all such payments and benefits, “Total Payments”) would be subject (in whole or part), to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, after taking into account any reduction in the Total Payments provided by reason of Section 280G of the Code in such other plan, arrangement or agreement, the payment or benefit to be received by the Grantee upon a Change in Control shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax but only if the net amount of such Total Payments, as so reduced (and after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such reduced Total Payments) is greater than or equal to the net amount of such Total Payments without such reduction (but after subtracting the net amount of federal, state and local income taxes on such Total Payments and the amount of Excise Tax to which the Executive would be subject in respect of such unreduced Total Payments).
8.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.
     (a)  Nontransferability, Deferrals and Settlements . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or provided in an Award Terms, Awards shall not be transferable by a Grantee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Grantee only by such Grantee or his guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transfer of Awards to independent third parties for cash consideration without stockholder approval is prohibited. Any Award shall be null and void and without effect upon any attempted assignment or transfer, except as herein provided, including without limitation any purported assignment, whether voluntary or by operation of law, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition, attachment, divorce, trustee process or similar process, whether legal or equitable, upon such Award. The Committee may require or permit Grantees to elect to defer the issuance of shares of Stock (with settlement in cash or Stock as may be determined by the Committee or elected by the Grantee in accordance with procedures established by the Committee), or the settlement of Awards in cash under such rules and procedures as established under the Plan to the extent that such deferral complies with Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or guidance promulgated thereunder. It may also provide that deferred settlements include the payment or crediting of interest, dividends or dividend equivalents on the deferral amounts.
     (b)  No Right to Continued Employment, etc. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted or any Award Terms, promissory note or other agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employ or service of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such Award Terms, promissory note or other agreement or to interfere with or limit in

14


 

any way the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such Grantee’s employment or service.
     (c)  Clawback . If a Grantee engages in misconduct (as defined herein), the Grantee: (i) forfeits the right to receive any future Awards or other equity-based incentive compensation under the Plan; and (ii) the Company may demand repayment of any Awards or cash payments already received by a Grantee, including without limitation repayment due to making retroactive adjustments to any Awards or cash payments already received by a Grantee under the Plan where such Award or cash payment was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement as a result of misconduct by the Grantee. The Grantee shall be required to provide repayment within ten (10) days following such written demand. For the purposes of the Plan, “misconduct” means (i) Grantee’s employment or service is terminated for Cause, or (ii) the breach of a noncompete or confidentiality covenant set out in the employment agreement between the Grantee and the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the Company has been required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance, as a result of fraud or misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and the Committee has determined in its sole discretion that the Grantee: (A) had knowledge of the material noncompliance or the circumstances that gave rise to such noncompliance and failed to take reasonable steps to bring it to the attention of appropriate individuals within the Company; or (B) personally and knowingly engaged in practices which materially contributed to the circumstances that enabled a material noncompliance to occur.
     (d)  Taxes . The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under the Plan, including from a distribution of Stock, or any other payment to a Grantee, amounts of withholding and other taxes due in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company and Grantees to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Stock or other property with a Fair Market Value not in excess of the minimum amount required to be withheld and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Grantee’s tax obligations.
     (e)  Stockholder Approval; Amendment and Termination . The Plan shall take effect on the Effective Date but the Plan (and any grants of Awards made prior to the stockholder approval mentioned herein) shall be subject to the requisite approval of the stockholders of the Company, which approval must occur within twelve (12) months of the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board. In the event that the stockholders of the Company do not ratify the Plan at a meeting of the stockholders at which such issue is considered and voted upon, then upon such event the Plan and all rights hereunder shall immediately terminate and no Grantee (or any permitted transferee thereof) shall have any remaining rights under the Plan or any Award Terms entered into in connection herewith. The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or discontinuation shall be made that would impair the rights of a Grantee under any Award theretofore granted without such Grantee’s consent, or that without the approval of the stockholders (as described below) would, except as provided in Section 5, increase the total number of shares of Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan. In addition, stockholder approval shall be required with respect to any amendment that materially increases benefits provided under the Plan or materially alters the eligibility provisions of the Plan or with

15


 

respect to which stockholder approval is required under the rules of any stock exchange on which Stock is then listed. Unless earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of its Effective Date. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after such termination date.
     (f)  No Rights to Awards; No Stockholder Rights . No individual shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Grantees. No individual shall have any right to an Award or to payment or settlement under any Award unless and until the Committee or its designee shall have determined that an Award or payment or settlement is to be made. Except as provided specifically herein, a Grantee or a transferee of an Award shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Award until the date of the issuance of such shares.
     (g)  Unfunded Status of Awards . The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Grantee pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award shall give any such Grantee any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.
     (h)  No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
  (i)   Regulations and Other Approvals .
  (i)   The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Stock with respect to any Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.
 
  (ii)   Each Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee determines, in its absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Stock, no such Award shall be granted or payment made or Stock issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.
 
  (iii)   In the event that the disposition of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Stock shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act or regulations

16


 

      thereunder, and the Committee may require a Grantee receiving Stock pursuant to the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Stock, to represent to the Company in writing that the Stock acquired by such Grantee is acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.
     (j)  Section 409A . This Plan is intended to comply and shall be administered in a manner that is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that an Award, issuance and/or payment is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be awarded and/or issued or paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Any provision of this Plan that would cause an Award, issuance and/or payment to fail to satisfy Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by applicable law).
     (k)  Governing Law . The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

17

 

EXHIBIT 10.8
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
          THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Effective Date”) is entered into by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”), Pzena Investment Management, LLC. (the “Operating Company” and together with the Company, the “Employer”) and Richard S. Pzena (the “Executive”).
          WHEREAS, the Executive currently provides services to the Operating Company and owns units therein (the “OC Units”);
          WHEREAS, the Employer desires to employ Executive in the positions set forth below and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment;
          WHEREAS, the Executive desires to provide such services to the Employer and enter into such an agreement; and
          WHEREAS, the Agreement is entered into in connection with: (1) the initial public offering and sale of shares of Class A common stock of the Company (the “Class A Shares”) and simultaneous listing of the Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (2) the Company’s acquisition of interests in the Operating Company in exchange for certain OC Units and its appointment as the managing member thereof (the “Managing Member”), (3) the amendment and restatement of the operating agreement of the Operating Company, to be dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Operating Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive’s OC Units will become exchangeable for Class A Common Stock at the times and in the amounts described therein and to sell such Class A Shares at the times and in the amounts and the manner described therein.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Term of Employment . Subject to earlier termination as provided herein, Executive shall be employed by the Employer for a period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Term”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, that commencing with the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereof (each, an “Extension Date”), the Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one-year period, unless the Employer provides the Executive 60 days’ prior written notice or the Executive provides the Employer six (6) months’ prior written notice, in each case, before the next Extension Date that the Term shall not be so extended. For purposes of this Agreement, “Employment Term” shall mean the period of time that Executive is employed under this Agreement.

 


 

2.   Positions .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as (i) Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Operating Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Managing Member, and (ii) Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). If appointed thereto, the Executive further agrees to serve, without additional compensation, as a director of the Company or a director (or equivalent for non-corporate entities) or officer of the Operating Company or any other consolidated subsidiary of the Company.
 
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts to the performance of the duties of the positions in which he serves pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the rendition of such services either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member; provided that nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) continuing to serve on any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization on which the Executive serves as of the Effective Date and which have been previously disclosed to the Employer, (ii) serving on the boards of directors (or bodies with similar management powers) of any entities managed by the Operating Company and/or consolidated by the Company; or (iii) subject to the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member, from accepting appointment to any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization; provided in each case, and in the aggregate, that such activities do not conflict or materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with Section 5 of this Agreement.
3.   Guaranteed Payments and Employee Benefits .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall make a “guaranteed payment” to the Executive at the annual rate of $300,000, payable in regular installments in accordance with the Operating Company’s usual payment practices for members. With respect to each fiscal year of the Operating Company which ends during the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall also make an additional “guaranteed payment” (the “Performance Payment”) to the Executive in an amount to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Managing Member in its sole discretion, which Performance Payment shall not exceed $2,700,000 for any fiscal year of the Company ending

 


 

      during the Employment Term. The Performance Payment, if any, shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum when payments are made to other members, but in no event later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned, so long as Executive is providing services to the Employer as of the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned.
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs of the Employer on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to any other executives of the Employer.
4.   Termination .
  (a)   General . This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either party at any time and for any reason; provided that the Executive shall be required to give the Employer at least six (6) months’ advance written notice of any resignation of the Executive’s employment hereunder. Following any such termination, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Expiration of Term .
  (i)   In the event the Term is not extended pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, unless this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder has been earlier terminated pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be deemed terminated (whether or not the Executive continues to provide services to the Employer thereafter) as the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled Extension Date. Following any such expiration of the Term, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (ii)   Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, continuation of the Executive’s employment by the Employer beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed employment “at-will” and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement, except for Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement, each of which shall survive the expiration of the Term and any termination of this Agreement.

 


 

  (c)   Notice of Termination . Any purported termination by the Employer or by the Executive (other than due to the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 6(h) hereof.
5.   Executive Covenants . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Employer and its affiliates and accordingly agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 5.07 and 5.08 of the Operating Agreement, to which the Executive is a party, and, in the event of his violation of such restrictive covenants, the forfeiture of certain of his OC Units pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Operating Agreement. A recitation of such restrictive covenants is set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Executive further acknowledges that he and the Employer have agreed to enter into this Agreement in connection with the transactions described in the recitals hereto, pursuant to which the Executive will have the opportunity to exchange OC Units for Class A Shares and sell such Class A Shares.
 
6.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Survival of Certain Provisions . The provisions of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall survive any expiration of the Term or any termination of the Employment Term or this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
  (c)   Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement, along with the Operating Agreement, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the services (or any termination thereof) to be provided by the Executive to the Company and the Operating Company, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (including verbal agreements) between the Executive and any of the Company, the Operating Company or their respective affiliates regarding the terms and conditions of the Executive’s services to the Company, the Operating Company and their respective affiliates. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.
 
  (d)   No Waiver . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s

 


 

      rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
  (e)   Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
  (f)   Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the Executive’s rights and duties hereunder, shall not be assignable or delegable by the Executive. Any purported assignment or delegation by the Executive in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect. This Agreement may be assigned by the Employer to a person or entity which is an affiliate or a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations of the Employer. Upon such assignment, the rights and obligations of the Employer hereunder shall become the rights and obligations of such affiliate or successor person or entity.
 
  (g)   Successors; Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
 
  (h)   Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
 
      If to the Employer:
120 West 45 th Street
New York, New York 10036
Attention: General Counsel
      If to the Executive:
 
      To the most recent address of the Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Employer.
 
  (i)   Cooperation . The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or

 


 

      proceeding) which relates to events occurring during the Executive’s employment hereunder.
  (j)   Withholding Taxes . The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
 
  (k)   Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena  
    Name:   Richard S. Pzena   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
  By:   Pzena Investment Management, Inc.,    
    its Managing Member   
       
 
     
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena  
    Name:   Richard S. Pzena   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  EXECUTIVE:
 
 
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena  
  Name:   Richard S. Pzena   
     
 

 


 

Exhibit A
Restrictive Covenants
Excerpted from the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of October 30, 2007, as may be amended from time to time. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit A have the meaning assigned to them in such agreement.
     5.07 Non-Solicitation/Non Compete.
          (a) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Compete Period applicable to such Employee Member, such employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as an officer, director, owner, partner, investor, member, adviser, representative, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, provide Investment Advisory Services, except in the performance of his duties with the Company Group, or engage, or assist others to engage, in whole or in part, in any business in competition with the business of the Company Group.
          (b) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company Group, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member, such Employee Member shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in the course of performing his duties to the Company Group) (i) solicit the hiring of or hire any employee of the Company Group or any Person who, within the prior six months had been an employee of the Company Group, assist in, or encourage such hiring by any Person or encourage any such employee to terminate or alter his relationship with the Company Group; (ii) in competition with the Company Group, solicit, seek, induce, pursue in any way, or accept a business relationship of any kind with, any Person who is a Client of the Company Group, including by way of indirect or sub-advisory arrangements (such obligation to include the duty of the Employee Member to decline any such offered business activity even if unsolicited); (iii) otherwise solicit, encourage or induce any Client to terminate or reduce its business or relationship with the Company Group; or (iv) otherwise take any action or have any communication with any Person which purpose is, or the reasonably likely effect of which could be, to cause any such Client to terminate, alter, reduce, modify or restrict in any way its relationship or business with the Company Group.
          (c) In the event that the Employee Member, upon notice from the Company of an inadvertent breach of Section 5.07(b) by such Employee Member, promptly pays to the Company all fees and other compensation that are earned by such Employee Member during the Non-Solicitation Period in connection with such breach, such inadvertent breach shall not be treated as a breach resulting in a forfeiture of Class B Units pursuant to Section 6.02(b)(2) or (3).

 


 

          (d) Each Employee Member acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 5.07 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company. Each Employee Member further agrees that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of any breach of any of the terms of Section 5.07, and that in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions contained in Section 5.07, the Company will have no adequate remedy at Law. Each Employee Member accordingly agrees that in the event of any actual or threatened breach by such Employee Member of any of the provisions contained in this Section 5.07, the Company shall be entitled to seek such injunctive and other equitable relief as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by a court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages and without posting any bond or other security.
          (e) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the term of any particular restrictive covenant contained in this Section 5.07 too lengthy or the geographic scope too extensive, the other provisions of this Section 5.07 shall nevertheless stand, the Non-Compete Period and the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member shall be deemed to be the longest period permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances and the geographic scope shall be deemed to comprise the largest territory permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances. The court in each case shall reduce the Non-Compete Period, the Non-Solicitation Period and/or geographic scope to permissible duration or size.
          (f) During the six (6) month period following the termination of employment of a 1% Member with the Company Group, the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause the Company Group to provide base and bonus compensation to such 1% Member at the same rate and the same time as it was then compensating such 1% Member, provided that the bonus component of such compensation applicable to such six (6) month period shall equal 50% (subject to reduction pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 5.07(f)) of the annual bonus earned by such 1% Member most recently prior to such termination of employment and shall be paid in cash promptly following the end of such six (6) month period. In the event the Managing Member elects to provide such 1% Member such compensation, the Non-Compete Period applicable to such 1% Member shall continue until the last day of such six (6) month period. In order to make such election, the Managing Member shall, within five (5) Business Days upon issuing to or receiving from a 1% Member a written notice of termination of employment, notify such 1% Member in writing whether the Company Group will provide such base and bonus compensation for such six (6) month period. If the Managing Member does not timely make such an election, then the Non-Compete Period shall end when such 1% Member’s employment with the Company Group terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a 1% Member gives a notice of termination of employment at least fourteen (14) days in advance of such termination, (i) such 1% Members’ Non-Compete Period shall be reduced, for up to ninety (90) days, by the number of days elapsed between the date of such notice and the date of the termination of such 1% Member’s employment (such number, the “ Reduced Number of Days ”), (ii) the period during which the Company shall provide compensation pursuant to this Section 5.07(f) shall be reduced by the Reduced Number of Days and (iii) the percentage contained in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 5.07(f) (including with respect to the annual bonus) shall equal the product of 50% multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 182 minus the Reduced Number of Days and the denominator of which is 182.

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.9
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
               THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Effective Date”) is entered into by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”), Pzena Investment Management, LLC. (the “Operating Company” and together with the Company, the “Employer”) and John P. Goetz (the “Executive”).
               WHEREAS, the Executive currently provides services to the Operating Company and owns units therein (the “OC Units”);
               WHEREAS, the Employer desires to employ Executive in the positions set forth below and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment;
               WHEREAS, the Executive desires to provide such services to the Employer and enter into such an agreement; and
               WHEREAS, the Agreement is entered into in connection with: (1) the initial public offering and sale of shares of Class A common stock of the Company (the “Class A Shares”) and simultaneous listing of the Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (2) the Company’s acquisition of interests in the Operating Company in exchange for certain OC Units and its appointment as the managing member thereof (the “Managing Member”), (3) the amendment and restatement of the operating agreement of the Operating Company, to be dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Operating Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive’s OC Units will become exchangeable for Class A Common Stock at the times and in the amounts described therein and to sell such Class A Shares at the times and in the amounts and the manner described therein.
               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Term of Employment . Subject to earlier termination as provided herein, Executive shall be employed by the Employer for a period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Term”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, that commencing with the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereof (each, an “Extension Date”), the Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one-year period, unless the Employer provides the Executive 60 days’ prior written notice or the Executive provides the Employer six (6) months’ prior written notice, in each case, before the next Extension Date that the Term shall not be so extended. For purposes of this Agreement, “Employment Term” shall mean the period of time that Executive is employed under this Agreement.

 


 

2.   Positions .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as (i) President, Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Operating Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Managing Member, and (ii) President, Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). If appointed thereto, the Executive further agrees to serve, without additional compensation, as a director of the Company or a director (or equivalent for non-corporate entities) or officer of the Operating Company or any other consolidated subsidiary of the Company.
 
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts to the performance of the duties of the positions in which he serves pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the rendition of such services either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member; provided that nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) continuing to serve on any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization on which the Executive serves as of the Effective Date and which have been previously disclosed to the Employer, (ii) serving on the boards of directors (or bodies with similar management powers) of any entities managed by the Operating Company and/or consolidated by the Company; or (iii) subject to the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member, from accepting appointment to any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization; provided in each case, and in the aggregate, that such activities do not conflict or materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with Section 5 of this Agreement.
3.   Guaranteed Payments and Employee Benefits .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall make a “guaranteed payment” to the Executive at the annual rate of $300,000, payable in regular installments in accordance with the Operating Company’s usual payment practices for members. With respect to each fiscal year of the Operating Company which ends during the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall also make an additional “guaranteed payment” (the “Performance Payment”) to the Executive in an amount to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Managing Member in its sole discretion, which Performance Payment shall not exceed $2,700,000 for any fiscal year of the Company ending

 


 

      during the Employment Term. The Performance Payment, if any, shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum when payments are made to other members, but in no event later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned, so long as Executive is providing services to the Employer as of the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned.
 
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs of the Employer on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to any other executives of the Employer.
4.   Termination .
  (a)   General . This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either party at any time and for any reason; provided that the Executive shall be required to give the Employer at least six (6) months’ advance written notice of any resignation of the Executive’s employment hereunder. Following any such termination, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Expiration of Term .
  (i)   In the event the Term is not extended pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, unless this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder has been earlier terminated pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be deemed terminated (whether or not the Executive continues to provide services to the Employer thereafter) as the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled Extension Date. Following any such expiration of the Term, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (ii)   Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, continuation of the Executive’s employment by the Employer beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed employment “at-will” and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement, except for Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement, each of which shall survive the expiration of the Term and any termination of this Agreement.

 


 

  (c)   Notice of Termination . Any purported termination by the Employer or by the Executive (other than due to the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 6(h) hereof.
5.   Executive Covenants . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Employer and its affiliates and accordingly agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 5.07 and 5.08 of the Operating Agreement, to which the Executive is a party, and, in the event of his violation of such restrictive covenants, the forfeiture of certain of his OC Units pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Operating Agreement. A recitation of such restrictive covenants is set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Executive further acknowledges that he and the Employer have agreed to enter into this Agreement in connection with the transactions described in the recitals hereto, pursuant to which the Executive will have the opportunity to exchange OC Units for Class A Shares and sell such Class A Shares.
6.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Survival of Certain Provisions . The provisions of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall survive any expiration of the Term or any termination of the Employment Term or this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
  (c)   Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement, along with the Operating Agreement, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the services (or any termination thereof) to be provided by the Executive to the Company and the Operating Company, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (including verbal agreements) between the Executive and any of the Company, the Operating Company or their respective affiliates regarding the terms and conditions of the Executive’s services to the Company, the Operating Company and their respective affiliates. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.
 
  (d)   No Waiver . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s

 


 

      rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
 
  (e)   Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
  (f)   Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the Executive’s rights and duties hereunder, shall not be assignable or delegable by the Executive. Any purported assignment or delegation by the Executive in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect. This Agreement may be assigned by the Employer to a person or entity which is an affiliate or a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations of the Employer. Upon such assignment, the rights and obligations of the Employer hereunder shall become the rights and obligations of such affiliate or successor person or entity.
 
  (g)   Successors; Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
 
  (h)   Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
 
      If to the Employer:
 
    120 West 45 th Street
New York, New York 10036
Attention: General Counsel
 
      If to the Executive:
 
      To the most recent address of the Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Employer.
 
  (i)   Cooperation . The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or

 


 

    proceeding) which relates to events occurring during the Executive’s employment hereunder.
 
  (j)   Withholding Taxes . The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
 
  (k)   Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
             
    PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena    
 
     
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   Pzena Investment Management, Inc.,
its Managing Member
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena    
 
     
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    EXECUTIVE:    
 
           
    /s/ John P. Goetz    
    Name: John P. Goetz    

 


 

Exhibit A
Restrictive Covenants
Excerpted from the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of October 30, 2007, as may be amended from time to time. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit A have the meaning assigned to them in such agreement.
     5.07 Non-Solicitation/Non Compete.
          (a) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Compete Period applicable to such Employee Member, such employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as an officer, director, owner, partner, investor, member, adviser, representative, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, provide Investment Advisory Services, except in the performance of his duties with the Company Group, or engage, or assist others to engage, in whole or in part, in any business in competition with the business of the Company Group.
          (b) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company Group, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member, such Employee Member shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in the course of performing his duties to the Company Group) (i) solicit the hiring of or hire any employee of the Company Group or any Person who, within the prior six months had been an employee of the Company Group, assist in, or encourage such hiring by any Person or encourage any such employee to terminate or alter his relationship with the Company Group; (ii) in competition with the Company Group, solicit, seek, induce, pursue in any way, or accept a business relationship of any kind with, any Person who is a Client of the Company Group, including by way of indirect or sub-advisory arrangements (such obligation to include the duty of the Employee Member to decline any such offered business activity even if unsolicited); (iii) otherwise solicit, encourage or induce any Client to terminate or reduce its business or relationship with the Company Group; or (iv) otherwise take any action or have any communication with any Person which purpose is, or the reasonably likely effect of which could be, to cause any such Client to terminate, alter, reduce, modify or restrict in any way its relationship or business with the Company Group.
          (c) In the event that the Employee Member, upon notice from the Company of an inadvertent breach of Section 5.07(b) by such Employee Member, promptly pays to the Company all fees and other compensation that are earned by such Employee Member during the Non-Solicitation Period in connection with such breach, such inadvertent breach shall not be treated as a breach resulting in a forfeiture of Class B Units pursuant to Section 6.02(b)(2) or (3).

 


 

          (d) Each Employee Member acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 5.07 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company. Each Employee Member further agrees that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of any breach of any of the terms of Section 5.07, and that in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions contained in Section 5.07, the Company will have no adequate remedy at Law. Each Employee Member accordingly agrees that in the event of any actual or threatened breach by such Employee Member of any of the provisions contained in this Section 5.07, the Company shall be entitled to seek such injunctive and other equitable relief as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by a court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages and without posting any bond or other security.
          (e) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the term of any particular restrictive covenant contained in this Section 5.07 too lengthy or the geographic scope too extensive, the other provisions of this Section 5.07 shall nevertheless stand, the Non-Compete Period and the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member shall be deemed to be the longest period permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances and the geographic scope shall be deemed to comprise the largest territory permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances. The court in each case shall reduce the Non-Compete Period, the Non-Solicitation Period and/or geographic scope to permissible duration or size.
           (f) During the six (6) month period following the termination of employment of a 1% Member with the Company Group, the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause the Company Group to provide base and bonus compensation to such 1% Member at the same rate and the same time as it was then compensating such 1% Member, provided that the bonus component of such compensation applicable to such six (6) month period shall equal 50% (subject to reduction pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 5.07(f)) of the annual bonus earned by such 1% Member most recently prior to such termination of employment and shall be paid in cash promptly following the end of such six (6) month period. In the event the Managing Member elects to provide such 1% Member such compensation, the Non-Compete Period applicable to such 1% Member shall continue until the last day of such six (6) month period. In order to make such election, the Managing Member shall, within five (5) Business Days upon issuing to or receiving from a 1% Member a written notice of termination of employment, notify such 1% Member in writing whether the Company Group will provide such base and bonus compensation for such six (6) month period. If the Managing Member does not timely make such an election, then the Non-Compete Period shall end when such 1% Member’s employment with the Company Group terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a 1% Member gives a notice of termination of employment at least fourteen (14) days in advance of such termination, (i) such 1% Members’ Non-Compete Period shall be reduced, for up to ninety (90) days, by the number of days elapsed between the date of such notice and the date of the termination of such 1% Member’s employment (such number, the “ Reduced Number of Days ”), (ii) the period during which the Company shall provide compensation pursuant to this Section 5.07(f) shall be reduced by the Reduced Number of Days and (iii) the percentage contained in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 5.07(f) (including with respect to the annual bonus) shall equal the product of 50% multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 182 minus the Reduced Number of Days and the denominator of which is 182.

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.10
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
               THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Effective Date”) is entered into by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”), Pzena Investment Management, LLC. (the “Operating Company” and together with the Company, the “Employer”) and A. Rama Krishna (the “Executive”).
               WHEREAS, the Executive currently provides services to the Operating Company and owns units therein (the “OC Units”);
               WHEREAS, Executive and the Operating Company are currently parties to an employment agreement, dated September 17, 2003 (the “Original Employment Agreement”);
               WHEREAS, the Employer desires to continue to employ Executive in the positions set forth below and to enter into this Agreement amending and restating the terms of the Original Employment Agreement and embodying the terms of such employment;
               WHEREAS, the Executive desires to provide such services to the Employer and enter into such an agreement; and
               WHEREAS, the Agreement is entered into in connection with: (1) the initial public offering and sale of shares of Class A common stock of the Company (the “Class A Shares”) and simultaneous listing of the Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (2) the Company’s acquisition of interests in the Operating Company in exchange for certain OC Units and its appointment as the managing member thereof (the “Managing Member”), (3) the amendment and restatement of the operating agreement of the Operating Company, to be dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Operating Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive’s OC Units will become exchangeable for Class A Common Stock at the times and in the amounts described therein and to sell such Class A Shares at the times and in the amounts and the manner described therein.
               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Term of Employment . Subject to earlier termination as provided herein, Executive shall be employed by the Employer for a period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Term”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, that commencing with the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereof (each, an “Extension Date”), the Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one-year period, unless the Employer provides Executive sixty (60) days’ prior written notice or the Executive provides the Employer six (6) months’ prior written notice, in each case, before the next Extension Date that the Term shall not be so extended. For purposes of this Agreement, “Employment Term” shall mean the period of time that Executive is employed under this Agreement.

 


 

2.   Positions .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as (i) President, International of the Operating Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Managing Member, and (ii) President, International of the Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). If appointed thereto, the Executive further agrees to serve, without additional compensation, as a director of the Company or a director (or equivalent for non-corporate entities) or officer of the Operating Company or any other consolidated subsidiary of the Company.
 
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts to the performance of the duties of the positions in which he serves pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the rendition of such services either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member; provided that nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) continuing to serve on any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization on which the Executive serves as of the Effective Date and which have been previously disclosed to the Employer, (ii) serving on the boards of directors (or bodies with similar management powers) of any entities managed by the Operating Company and/or consolidated by the Company; or (iii) subject to the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member, from accepting appointment to any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization; provided in each case, and in the aggregate, that such activities do not conflict or materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with Section 5 of this Agreement.
3.   Guaranteed Payments and Employee Benefits .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall make a “guaranteed payment” to the Executive at the annual rate of $300,000, payable in regular installments in accordance with the Operating Company’s usual payment practices for members. With respect to each fiscal year of the Operating Company which ends during the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall also make an additional “guaranteed payment” (the “Performance Payment”) to the Executive in an amount to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Managing Member in its sole discretion, which Performance Payment shall not exceed $2,700,000 for any fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Term. The Performance Payment, if any, shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum when payments are made to other members, but in no event later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned, so long as Executive

 


 

      is providing services to the Employer as of the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned.
 
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs of the Employer on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to any other executives of the Employer.
4.   Termination .
  (a)   General . This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either party at any time and for any reason; provided that the Executive shall be required to give the Employer at least six (6) months’ advance written notice of any resignation of the Executive’s employment hereunder. Following any such termination, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Expiration of Term .
  (i)   In the event the Term is not extended pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, unless this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder has been earlier terminated pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be deemed terminated (whether or not the Executive continues to provide services to the Employer thereafter) as the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled Extension Date. Following any such expiration of the Term, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (ii)   Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, continuation of the Executive’s employment by the Employer beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed employment “at-will” and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement, except for Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement, each of which shall survive the expiration of the Term and any termination of this Agreement.
  (c)   Notice of Termination . Any purported termination by the Employer or by the Executive (other than due to the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 6(h) hereof.
5.   Executive Covenants .
  (a)   Agreement to be Bound . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Employer and its affiliates and accordingly agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 5.07(a), 5.07(b), 5.07(c), 5.07(e), 5.07(f) and 5.08 of the Operating Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, not Section 5.07(d) of the Operating Agreement), to

 


 

      which the Executive is a party, and, in the event of his violation of such restrictive covenants, the forfeiture of certain of his OC Units pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Operating Agreement. A recitation of such restrictive covenants is set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Executive further acknowledges that he and the Employer have agreed to enter into this Agreement in connection with the transactions described in the recitals hereto, pursuant to which the Executive will have the opportunity to exchange OC Units for Class A Shares and sell such Class A Shares.
 
  (b)   Definition of “Non-Compete Period” . For purposes of applying Section 5.07 of the Operating Agreement to the Executive, “Non-Compete Period” means the period from the date of this Agreement and the Operating Agreement through the date that is eighteen (18) months following the Executive’s date of termination of employment; provided that, in the event the Executive gives written notice of non-renewal or resignation pursuant to Section 1 or Section 4(a) of this Agreement, respectively, “Non-Compete Period” means the eighteen (18) months following the Executive’s delivery of such written notice.
6.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Survival of Certain Provisions . The provisions of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall survive any expiration of the Term or any termination of the Employment Term or this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
  (c)   Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement, along with the Operating Agreement, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the services (or any termination thereof) to be provided by the Executive to the Company and the Operating Company, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (including the Original Employment Agreement and any verbal agreements) between the Executive and any of the Company, the Operating Company or their respective affiliates regarding the terms and conditions of the Executive’s services to the Company, the Operating Company and their respective affiliates. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.
 
  (d)   No Waiver . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

 


 

  (e)   Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
  (f)   Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the Executive’s rights and duties hereunder, shall not be assignable or delegable by the Executive. Any purported assignment or delegation by the Executive in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect. This Agreement may be assigned by the Employer to a person or entity which is an affiliate or a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations of the Employer. Upon such assignment, the rights and obligations of the Employer hereunder shall become the rights and obligations of such affiliate or successor person or entity.
 
  (g)   Successors; Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
 
  (h)   Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
 
      If to the Employer:
 
    120 West 45 th Street
New York, New York 10036
Attention: General Counsel
 
      If to the Executive:
 
      To the most recent address of the Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Employer.
 
  (i)   Cooperation . The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or proceeding) which relates to events occurring during the Executive’s employment hereunder.
 
  (j)   Withholding Taxes . The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 


 

  (k)   Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
             
    PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena    
 
     
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
   
 
      Title: Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   Pzena Investment Management, Inc.,
Its Managing Member
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena    
 
     
 
Name: Richard S. Pzena
Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    EXECUTIVE:    
 
           
    /s/ A. Rama Krishna    
    A. Rama Krishna    

 


 

Exhibit A
Restrictive Covenants
Excerpted from the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of October 30, 2007, as may be amended from time to time. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit A have the meaning assigned to them in such agreement.
     5.07 Non-Solicitation/Non Compete. (a) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Compete Period applicable to such Employee Member, such employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as an officer, director, owner, partner, investor, member, adviser, representative, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, provide Investment Advisory Services, except in the performance of his duties with the Company Group, or engage, or assist others to engage, in whole or in part, in any business in competition with the business of the Company Group.
          (b) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company Group, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member, such Employee Member shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in the course of performing his duties to the Company Group) (i) solicit the hiring of or hire any employee of the Company Group or any Person who, within the prior six months had been an employee of the Company Group, assist in, or encourage such hiring by any Person or encourage any such employee to terminate or alter his relationship with the Company Group; (ii) in competition with the Company Group, solicit, seek, induce, pursue in any way, or accept a business relationship of any kind with, any Person who is a Client of the Company Group, including by way of indirect or sub-advisory arrangements (such obligation to include the duty of the Employee Member to decline any such offered business activity even if unsolicited); (iii) otherwise solicit, encourage or induce any Client to terminate or reduce its business or relationship with the Company Group; or (iv) otherwise take any action or have any communication with any Person which purpose is, or the reasonably likely effect of which could be, to cause any such Client to terminate, alter, reduce, modify or restrict in any way its relationship or business with the Company Group.
          (c) In the event that the Employee Member, upon notice from the Company of an inadvertent breach of Section 5.07(b) by such Employee Member, promptly pays to the Company all fees and other compensation that are earned by such Employee Member during the Non-Solicitation Period in connection with such breach, such inadvertent breach shall not be treated as a breach resulting in a forfeiture of Class B Units pursuant to Section 6.02(b)(2) or (3).
           (d) [Intentionally Omitted]
          (e) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the term of any particular restrictive covenant contained in this Section 5.07 too lengthy or the geographic scope too extensive, the other provisions of this Section 5.07 shall nevertheless stand, the Non-Compete Period and the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member shall be

 


 

deemed to be the longest period permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances and the geographic scope shall be deemed to comprise the largest territory permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances. The court in each case shall reduce the Non-Compete Period, the Non-Solicitation Period and/or geographic scope to permissible duration or size.
          (f) During the six (6) month period following the termination of employment of a 1% Member with the Company Group, the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause the Company Group to provide base and bonus compensation to such 1% Member at the same rate and the same time as it was then compensating such 1% Member, provided that the bonus component of such compensation applicable to such six (6) month period shall equal 50% (subject to reduction pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 5.07(f)) of the annual bonus earned by such 1% Member most recently prior to such termination of employment and shall be paid in cash promptly following the end of such six (6) month period. In the event the Managing Member elects to provide such 1% Member such compensation, the Non-Compete Period applicable to such 1% Member shall continue until the last day of such six (6) month period. In order to make such election, the Managing Member shall, within five (5) Business Days upon issuing to or receiving from a 1% Member a written notice of termination of employment, notify such 1% Member in writing whether the Company Group will provide such base and bonus compensation for such six (6) month period. If the Managing Member does not timely make such an election, then the Non-Compete Period shall end when such 1% Member’s employment with the Company Group terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a 1% Member gives a notice of termination of employment at least fourteen (14) days in advance of such termination, (i) such 1% Members’ Non-Compete Period shall be reduced, for up to ninety (90) days, by the number of days elapsed between the date of such notice and the date of the termination of such 1% Member’s employment (such number, the “ Reduced Number of Days ”), (ii) the period during which the Company shall provide compensation pursuant to this Section 5.07(f) shall be reduced by the Reduced Number of Days and (iii) the percentage contained in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 5.07(f) (including with respect to the annual bonus) shall equal the product of 50% multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 182 minus the Reduced Number of Days and the denominator of which is 182.

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.11
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
          THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Effective Date”) is entered into by and among Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”), Pzena Investment Management, LLC. (the “Operating Company” and together with the Company, the “Employer”) and William L. Lipsey (the “Executive”).
          WHEREAS, the Executive currently provides services to the Operating Company and owns units therein (the “OC Units”);
          WHEREAS, Executive and the Operating Company have previously entered into an employment agreement (the “Original Employment Agreement”);
          WHEREAS, the Employer desires to continue to employ Executive in the positions set forth below and to enter into this Agreement amending and restating the terms of the Original Employment Agreement and embodying the terms of such employment;
          WHEREAS, the Agreement is entered into in connection with: (1) the initial public offering and sale of shares of Class A common stock of the Company (the “Class A Shares”) and simultaneous listing of the Class A Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, (2) the Company’s acquisition of interests in the Operating Company in exchange for certain OC Units and its appointment as the managing member thereof (the “Managing Member”), (3) the amendment and restatement of the operating agreement of the Operating Company, to be dated as of October 30, 2007 (the “Operating Agreement”), pursuant to which the Executive’s OC Units will become exchangeable for Class A Common Stock at the times and in the amounts described therein and to sell such Class A Shares at the times and in the amounts and the manner described therein.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
1.   Term of Employment . Subject to earlier termination as provided herein, Executive shall be employed by the Employer for a period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Term”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, that commencing with the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereof (each, an “Extension Date”), the Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one-year period, unless the Employer provides the Executive 60 days’ prior written notice or the Executive provides the Employer six (6) months’ prior written notice, in each case, before the next Extension Date that the Term shall not be so extended. For purposes of this Agreement, “Employment Term” shall mean the period of time that Executive is employed under this Agreement.

 


 

2.   Positions .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as (i) President, Marketing and Client Service of the Operating Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Managing Member, and (ii) President, Marketing and Client Service of the Company and have the authority commensurate with such position and such duties commensurate with such position, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). If appointed thereto, the Executive further agrees to serve, without additional compensation, as a director of the Company or a director (or equivalent for non-corporate entities) or officer of the Operating Company or any other consolidated subsidiary of the Company.
 
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive will devote Executive’s full business time and best efforts to the performance of the duties of the positions in which he serves pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or materially interfere with the rendition of such services either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member; provided that nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) continuing to serve on any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization on which the Executive serves as of the Effective Date and which have been previously disclosed to the Employer, (ii) serving on the boards of directors (or bodies with similar management powers) of any entities managed by the Operating Company and/or consolidated by the Company; or (iii) subject to the prior written consent of the Board and the Managing Member, from accepting appointment to any board of directors or trustees of any business corporation or charitable organization; provided in each case, and in the aggregate, that such activities do not conflict or materially interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder or conflict with Section 5 of this Agreement.
3.   Guaranteed Payments and Employee Benefits .
  (a)   During the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall make a “guaranteed payment” to the Executive at the annual rate of $300,000, payable in regular installments in accordance with the Operating Company’s usual payment practices for members. With respect to each fiscal year of the Operating Company which ends during the Employment Term, the Operating Company shall also make an additional “guaranteed payment” (the “Performance Payment”) to the Executive in an amount to be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Managing Member in its sole discretion, which Performance Payment shall not exceed $2,700,000 for any fiscal year of the Company ending

 


 

      during the Employment Term. The Performance Payment, if any, shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum when payments are made to other members, but in no event later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned, so long as Executive is providing services to the Employer as of the last day of the fiscal year in respect of which such guaranteed payment is earned.
  (b)   During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs of the Employer on a basis which is no less favorable than is provided to any other executives of the Employer.
4.   Termination .
  (a)   General . This Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either party at any time and for any reason; provided that the Executive shall be required to give the Employer at least six (6) months’ advance written notice of any resignation of the Executive’s employment hereunder. Following any such termination, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Expiration of Term .
  (i)   In the event the Term is not extended pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, unless this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder has been earlier terminated pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be deemed terminated (whether or not the Executive continues to provide services to the Employer thereafter) as the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled Extension Date. Following any such expiration of the Term, the Executive shall have no further rights to any payments or other benefits provided pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  (ii)   Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, continuation of the Executive’s employment by the Employer beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed employment “at-will” and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement, except for Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement, each of which shall survive the expiration of the Term and any termination of this Agreement.

 


 

  (c)   Notice of Termination . Any purported termination by the Employer or by the Executive (other than due to the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 6(h) hereof.
5.   Executive Covenants . The Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Employer and its affiliates and accordingly agrees to be bound by the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 5.07 and 5.08 of the Operating Agreement, to which the Executive is a party, and, in the event of his violation of such restrictive covenants, the forfeiture of certain of his OC Units pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Operating Agreement. A recitation of such restrictive covenants is set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Executive further acknowledges that he and the Employer have agreed to enter into this Agreement in connection with the transactions described in the recitals hereto, pursuant to which the Executive will have the opportunity to exchange OC Units for Class A Shares and sell such Class A Shares.
 
6.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Survival of Certain Provisions . The provisions of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement shall survive any expiration of the Term or any termination of the Employment Term or this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
  (c)   Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement, along with the Operating Agreement, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the services (or any termination thereof) to be provided by the Executive to the Company and the Operating Company, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (including the Original Employment Agreement and any verbal agreements) between the Executive and any of the Company, the Operating Company or their respective affiliates regarding the terms and conditions of the Executive’s services to the Company, the Operating Company and their respective affiliates. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto.
 
  (d)   No Waiver . The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s

 


 

      rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.
  (e)   Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
  (f)   Assignment . This Agreement, and all of the Executive’s rights and duties hereunder, shall not be assignable or delegable by the Executive. Any purported assignment or delegation by the Executive in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect. This Agreement may be assigned by the Employer to a person or entity which is an affiliate or a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations of the Employer. Upon such assignment, the rights and obligations of the Employer hereunder shall become the rights and obligations of such affiliate or successor person or entity.
 
  (g)   Successors; Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
 
  (h)   Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
 
      If to the Employer:
120 West 45 th Street
New York, New York 10036
Attention: General Counsel
      If to the Executive:
 
      To the most recent address of the Executive set forth in the personnel records of the Employer.
 
  (i)   Cooperation . The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or

 


 

      proceeding) which relates to events occurring during the Executive’s employment hereunder.
  (j)   Withholding Taxes . The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
 
  (k)   Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
 
  By:    /s/ Richard S. Pzena  
    Name:   Richard S. Pzena   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
  By:   Pzena Investment Management, Inc.,    
    its Managing Member   
     
  By:    /s/ Richard S. Pzena  
    Name:   Richard S. Pzena   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  EXECUTIVE:
 
 
   /s/ William L. Lipsey  
  Name:   William L. Lipsey   
     
 

 


 

Exhibit A
Restrictive Covenants
Excerpted from the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Pzena Investment Management, LLC, dated as of October 30, 2007, as may be amended from time to time. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Exhibit A have the meaning assigned to them in such agreement.
     5.07 Non-Solicitation/Non Compete.
          (a) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Compete Period applicable to such Employee Member, such employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether as an officer, director, owner, partner, investor, member, adviser, representative, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer or otherwise, provide Investment Advisory Services, except in the performance of his duties with the Company Group, or engage, or assist others to engage, in whole or in part, in any business in competition with the business of the Company Group.
          (b) In consideration of the Class B Units granted and to be granted to the Employee Members from time to time by the Company Group, each Employee Member agrees that during the entire term of the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member, such Employee Member shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in the course of performing his duties to the Company Group) (i) solicit the hiring of or hire any employee of the Company Group or any Person who, within the prior six months had been an employee of the Company Group, assist in, or encourage such hiring by any Person or encourage any such employee to terminate or alter his relationship with the Company Group; (ii) in competition with the Company Group, solicit, seek, induce, pursue in any way, or accept a business relationship of any kind with, any Person who is a Client of the Company Group, including by way of indirect or sub-advisory arrangements (such obligation to include the duty of the Employee Member to decline any such offered business activity even if unsolicited); (iii) otherwise solicit, encourage or induce any Client to terminate or reduce its business or relationship with the Company Group; or (iv) otherwise take any action or have any communication with any Person which purpose is, or the reasonably likely effect of which could be, to cause any such Client to terminate, alter, reduce, modify or restrict in any way its relationship or business with the Company Group.
          (c) In the event that the Employee Member, upon notice from the Company of an inadvertent breach of Section 5.07(b) by such Employee Member, promptly pays to the Company all fees and other compensation that are earned by such Employee Member during the Non-Solicitation Period in connection with such breach, such inadvertent breach shall not be treated as a breach resulting in a forfeiture of Class B Units pursuant to Section 6.02(b)(2) or (3).

 


 

          (d) Each Employee Member acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 5.07 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company. Each Employee Member further agrees that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of any breach of any of the terms of Section 5.07, and that in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any of the provisions contained in Section 5.07, the Company will have no adequate remedy at Law. Each Employee Member accordingly agrees that in the event of any actual or threatened breach by such Employee Member of any of the provisions contained in this Section 5.07, the Company shall be entitled to seek such injunctive and other equitable relief as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by a court of competent jurisdiction, without the necessity of showing actual monetary damages and without posting any bond or other security.
          (e) If any court of competent jurisdiction shall at any time deem the term of any particular restrictive covenant contained in this Section 5.07 too lengthy or the geographic scope too extensive, the other provisions of this Section 5.07 shall nevertheless stand, the Non-Compete Period and the Non-Solicitation Period applicable to such Employee Member shall be deemed to be the longest period permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances and the geographic scope shall be deemed to comprise the largest territory permissible by applicable Law under the circumstances. The court in each case shall reduce the Non-Compete Period, the Non-Solicitation Period and/or geographic scope to permissible duration or size.
          (f) During the six (6) month period following the termination of employment of a 1% Member with the Company Group, the Managing Member may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause the Company Group to provide base and bonus compensation to such 1% Member at the same rate and the same time as it was then compensating such 1% Member, provided that the bonus component of such compensation applicable to such six (6) month period shall equal 50% (subject to reduction pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 5.07(f)) of the annual bonus earned by such 1% Member most recently prior to such termination of employment and shall be paid in cash promptly following the end of such six (6) month period. In the event the Managing Member elects to provide such 1% Member such compensation, the Non-Compete Period applicable to such 1% Member shall continue until the last day of such six (6) month period. In order to make such election, the Managing Member shall, within five (5) Business Days upon issuing to or receiving from a 1% Member a written notice of termination of employment, notify such 1% Member in writing whether the Company Group will provide such base and bonus compensation for such six (6) month period. If the Managing Member does not timely make such an election, then the Non-Compete Period shall end when such 1% Member’s employment with the Company Group terminates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a 1% Member gives a notice of termination of employment at least fourteen (14) days in advance of such termination, (i) such 1% Members’ Non-Compete Period shall be reduced, for up to ninety (90) days, by the number of days elapsed between the date of such notice and the date of the termination of such 1% Member’s employment (such number, the “ Reduced Number of Days ”), (ii) the period during which the Company shall provide compensation pursuant to this Section 5.07(f) shall be reduced by the Reduced Number of Days and (iii) the percentage contained in the proviso to the first sentence of this Section 5.07(f) (including with respect to the annual bonus) shall equal the product of 50% multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 182 minus the Reduced Number of Days and the denominator of which is 182.

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.12
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of October 24, 2007, by and between Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with any entities referred to in Section 2(c) below, the “Company”), and Richard S. Pzena (“Director”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals as members of the Board, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States based corporations and other business enterprises, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to the business and affairs of corporations. The Company recognizes that the cost of defending and otherwise participating in such litigation is far greater than the financial benefits of serving as a Director. Article Seventh of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof, and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and contemplate that agreements may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board (or parties serving at the request of the Board) with respect to indemnification;
      WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining directors;
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining directors is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
      WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
      WHEREAS , this Agreement is in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, its Amended and Restated Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the DGCL, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Director thereunder;

 


 

      WHEREAS , the Company has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Director to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Director is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company; and
      WHEREAS , Director is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Director do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Services to the Company . Director will serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company and its stockholders for so long as Director is duly elected or appointed or until Director tenders his or her resignation.
2. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
     (a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     (b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
          (i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person, other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal (as each such term is defined below), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
          (ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (together with any new directors whose election to the Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
          (iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, unless such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity, including the parent corporation of such surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

2


 

          (iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
          (v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
     (c) “Company” shall include, in addition to Pzena Investment Management, Inc., any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise of which such Director is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of at the request of the Company, or any corporation which results from or survives a consolidation or merger with Pzena Investment Management, Inc., as well as any corporation resulting from a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Director is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company , trust or other enterprise, Director shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Director would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
     (d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding as defined herein in respect of which indemnification is sought by Director.
     (e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Director is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
     (f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise being involved with, a Proceeding as defined in this Agreement. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal

3


 

bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Director or the amount of judgments or fines against Director.
     (h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Director in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Director in an action to determine Director’s rights under this Agreement.
     (i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company or a person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
     (j) “Principal” means Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, William L. Lipsey, A. Rama Krishna and Joel Greenblatt.
     (k) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including but not limited to any internal corporate investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Director was, is, or will be a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in by reason of the fact that Director is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or payment of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Director to enforce his rights under this Agreement. Any Director serving, in any capacity, (i) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the Company, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any corporation referred to in clause (i), shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Company.
     (l) “Related Party” means: (1) in the case of an individual, any immediate family member of any Principal; or (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which

4


 

consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
     (m) References to “fines” shall include, but are not limited to, any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . A Third-Party Proceeding is a Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Third-Party Proceeding. Pursuant to this Section 3, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director or on his behalf in connection with such Third-Party Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner Director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein and to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Director shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .
     (a) In any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, if Director is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but has been adjudged to be liable to the Company as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which

5


 

Director shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability to the Company, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification. However, in any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, the Company shall indemnify Director against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in connection with each claim, issue or matter as to which Director is successful on the merits or has reached a settlement.
     (b) To the extent that Director has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding (including any Proceeding referred to in Section 4), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Director shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by Director or on Director’s behalf in connection therewith. Indemnification pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall not require a determination pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement.
     (c) For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding in which Director is a defendant by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
6. Additional Indemnification .
     (a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Director to the extent permitted by law if Director is a party to or threatened to be made a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director in connection with the Proceeding (1) unless Director’s conduct constitutes a breach of Director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders , (2) except for liability for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) except for liability under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) except for liability relating to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper benefit.
     (b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the extent permitted by law” shall mean:
          (i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and
          (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

6


 

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment for indemnity including Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent that the amount for which Director seeks indemnification, or a portion thereof:
     (a) has actually been made to or on behalf of Director under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; or
     (b) is based upon an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Director of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
     (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Director, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Director against the Company or its directors, officers or employees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
8. Notification of Indemnifiable Claim . Director shall, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Director for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Director agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which will or could be subject to indemnification or payment of Expenses covered hereunder. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, advise the Board in writing of such notice. The failure of Director to timely notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Director under this Agreement or otherwise, unless such failure to provide timely notice materially prejudices the Company. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement.
9. Payment of Expenses . Without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Expenses as incurred by Director or reimburse Director for his payment of such Expenses in connection with any Proceeding within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written request for payment of expenses. If the DGCL so requires, payment of Expenses by the Company under this Section 9 shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (“Undertaking”). The Undertaking shall constitute the Director’s agreement that: (i) he shall repay the Expenses paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; and (ii) that in consideration for the payment of such expenses, the Company may, at its sole discretion, select counsel for Director, assume the defense or otherwise participate in the defense of such Proceeding. Payment of Expenses pursuant to

7


 

this Section shall be unsecured and interest free. Payment of Expenses shall be made without regard to Director’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Such payment shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of payment of Expenses, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the payment claimed. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim for Expenses made by Director for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 7. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 9, to the extent that the Company is prohibited by applicable law from making payment of Expenses to the Director prior to the Company’s determination that the Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall not pay Expenses to the Director pursuant to this Section. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s right to seek damages from the Director, including but not limited to the full amount of the Expenses paid by the Company hereunder. The selection by the Company of defense counsel for the Director in connection with any Proceeding, shall be made only with the approval of the Director, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Director of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Director and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Director with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Director shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Proceeding at Director’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Director has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Director shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Director in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Director’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .
     (a) Upon final disposition of a Proceeding for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4, Director shall submit promptly (and in any event, no later than the applicable statute of limitations) to the Board a written request for indemnification averring that he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth herein. Any indemnification made under this Agreement pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made in the following manner: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Director is not a director at the time of such determination, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director; and (ii) in any other circumstance: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the

8


 

Company, and, if it is so determined that Director is entitled to indemnification, payment to Director shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Director shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Director’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Director and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Director in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Director’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Director harmless therefrom.
     (b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), and the Company shall give written notice to Director advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Director within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), (unless Director shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Director shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Director or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Director, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. The objection must also include a proposed substitute Independent Counsel. If objection including a proposed substituted Independent Counsel is timely made, such substituted Independent Counsel shall serve as Independent Counsel unless objected to within ten (10) days. An objection to the substituted Independent Counsel may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If written objection is made, the Independent Counsel or substituted Independent Counsel proposed may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after submission by Director of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the parties have not agreed upon the selection of the Independent Counsel, either the Company or Director may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Director to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall

9


 

designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.
11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
     (a) The submission of the Application for Indemnification to the Board shall create a rebuttable presumption that the Director is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Board, Independent Counsel, or stockholders, as the case may be, may, at any time, specifically determine that the Director is so entitled, unless it or they possess sufficient evidence to rebut the presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to this Agreement that Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Director of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Director’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Director has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Director has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Moreover, the fact that the Company has paid the Director’s Expenses pursuant to Section 9 herein shall not create a presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
     (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Director to indemnification or create a presumption that Director did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Director had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     (c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Director shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Director’s action is based on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Director may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
     (d) To the extent legally permissible, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Director for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

10


 

12. Remedies of Director .
     (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) payment of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4, 5(a) or 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Director is entitled to indemnification, Director shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or payment of Expenses.
     (b) In the event that Director successfully sues the Company for indemnification or payment of Expenses, and is successful in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid by the Company for the Expense of prosecuting such suit. If the Company sues Director to recover Expenses paid and Director is successful in defending such suit, in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid the Expense of defending such suit.
     (c) In the event that a determination shall have been made under this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and Director shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding pursuant to this Section, the Company shall have the burden of proving Director is not entitled to indemnification or payment of Expenses, as the case may be.
     (d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Director against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Director, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) pay such Expenses to Director, which are incurred by Director in connection with any action brought by Director for indemnification or payment of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Director ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, payment of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .
     (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive payment of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Director may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Director under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Director prior to such

11


 

amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or payment of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Director shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
     (b) The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefits plan or other enterprise which the Director serves at the request of the Company, Director shall be covered by such policy or policies in such manner as to provide the Director the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Director, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
     (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Director, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) six (6) years after the date that Director shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Director served at the request of the Company (“Six Year Anniversary Date”); or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of each and every Proceeding, commenced prior to the Six Year Anniversary Date.
15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Director and his heirs, executors and administrators.

12


 

16. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
17. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise specified herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
18. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Director which occurred prior to such date if Director was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred, and shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification of this Agreement with respect to events occurring prior to such rescission or restrictive modification.
19. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
20. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) if sent by an overnight courier service (such as Federal Express) to:
(i) if to Director, at the address of Director provided to the Company most recently prior to the date of said notice or other communication, and
(ii) if to the Company, at:     Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
                                             Attention: General Counsel
                                             120 West 45 th Street, 20 th Floor
                                             New York, New York 10036

13


 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Director by the Company.
21. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Director for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Director, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Director, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Director as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Director in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Director hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
23. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
24. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
         
 
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
       
    Name: Richard S. Pzena
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  /s/ Richard S. Pzena
     
    Richard S. Pzena

15

 

EXHIBIT 10.13
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of October 24, 2007, by and between Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with any entities referred to in Section 2(c) below, the “Company”), and Steven M. Galbraith (“Director”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals as members of the Board, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States based corporations and other business enterprises, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to the business and affairs of corporations. The Company recognizes that the cost of defending and otherwise participating in such litigation is far greater than the financial benefits of serving as a Director. Article Seventh of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof, and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and contemplate that agreements may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board (or parties serving at the request of the Board) with respect to indemnification;
      WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining directors;
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining directors is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
      WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
      WHEREAS , this Agreement is in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, its Amended and Restated Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the DGCL, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Director thereunder;

 


 

      WHEREAS , the Company has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Director to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Director is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company; and
      WHEREAS , Director is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Director do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Services to the Company . Director will serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company and its stockholders for so long as Director is duly elected or appointed or until Director tenders his or her resignation.
2. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
     (a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     (b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
          (i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person, other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal (as each such term is defined below), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
          (ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (together with any new directors whose election to the Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
          (iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, unless such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity, including the parent corporation of such surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

2


 

          (iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
          (v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
     (c) “Company” shall include, in addition to Pzena Investment Management, Inc., any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise of which such Director is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of at the request of the Company, or any corporation which results from or survives a consolidation or merger with Pzena Investment Management, Inc., as well as any corporation resulting from a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Director is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company , trust or other enterprise, Director shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Director would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
     (d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding as defined herein in respect of which indemnification is sought by Director.
     (e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Director is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
     (f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise being involved with, a Proceeding as defined in this Agreement. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal

3


 

bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Director or the amount of judgments or fines against Director.
     (h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Director in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Director in an action to determine Director’s rights under this Agreement.
     (i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company or a person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
     (j) “Principal” means Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, William L. Lipsey, A. Rama Krishna and Joel Greenblatt.
     (k) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including but not limited to any internal corporate investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Director was, is, or will be a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in by reason of the fact that Director is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or payment of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Director to enforce his rights under this Agreement. Any Director serving, in any capacity, (i) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the Company, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any corporation referred to in clause (i), shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Company.
     (l) “Related Party” means: (1) in the case of an individual, any immediate family member of any Principal; or (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which

4


 

consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
     (m) References to “fines” shall include, but are not limited to, any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . A Third-Party Proceeding is a Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Third-Party Proceeding. Pursuant to this Section 3, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director or on his behalf in connection with such Third-Party Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner Director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein and to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Director shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .
     (a) In any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, if Director is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but has been adjudged to be liable to the Company as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which

5


 

Director shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability to the Company, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification. However, in any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, the Company shall indemnify Director against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in connection with each claim, issue or matter as to which Director is successful on the merits or has reached a settlement.
     (b) To the extent that Director has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding (including any Proceeding referred to in Section 4), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Director shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by Director or on Director’s behalf in connection therewith. Indemnification pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall not require a determination pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement.
     (c) For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding in which Director is a defendant by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
6. Additional Indemnification .
     (a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Director to the extent permitted by law if Director is a party to or threatened to be made a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director in connection with the Proceeding (1) unless Director’s conduct constitutes a breach of Director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders , (2) except for liability for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) except for liability under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) except for liability relating to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper benefit.
     (b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the extent permitted by law” shall mean:
          (i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and
          (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

6


 

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment for indemnity including Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent that the amount for which Director seeks indemnification, or a portion thereof:
     (a) has actually been made to or on behalf of Director under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; or
     (b) is based upon an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Director of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
     (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Director, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Director against the Company or its directors, officers or employees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
8. Notification of Indemnifiable Claim . Director shall, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Director for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Director agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which will or could be subject to indemnification or payment of Expenses covered hereunder. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, advise the Board in writing of such notice. The failure of Director to timely notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Director under this Agreement or otherwise, unless such failure to provide timely notice materially prejudices the Company. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement.
9. Payment of Expenses . Without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Expenses as incurred by Director or reimburse Director for his payment of such Expenses in connection with any Proceeding within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written request for payment of expenses. If the DGCL so requires, payment of Expenses by the Company under this Section 9 shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (“Undertaking”). The Undertaking shall constitute the Director’s agreement that: (i) he shall repay the Expenses paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; and (ii) that in consideration for the payment of such expenses, the Company may, at its sole discretion, select counsel for Director, assume the defense or otherwise participate in the defense of such Proceeding. Payment of Expenses pursuant to

7


 

this Section shall be unsecured and interest free. Payment of Expenses shall be made without regard to Director’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Such payment shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of payment of Expenses, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the payment claimed. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim for Expenses made by Director for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 7. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 9, to the extent that the Company is prohibited by applicable law from making payment of Expenses to the Director prior to the Company’s determination that the Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall not pay Expenses to the Director pursuant to this Section. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s right to seek damages from the Director, including but not limited to the full amount of the Expenses paid by the Company hereunder. The selection by the Company of defense counsel for the Director in connection with any Proceeding, shall be made only with the approval of the Director, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Director of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Director and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Director with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Director shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Proceeding at Director’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Director has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Director shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Director in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Director’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .
     (a) Upon final disposition of a Proceeding for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4, Director shall submit promptly (and in any event, no later than the applicable statute of limitations) to the Board a written request for indemnification averring that he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth herein. Any indemnification made under this Agreement pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made in the following manner: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Director is not a director at the time of such determination, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director; and (ii) in any other circumstance: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the

8


 

Company, and, if it is so determined that Director is entitled to indemnification, payment to Director shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Director shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Director’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Director and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Director in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Director’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Director harmless therefrom.
     (b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), and the Company shall give written notice to Director advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Director within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), (unless Director shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Director shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Director or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Director, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. The objection must also include a proposed substitute Independent Counsel. If objection including a proposed substituted Independent Counsel is timely made, such substituted Independent Counsel shall serve as Independent Counsel unless objected to within ten (10) days. An objection to the substituted Independent Counsel may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If written objection is made, the Independent Counsel or substituted Independent Counsel proposed may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after submission by Director of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the parties have not agreed upon the selection of the Independent Counsel, either the Company or Director may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Director to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall

9


 

designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.
11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
     (a) The submission of the Application for Indemnification to the Board shall create a rebuttable presumption that the Director is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Board, Independent Counsel, or stockholders, as the case may be, may, at any time, specifically determine that the Director is so entitled, unless it or they possess sufficient evidence to rebut the presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to this Agreement that Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Director of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Director’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Director has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Director has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Moreover, the fact that the Company has paid the Director’s Expenses pursuant to Section 9 herein shall not create a presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
     (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Director to indemnification or create a presumption that Director did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Director had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     (c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Director shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Director’s action is based on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Director may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
     (d) To the extent legally permissible, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Director for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

10


 

12. Remedies of Director .
     (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) payment of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4, 5(a) or 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Director is entitled to indemnification, Director shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or payment of Expenses.
     (b) In the event that Director successfully sues the Company for indemnification or payment of Expenses, and is successful in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid by the Company for the Expense of prosecuting such suit. If the Company sues Director to recover Expenses paid and Director is successful in defending such suit, in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid the Expense of defending such suit.
     (c) In the event that a determination shall have been made under this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and Director shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding pursuant to this Section, the Company shall have the burden of proving Director is not entitled to indemnification or payment of Expenses, as the case may be.
     (d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Director against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Director, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) pay such Expenses to Director, which are incurred by Director in connection with any action brought by Director for indemnification or payment of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Director ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, payment of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .
     (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive payment of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Director may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Director under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Director prior to such

11


 

amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or payment of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Director shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
     (b) The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefits plan or other enterprise which the Director serves at the request of the Company, Director shall be covered by such policy or policies in such manner as to provide the Director the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Director, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
     (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Director, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) six (6) years after the date that Director shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Director served at the request of the Company (“Six Year Anniversary Date”); or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of each and every Proceeding, commenced prior to the Six Year Anniversary Date.
15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Director and his heirs, executors and administrators.

12


 

16. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
17. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise specified herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
18. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Director which occurred prior to such date if Director was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred, and shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification of this Agreement with respect to events occurring prior to such rescission or restrictive modification.
19. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
20. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) if sent by an overnight courier service (such as Federal Express) to:
(i) if to Director, at the address of Director provided to the Company most recently prior to the date of said notice or other communication, and
(ii) if to the Company, at:     Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
                                             Attention: General Counsel
                                             120 West 45 th Street, 20 th Floor
                                             New York, New York 10036

13


 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Director by the Company.
21. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Director for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Director, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Director, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Director as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Director in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Director hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
23. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
24. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
         
 
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
       
    Name: Richard S. Pzena
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  /s/ Steven M. Galbraith
     
    Steven M. Galbraith

15

 

EXHIBIT 10.14
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of October 24, 2007, by and between Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with any entities referred to in Section 2(c) below, the “Company”), and Joel M. Greenblatt (“Director”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals as members of the Board, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States based corporations and other business enterprises, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to the business and affairs of corporations. The Company recognizes that the cost of defending and otherwise participating in such litigation is far greater than the financial benefits of serving as a Director. Article Seventh of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof, and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and contemplate that agreements may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board (or parties serving at the request of the Board) with respect to indemnification;
      WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining directors;
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining directors is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
      WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
      WHEREAS , this Agreement is in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, its Amended and Restated Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the DGCL, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Director thereunder;

 


 

      WHEREAS , the Company has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Director to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Director is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company; and
      WHEREAS , Director is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Director do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Services to the Company . Director will serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company and its stockholders for so long as Director is duly elected or appointed or until Director tenders his or her resignation.
2. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
     (a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     (b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
          (i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person, other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal (as each such term is defined below), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
          (ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (together with any new directors whose election to the Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
          (iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, unless such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity, including the parent corporation of such surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

2


 

          (iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
          (v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
     (c) “Company” shall include, in addition to Pzena Investment Management, Inc., any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise of which such Director is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of at the request of the Company, or any corporation which results from or survives a consolidation or merger with Pzena Investment Management, Inc., as well as any corporation resulting from a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Director is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company , trust or other enterprise, Director shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Director would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
     (d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding as defined herein in respect of which indemnification is sought by Director.
     (e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Director is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
     (f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise being involved with, a Proceeding as defined in this Agreement. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal

3


 

bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Director or the amount of judgments or fines against Director.
     (h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Director in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Director in an action to determine Director’s rights under this Agreement.
     (i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company or a person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
     (j) “Principal” means Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, William L. Lipsey, A. Rama Krishna and Joel Greenblatt.
     (k) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including but not limited to any internal corporate investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Director was, is, or will be a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in by reason of the fact that Director is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or payment of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Director to enforce his rights under this Agreement. Any Director serving, in any capacity, (i) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the Company, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any corporation referred to in clause (i), shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Company.
     (l) “Related Party” means: (1) in the case of an individual, any immediate family member of any Principal; or (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which

4


 

consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
     (m) References to “fines” shall include, but are not limited to, any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . A Third-Party Proceeding is a Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Third-Party Proceeding. Pursuant to this Section 3, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director or on his behalf in connection with such Third-Party Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner Director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein and to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Director shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .
     (a) In any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, if Director is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but has been adjudged to be liable to the Company as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which

5


 

Director shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability to the Company, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification. However, in any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, the Company shall indemnify Director against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in connection with each claim, issue or matter as to which Director is successful on the merits or has reached a settlement.
     (b) To the extent that Director has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding (including any Proceeding referred to in Section 4), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Director shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by Director or on Director’s behalf in connection therewith. Indemnification pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall not require a determination pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement.
     (c) For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding in which Director is a defendant by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
6. Additional Indemnification .
     (a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Director to the extent permitted by law if Director is a party to or threatened to be made a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director in connection with the Proceeding (1) unless Director’s conduct constitutes a breach of Director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders , (2) except for liability for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) except for liability under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) except for liability relating to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper benefit.
     (b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the extent permitted by law” shall mean:
          (i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and
          (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

6


 

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment for indemnity including Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent that the amount for which Director seeks indemnification, or a portion thereof:
     (a) has actually been made to or on behalf of Director under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; or
     (b) is based upon an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Director of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
     (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Director, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Director against the Company or its directors, officers or employees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
8. Notification of Indemnifiable Claim . Director shall, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Director for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Director agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which will or could be subject to indemnification or payment of Expenses covered hereunder. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, advise the Board in writing of such notice. The failure of Director to timely notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Director under this Agreement or otherwise, unless such failure to provide timely notice materially prejudices the Company. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement.
9. Payment of Expenses . Without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Expenses as incurred by Director or reimburse Director for his payment of such Expenses in connection with any Proceeding within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written request for payment of expenses. If the DGCL so requires, payment of Expenses by the Company under this Section 9 shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (“Undertaking”). The Undertaking shall constitute the Director’s agreement that: (i) he shall repay the Expenses paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; and (ii) that in consideration for the payment of such expenses, the Company may, at its sole discretion, select counsel for Director, assume the defense or otherwise participate in the defense of such Proceeding. Payment of Expenses pursuant to

7


 

this Section shall be unsecured and interest free. Payment of Expenses shall be made without regard to Director’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Such payment shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of payment of Expenses, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the payment claimed. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim for Expenses made by Director for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 7. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 9, to the extent that the Company is prohibited by applicable law from making payment of Expenses to the Director prior to the Company’s determination that the Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall not pay Expenses to the Director pursuant to this Section. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s right to seek damages from the Director, including but not limited to the full amount of the Expenses paid by the Company hereunder. The selection by the Company of defense counsel for the Director in connection with any Proceeding, shall be made only with the approval of the Director, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Director of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Director and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Director with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Director shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Proceeding at Director’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Director has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Director shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Director in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Director’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .
     (a) Upon final disposition of a Proceeding for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4, Director shall submit promptly (and in any event, no later than the applicable statute of limitations) to the Board a written request for indemnification averring that he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth herein. Any indemnification made under this Agreement pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made in the following manner: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Director is not a director at the time of such determination, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director; and (ii) in any other circumstance: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the

8


 

Company, and, if it is so determined that Director is entitled to indemnification, payment to Director shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Director shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Director’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Director and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Director in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Director’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Director harmless therefrom.
     (b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), and the Company shall give written notice to Director advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Director within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), (unless Director shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Director shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Director or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Director, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. The objection must also include a proposed substitute Independent Counsel. If objection including a proposed substituted Independent Counsel is timely made, such substituted Independent Counsel shall serve as Independent Counsel unless objected to within ten (10) days. An objection to the substituted Independent Counsel may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If written objection is made, the Independent Counsel or substituted Independent Counsel proposed may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after submission by Director of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the parties have not agreed upon the selection of the Independent Counsel, either the Company or Director may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Director to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall

9


 

designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.
11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
     (a) The submission of the Application for Indemnification to the Board shall create a rebuttable presumption that the Director is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Board, Independent Counsel, or stockholders, as the case may be, may, at any time, specifically determine that the Director is so entitled, unless it or they possess sufficient evidence to rebut the presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to this Agreement that Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Director of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Director’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Director has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Director has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Moreover, the fact that the Company has paid the Director’s Expenses pursuant to Section 9 herein shall not create a presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
     (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Director to indemnification or create a presumption that Director did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Director had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     (c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Director shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Director’s action is based on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Director may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
     (d) To the extent legally permissible, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Director for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

10


 

12. Remedies of Director .
     (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) payment of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4, 5(a) or 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Director is entitled to indemnification, Director shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or payment of Expenses.
     (b) In the event that Director successfully sues the Company for indemnification or payment of Expenses, and is successful in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid by the Company for the Expense of prosecuting such suit. If the Company sues Director to recover Expenses paid and Director is successful in defending such suit, in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid the Expense of defending such suit.
     (c) In the event that a determination shall have been made under this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and Director shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding pursuant to this Section, the Company shall have the burden of proving Director is not entitled to indemnification or payment of Expenses, as the case may be.
     (d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Director against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Director, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) pay such Expenses to Director, which are incurred by Director in connection with any action brought by Director for indemnification or payment of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Director ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, payment of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .
     (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive payment of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Director may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Director under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Director prior to such

11


 

amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or payment of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Director shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
     (b) The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefits plan or other enterprise which the Director serves at the request of the Company, Director shall be covered by such policy or policies in such manner as to provide the Director the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Director, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
     (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Director, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) six (6) years after the date that Director shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Director served at the request of the Company (“Six Year Anniversary Date”); or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of each and every Proceeding, commenced prior to the Six Year Anniversary Date.
15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Director and his heirs, executors and administrators.

12


 

16. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
17. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise specified herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
18. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Director which occurred prior to such date if Director was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred, and shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification of this Agreement with respect to events occurring prior to such rescission or restrictive modification.
19. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
20. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) if sent by an overnight courier service (such as Federal Express) to:
(i) if to Director, at the address of Director provided to the Company most recently prior to the date of said notice or other communication, and
(ii) if to the Company, at:     Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
                                             Attention: General Counsel
                                             120 West 45 th Street, 20 th Floor
                                             New York, New York 10036

13


 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Director by the Company.
21. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Director for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Director, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Director, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Director as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Director in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Director hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
23. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
24. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
         
 
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
       
    Name: Richard S. Pzena
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  /s/ Joel M. Greenblatt
     
    Joel M. Greenblatt

15

 

EXHIBIT 10.15
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of October 24, 2007, by and between Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with any entities referred to in Section 2(c) below, the “Company”), and Richard P. Meyerowich (“Director”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals as members of the Board, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States based corporations and other business enterprises, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to the business and affairs of corporations. The Company recognizes that the cost of defending and otherwise participating in such litigation is far greater than the financial benefits of serving as a Director. Article Seventh of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof, and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and contemplate that agreements may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board (or parties serving at the request of the Board) with respect to indemnification;
      WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining directors;
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining directors is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
      WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
      WHEREAS , this Agreement is in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, its Amended and Restated Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the DGCL, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Director thereunder;

 


 

      WHEREAS , the Company has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Director to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Director is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company; and
      WHEREAS , Director is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Director do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Services to the Company . Director will serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company and its stockholders for so long as Director is duly elected or appointed or until Director tenders his or her resignation.
2. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
     (a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     (b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
          (i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person, other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal (as each such term is defined below), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
          (ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (together with any new directors whose election to the Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
          (iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, unless such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity, including the parent corporation of such surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

2


 

          (iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
          (v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
     (c) “Company” shall include, in addition to Pzena Investment Management, Inc., any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise of which such Director is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of at the request of the Company, or any corporation which results from or survives a consolidation or merger with Pzena Investment Management, Inc., as well as any corporation resulting from a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Director is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company , trust or other enterprise, Director shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Director would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
     (d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding as defined herein in respect of which indemnification is sought by Director.
     (e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Director is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
     (f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise being involved with, a Proceeding as defined in this Agreement. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal

3


 

bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Director or the amount of judgments or fines against Director.
     (h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Director in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Director in an action to determine Director’s rights under this Agreement.
     (i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company or a person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
     (j) “Principal” means Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, William L. Lipsey, A. Rama Krishna and Joel Greenblatt.
     (k) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including but not limited to any internal corporate investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Director was, is, or will be a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in by reason of the fact that Director is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or payment of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Director to enforce his rights under this Agreement. Any Director serving, in any capacity, (i) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the Company, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any corporation referred to in clause (i), shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Company.
     (l) “Related Party” means: (1) in the case of an individual, any immediate family member of any Principal; or (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which

4


 

consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
     (m) References to “fines” shall include, but are not limited to, any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . A Third-Party Proceeding is a Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Third-Party Proceeding. Pursuant to this Section 3, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director or on his behalf in connection with such Third-Party Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner Director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein and to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Director shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .
     (a) In any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, if Director is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but has been adjudged to be liable to the Company as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which

5


 

Director shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability to the Company, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification. However, in any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, the Company shall indemnify Director against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in connection with each claim, issue or matter as to which Director is successful on the merits or has reached a settlement.
     (b) To the extent that Director has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding (including any Proceeding referred to in Section 4), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Director shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by Director or on Director’s behalf in connection therewith. Indemnification pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall not require a determination pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement.
     (c) For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding in which Director is a defendant by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
6. Additional Indemnification .
     (a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Director to the extent permitted by law if Director is a party to or threatened to be made a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director in connection with the Proceeding (1) unless Director’s conduct constitutes a breach of Director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders , (2) except for liability for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) except for liability under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) except for liability relating to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper benefit.
     (b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the extent permitted by law” shall mean:
          (i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and
          (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

6


 

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment for indemnity including Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent that the amount for which Director seeks indemnification, or a portion thereof:
     (a) has actually been made to or on behalf of Director under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; or
     (b) is based upon an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Director of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
     (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Director, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Director against the Company or its directors, officers or employees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
8. Notification of Indemnifiable Claim . Director shall, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Director for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Director agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which will or could be subject to indemnification or payment of Expenses covered hereunder. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, advise the Board in writing of such notice. The failure of Director to timely notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Director under this Agreement or otherwise, unless such failure to provide timely notice materially prejudices the Company. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement.
9. Payment of Expenses . Without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Expenses as incurred by Director or reimburse Director for his payment of such Expenses in connection with any Proceeding within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written request for payment of expenses. If the DGCL so requires, payment of Expenses by the Company under this Section 9 shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (“Undertaking”). The Undertaking shall constitute the Director’s agreement that: (i) he shall repay the Expenses paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; and (ii) that in consideration for the payment of such expenses, the Company may, at its sole discretion, select counsel for Director, assume the defense or otherwise participate in the defense of such Proceeding. Payment of Expenses pursuant to

7


 

this Section shall be unsecured and interest free. Payment of Expenses shall be made without regard to Director’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Such payment shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of payment of Expenses, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the payment claimed. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim for Expenses made by Director for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 7. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 9, to the extent that the Company is prohibited by applicable law from making payment of Expenses to the Director prior to the Company’s determination that the Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall not pay Expenses to the Director pursuant to this Section. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s right to seek damages from the Director, including but not limited to the full amount of the Expenses paid by the Company hereunder. The selection by the Company of defense counsel for the Director in connection with any Proceeding, shall be made only with the approval of the Director, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Director of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Director and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Director with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Director shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Proceeding at Director’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Director has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Director shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Director in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Director’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .
     (a) Upon final disposition of a Proceeding for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4, Director shall submit promptly (and in any event, no later than the applicable statute of limitations) to the Board a written request for indemnification averring that he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth herein. Any indemnification made under this Agreement pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made in the following manner: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Director is not a director at the time of such determination, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director; and (ii) in any other circumstance: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the

8


 

Company, and, if it is so determined that Director is entitled to indemnification, payment to Director shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Director shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Director’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Director and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Director in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Director’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Director harmless therefrom.
     (b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), and the Company shall give written notice to Director advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Director within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), (unless Director shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Director shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Director or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Director, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. The objection must also include a proposed substitute Independent Counsel. If objection including a proposed substituted Independent Counsel is timely made, such substituted Independent Counsel shall serve as Independent Counsel unless objected to within ten (10) days. An objection to the substituted Independent Counsel may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If written objection is made, the Independent Counsel or substituted Independent Counsel proposed may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after submission by Director of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the parties have not agreed upon the selection of the Independent Counsel, either the Company or Director may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Director to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall

9


 

designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.
11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
     (a) The submission of the Application for Indemnification to the Board shall create a rebuttable presumption that the Director is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Board, Independent Counsel, or stockholders, as the case may be, may, at any time, specifically determine that the Director is so entitled, unless it or they possess sufficient evidence to rebut the presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to this Agreement that Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Director of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Director’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Director has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Director has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Moreover, the fact that the Company has paid the Director’s Expenses pursuant to Section 9 herein shall not create a presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
     (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Director to indemnification or create a presumption that Director did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Director had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     (c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Director shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Director’s action is based on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Director may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
     (d) To the extent legally permissible, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Director for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

10


 

12. Remedies of Director .
     (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) payment of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4, 5(a) or 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Director is entitled to indemnification, Director shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or payment of Expenses.
     (b) In the event that Director successfully sues the Company for indemnification or payment of Expenses, and is successful in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid by the Company for the Expense of prosecuting such suit. If the Company sues Director to recover Expenses paid and Director is successful in defending such suit, in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid the Expense of defending such suit.
     (c) In the event that a determination shall have been made under this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and Director shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding pursuant to this Section, the Company shall have the burden of proving Director is not entitled to indemnification or payment of Expenses, as the case may be.
     (d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Director against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Director, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) pay such Expenses to Director, which are incurred by Director in connection with any action brought by Director for indemnification or payment of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Director ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, payment of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .
     (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive payment of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Director may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Director under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Director prior to such

11


 

amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or payment of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Director shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
     (b) The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefits plan or other enterprise which the Director serves at the request of the Company, Director shall be covered by such policy or policies in such manner as to provide the Director the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Director, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
     (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Director, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) six (6) years after the date that Director shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Director served at the request of the Company (“Six Year Anniversary Date”); or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of each and every Proceeding, commenced prior to the Six Year Anniversary Date.
15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Director and his heirs, executors and administrators.

12


 

16. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
17. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise specified herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
18. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Director which occurred prior to such date if Director was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred, and shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification of this Agreement with respect to events occurring prior to such rescission or restrictive modification.
19. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
20. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) if sent by an overnight courier service (such as Federal Express) to:
(i) if to Director, at the address of Director provided to the Company most recently prior to the date of said notice or other communication, and
(ii) if to the Company, at:     Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
                                             Attention: General Counsel
                                             120 West 45 th Street, 20 th Floor
                                             New York, New York 10036

13


 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Director by the Company.
21. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Director for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Director, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Director, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Director as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Director in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Director hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
23. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
24. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
         
 
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
       
    Name: Richard S. Pzena
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  /s/ Richard P. Meyerowich
     
    Richard P. Meyerowich

15

 

EXHIBIT 10.16
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of October 24, 2007, by and between Pzena Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with any entities referred to in Section 2(c) below, the “Company”), and Myron E. Ullman, III (“Director”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.
      WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals as members of the Board, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States based corporations and other business enterprises, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to the business and affairs of corporations. The Company recognizes that the cost of defending and otherwise participating in such litigation is far greater than the financial benefits of serving as a Director. Article Seventh of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof, and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and contemplate that agreements may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board (or parties serving at the request of the Board) with respect to indemnification;
      WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to insurance have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining directors;
      WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining directors is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;
      WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay expenses on behalf of, directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;
      WHEREAS , this Agreement is in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, its Amended and Restated Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and the DGCL, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Director thereunder;

 


 

      WHEREAS , the Company has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Director to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Director is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company; and
      WHEREAS , Director is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified;
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Director do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Services to the Company . Director will serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company and its stockholders for so long as Director is duly elected or appointed or until Director tenders his or her resignation.
2. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:
     (a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     (b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:
          (i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person, other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal (as each such term is defined below), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;
          (ii) Change in Board of Directors . During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (together with any new directors whose election to the Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;
          (iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, unless such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity, including the parent corporation of such surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

2


 

          (iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and
          (v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.
     (c) “Company” shall include, in addition to Pzena Investment Management, Inc., any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise of which such Director is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of at the request of the Company, or any corporation which results from or survives a consolidation or merger with Pzena Investment Management, Inc., as well as any corporation resulting from a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Director is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company , trust or other enterprise, Director shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Director would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
     (d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding as defined herein in respect of which indemnification is sought by Director.
     (e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Director is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.
     (f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise being involved with, a Proceeding as defined in this Agreement. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal

3


 

bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Director or the amount of judgments or fines against Director.
     (h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Director in any matter material to either such party or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Director in an action to determine Director’s rights under this Agreement.
     (i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company or a person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
     (j) “Principal” means Richard S. Pzena, John P. Goetz, William L. Lipsey, A. Rama Krishna and Joel Greenblatt.
     (k) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including but not limited to any internal corporate investigation), inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, including any and all appeals, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Director was, is, or will be a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in by reason of the fact that Director is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or payment of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Director to enforce his rights under this Agreement. Any Director serving, in any capacity, (i) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of its directors is held by the Company, or (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any corporation referred to in clause (i), shall be deemed to be doing so at the request of the Company.
     (l) “Related Party” means: (1) in the case of an individual, any immediate family member of any Principal; or (2) any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which

4


 

consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).
     (m) References to “fines” shall include, but are not limited to, any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.
3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . A Third-Party Proceeding is a Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Third-Party Proceeding. Pursuant to this Section 3, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director or on his behalf in connection with such Third-Party Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner Director reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.
4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Director is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Director shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein and to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, if Director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Director shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.
5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .
     (a) In any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, if Director is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but has been adjudged to be liable to the Company as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which

5


 

Director shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability to the Company, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnification. However, in any Proceeding referred to in Section 4, the Company shall indemnify Director against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in connection with each claim, issue or matter as to which Director is successful on the merits or has reached a settlement.
     (b) To the extent that Director has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding (including any Proceeding referred to in Section 4), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Director shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by Director or on Director’s behalf in connection therewith. Indemnification pursuant to this Section 5(b) shall not require a determination pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement.
     (c) For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding in which Director is a defendant by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
6. Additional Indemnification .
     (a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Director to the extent permitted by law if Director is a party to or threatened to be made a party to, a witness in or otherwise participates in any Proceeding against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Director in connection with the Proceeding (1) unless Director’s conduct constitutes a breach of Director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders , (2) except for liability for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) except for liability under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) except for liability relating to any transaction from which the Director derived an improper benefit.
     (b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the extent permitted by law” shall mean:
          (i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and
          (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

6


 

7. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment for indemnity including Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent that the amount for which Director seeks indemnification, or a portion thereof:
     (a) has actually been made to or on behalf of Director under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; or
     (b) is based upon an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Director of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
     (c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated or brought voluntarily by Director, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Director against the Company or its directors, officers or employees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.
8. Notification of Indemnifiable Claim . Director shall, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Director for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Director agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which will or could be subject to indemnification or payment of Expenses covered hereunder. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such notice, advise the Board in writing of such notice. The failure of Director to timely notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Director under this Agreement or otherwise, unless such failure to provide timely notice materially prejudices the Company. The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability for indemnification which it may have to Director otherwise than under this Agreement.
9. Payment of Expenses . Without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under other provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Expenses as incurred by Director or reimburse Director for his payment of such Expenses in connection with any Proceeding within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a written request for payment of expenses. If the DGCL so requires, payment of Expenses by the Company under this Section 9 shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (“Undertaking”). The Undertaking shall constitute the Director’s agreement that: (i) he shall repay the Expenses paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; and (ii) that in consideration for the payment of such expenses, the Company may, at its sole discretion, select counsel for Director, assume the defense or otherwise participate in the defense of such Proceeding. Payment of Expenses pursuant to

7


 

this Section shall be unsecured and interest free. Payment of Expenses shall be made without regard to Director’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Director’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Such payment shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of payment of Expenses, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the payment claimed. This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim for Expenses made by Director for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 7. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 9, to the extent that the Company is prohibited by applicable law from making payment of Expenses to the Director prior to the Company’s determination that the Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall not pay Expenses to the Director pursuant to this Section. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s right to seek damages from the Director, including but not limited to the full amount of the Expenses paid by the Company hereunder. The selection by the Company of defense counsel for the Director in connection with any Proceeding, shall be made only with the approval of the Director, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Director of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Director and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Director with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Director shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Proceeding at Director’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Director has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Director shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Director in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Director’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .
     (a) Upon final disposition of a Proceeding for which indemnification is sought pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4, Director shall submit promptly (and in any event, no later than the applicable statute of limitations) to the Board a written request for indemnification averring that he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth herein. Any indemnification made under this Agreement pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination shall be made in the following manner: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Director is not a director at the time of such determination, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director; and (ii) in any other circumstance: (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Director or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the

8


 

Company, and, if it is so determined that Director is entitled to indemnification, payment to Director shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination. Director shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Director’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Director and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Director in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Director’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Director harmless therefrom.
     (b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), and the Company shall give written notice to Director advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Director within ten (10) days of submission of a written request by Director for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), (unless Director shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Director shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Director or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Director, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. The objection must also include a proposed substitute Independent Counsel. If objection including a proposed substituted Independent Counsel is timely made, such substituted Independent Counsel shall serve as Independent Counsel unless objected to within ten (10) days. An objection to the substituted Independent Counsel may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If written objection is made, the Independent Counsel or substituted Independent Counsel proposed may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after submission by Director of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, the parties have not agreed upon the selection of the Independent Counsel, either the Company or Director may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Director to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall

9


 

designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.
11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .
     (a) The submission of the Application for Indemnification to the Board shall create a rebuttable presumption that the Director is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Board, Independent Counsel, or stockholders, as the case may be, may, at any time, specifically determine that the Director is so entitled, unless it or they possess sufficient evidence to rebut the presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to this Agreement that Director is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Director of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Director’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Director has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Director has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Director has not met the applicable standard of conduct. Moreover, the fact that the Company has paid the Director’s Expenses pursuant to Section 9 herein shall not create a presumption that Director has met the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.
     (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Director to indemnification or create a presumption that Director did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Director had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
     (c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Director shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Director’s action is based on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or on information or records given or reports made to the Company by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company. The provisions of this Section 11(d) shall not be deemed exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Director may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
     (d) To the extent legally permissible, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Director for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

10


 

12. Remedies of Director .
     (a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) payment of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4, 5(a) or 6 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Director is entitled to indemnification, Director shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or payment of Expenses.
     (b) In the event that Director successfully sues the Company for indemnification or payment of Expenses, and is successful in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid by the Company for the Expense of prosecuting such suit. If the Company sues Director to recover Expenses paid and Director is successful in defending such suit, in whole or in part, Director shall be entitled to be paid the Expense of defending such suit.
     (c) In the event that a determination shall have been made under this Agreement that Director is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits and Director shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding pursuant to this Section, the Company shall have the burden of proving Director is not entitled to indemnification or payment of Expenses, as the case may be.
     (d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Director against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Director, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) pay such Expenses to Director, which are incurred by Director in connection with any action brought by Director for indemnification or payment of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Director ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, payment of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
13. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .
     (a) The rights of indemnification and to receive payment of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Director may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Director under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Director prior to such

11


 

amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or payment of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Director shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
     (b) The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefits plan or other enterprise which the Director serves at the request of the Company, Director shall be covered by such policy or policies in such manner as to provide the Director the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Director, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.
     (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Director, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
14. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) six (6) years after the date that Director shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Director served at the request of the Company (“Six Year Anniversary Date”); or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of each and every Proceeding, commenced prior to the Six Year Anniversary Date.
15. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Director and his heirs, executors and administrators.

12


 

16. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
17. Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise specified herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
18. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Director which occurred prior to such date if Director was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred, and shall continue to exist after the rescission or restrictive modification of this Agreement with respect to events occurring prior to such rescission or restrictive modification.
19. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
20. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) if sent by an overnight courier service (such as Federal Express) to:
(i) if to Director, at the address of Director provided to the Company most recently prior to the date of said notice or other communication, and
(ii) if to the Company, at:     Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
                                             Attention: General Counsel
                                             120 West 45 th Street, 20 th Floor
                                             New York, New York 10036

13


 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Director by the Company.
21. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Director for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Director, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Director, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Director as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Director in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).
22. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Director hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
23. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
24. Miscellaneous . Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
         
 
  PZENA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Richard S. Pzena
 
       
    Name: Richard S. Pzena
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
       
 
  /s/ Myron E. Ullman, III
     
    Myron E. Ullman, III

15

 

Exhibit 21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.
 
             
Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of Organization
 
 
             
Pzena Investment Management, LLC   Delaware        
             
Pzena Alternative Investments, LLC   Delaware        
Pzena Investment Funds
  Massachusetts      
Pzena Investment Management International, LLC
  Delaware      

 

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
I, Richard S. Pzena, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Richard S. Pzena
Name:     Richard S. Pzena
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer
Date: December 5, 2007

 

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
I, Wayne A. Palladino, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Pzena Investment Management, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/  Wayne A. Palladino
Name:     Wayne A. Palladino
  Title:  Chief Financial Officer
Date: December 5, 2007

 

Exhibit 32.1
 
Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pzena Investment Management, Inc. (the “Company”) for the quarter ending September 30, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Richard S. Pzena, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Wayne A. Palladino, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of his knowledge:
 
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/  Richard S. Pzena
Name:     Richard S. Pzena
Title:  Chief Executive Officer  
Date: December 5, 2007
 
/s/  Wayne A. Palladino
Name:     Wayne A. Palladino
Title:  Chief Financial Officer  
Date: December 5, 2007
 
This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of § 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
A signed original of this certification required by § 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.